AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

AVK’S ACADEMY® (for CAPF AC coaching) Foundation was founded in 2015 with an objective to provide
the CAPF ASSISTANT COMMANDANT aspirants useful, qualitative and updated teaching facility and study
material. AVKS ACADEMY Foundation has set high standards for teaching in BOTH UPSC CAPF PAPER 1 AND
CAPF PAPER 2, and Preparing for CAPF ASSISTANT COMMANDANT Final stage Interview. It is the result of
hard work and dedication of our Faculty, Content Developers and Research Team that AVKS ACADEMY
Foundation is today undoubtedly the Only Coaching Institute for CAPF AC aspirants in India.
Since its inception the Institute has helped over 10000 students trying to enter the CAPF Services including
(CISF, BSF, CRPF,SSB,ITBP) People all over India aspiring to become ASSISTANT COMMANDANT in CAPF and
also we can see more number of aspirants started their preparation only for CAPF assistant commandants
exam, to become an respectable paramilitary officer as an ASSISTANT COMMANDANT (3 STARs), and AvKs
Academy is the best institute for UPSC CAPF AC EXAM coaching.
To become an assistant commandant, one has to simply join AvKs Academy. We do not believe in just
passing examination preparation tips to the aspirants, but we provide the best coaching, with best
strategies, methodology to the students to help them better succeed in the UPSC CAPF exam and Interview
stage (also known as the Personality Assessment Stage)
UPSC CAPF ASSISTANT COMMANDANT EXAM:-
We Provide
WRITTEN EXAM (PAPER 1 + PAPER 2)
PHYSICAL and Medical
CAPF FINAL STAGE INTERVIEW

1|Page
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Copyright © 2021 by Publishers AVKS ACADEMY

All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, distributed, or transmitted in any form
or by any means, including photocopying, recording, or other electronic or mechanical methods, without
the prior written permission of the publisher, except in the case of brief quotations embodied in critical
reviews and certain other non-commercial uses permitted by copyright law.
Printed in Hyderabad, India
First Edition, 2019 (May)
Second Edition, 2020 (May)
Third Edition, 2021 (May)
AUTHORS:

A VINAY KUMAR – FOUNDER AVKS ACADMEY

SRAVAN KUMAR SAMBRANI – R & D – Research Scholar

EDITED BY:
A PADMAJA KUMARI
PUBLISHED by:
AVKS ACADEMY (HYDERABAD)
CONTACT: 7093777494 (Head office Hyderabad)
Website: www.avksacademy.in
Mail: [email protected]

2|Page
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

TOPIC SECTION & TOPICS PG. NO

.NO
ESSAYS
1 Health is wealth ; Elaborate in context of India’s health care system 11
2 Petrol Prices hike in India; Highlight the economic and social impacts 13
3 Climate Change and steps by India to combat it 15
4 33% forest cover in India ; Steps by Govt of India 16
5 Military coup in Myanmar and its impact on India 18
6 India ranks 139 out of 149 in Happiness Index; Elaborate the steps in improving its rank 20
7 Covid vaccination and stages involved 22
8 The sign of great parenting is the child’s future ; Explain in context of India 24
9 Migrant workers and their position in India during pandemic 26
10 Social justice is the surest guarantor of peace 28
11 Multilateralism vs Regionalism 30
12 Energy Efficiency is the need of modern India 32
13 Voting is the right to represent in democracy 35
14 Need of digital lending in contemporary India 37
15 Indian subcontinent has suffered some of the deadliest earthquakes globally. Suggest measures 39
for mitigation
16 Environmental Impact Assessment(EIA) as a tool of protection of environment 41
17 Internet Shutdown and its impacts thereon 43
18 India and RCEP 46
19 Explain Social Security code to labours 47
20 Minimum Support Price(MSP) and issues around 49
21 Need of National Digital Health Mission 51
22 Feminization of agriculture 53
23 Crime Against Women is an expression of male domination 56
24 Threats through India’s electronic media 58
25 Emergence of OTT( Over the top) in India 60
26 Police reforms and political interferences thereon 62
27 Vaccine passports and ethical issues thereon 64
28 Valuing Water 66
29 Ensuring Food Security in India 69
30 Words are sharper than two edged sword 71
31 Destiny of our country is shaped in our classrooms 72
32 Explain Israel Palestine Conflict 73

3|Page
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

33 Mucormycosis is a deadly fungal infection; Explain its impact in India 76

34 Beauty of world lies in diversity of people 78
35 Sun Halo 80
36 Explain Palk bay fishing conflict 81
37 India and UNSC 82
38 Internal Security means war against your own population 83
39 FASTag is now mandatory; Explain the various aspects involved in this arena 85
40 Sino India disengagement in recent times 86
41 BR Ambedkar has awakened Dalit consciousness 87
42 Is India a soft state 88
43 Maternal deaths amid changes in health system 89
44 Digitization of land records in India 90
45 Innovation and economic growth 92
46 Right to information and good governance 94
47 Endangered animals and protection thereon 96
48 Digital economy in a new take 98
49 Malnutrition and elimination thereon 100
50 Role of Jawaharlal nehru in shaping new India 103
51 Blue economy as a booster for development of India 104
52 Funding in the elections has to become more transparent 106
53 Egalitarianism is essential in contemporary India 108
54 Central bank is not Centralised 110
55 National register of citizens is need of national integration ? Examine 111
56 Honour killings 1213
57 Crypto currency 116
58 Sedition and the concept of freedom of speech 118
59 India Pakistan relations 119
60 women in armed forces 121
61 India – Bangladesh relations 122
62 India Russia Relations 123
63 India Israel relations 124
64 Mob lynching and controlling mechanism 125
65 Censorship and its Necessity 126
66 Depreciation of Indian rupee amid Pandemic 127
67 India and Central Asia relation 129

4|Page
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

68 Moral behaviours leading to happiness 131

69 farmers suicides in India 132
70 Integration of world 133
71 Supply chain management in India’s agriculture 135
72 India@75 137
ARGUMENT WRITING
1 Fracking leads to the disruption of nature 140
2 Short period of discomfort is much better than going to ICU 141
3 Paternity leave to men 143
4 Ban of cigarettes is the only way to protect the youngsters 144
5 Free Education and its need 145
6 Lockdown and its impact on common man 146
7 Plastic ban should be made compulsory 147
8 Role of Political parties in transforming the nation is becoming more influential 149
9 Medical Marijuana is seen in use now a days 150
10 Ban of nuclear weapons in the eve of ensuring peace 151
11 Religion may do more harm than good 152
12 Video Gaming or online gaming has become a major addiction now a days 154
13 Video Gaming or online gaming has become a major addiction now a days 155
14 “It is not a lack of love, but a lack of friendship that makes unhappy marriages.” 156
15 Trumps administration in USA 158
16 OTT platforms are in the new take now a days 158
17 Hybrid plants , vegetables and fruits are in a new trend now a days 160
18 Is India ready for 5G 161
19 Gig economy in India 162
20 Artificial Intelligence 163
21 3 farm Bills 165
22 Computer may replace books 166
23 Reservation for women 167
24 Social Media ; Is it connecting or disconnecting 168
25 Online Learning 169
REPORT WRITING
1 Bio medical Waste generation Doubles 172
2 Samudra Setu II 172
3 Uttarakhand Floods 173
4 Forest fire in Odisha 173

5|Page
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

5 Maoist Attack 174

6 QUAD 175
7 Raisina Dialogue 175
8 Vaccine Maitri 176
9 2nd Wave of COVID -19 176
10 Acute oxygen Crisis 177
11 GROUND WATER 178
12 National Food security 178
13 New IT rules - 2021 179
14 Raising Road Accidents 180
15 Israeli – Palestinian Conflict 180
16 Tele Medicines 181
17 Cyber – Attack Air India 182
18 Cyclone Tauktae 183
19 GOI Slams Twitter 184
20 PRIVATIZATION of BANKS 185

PRECIS WRITNG 186

READING COMPREHENSION 200
GRAMMAR 205
QUOTES 244

6|Page
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

* How to read this book? *

• This book will facilitate the students with all the major areas of CAPF Paper2 examination such as Essay ,
Report, Argument ,Precise , Grammar , and Comprehension.
• Students are advised to begin this book with reading essay part . The word limit for each essay is 300
words but for the better convenience of the students our content developers have provided with the
information more than 300 words. Ultimately students have to frame the essay within 300 words(+ or –
10%)
• After every essay there is an additional information provided to make the students better practise essay.
• After every essay we have given expected titles with regard to same topic we suggest you to practice all
those
• Students are advised to re write all the essay after reading from the book in their own words to make
themselves connected with the title.
• The content for writing an essay can be taken from various sources and since the information is unlimited
and can be changes at any point of time the students should constantly revise the data from time to time
• While reading the argument please note that the points for and against are authors point of view and the
students may also add several other points according to their convenience during practise.
• After reading every topic try to frame the same in your own language and literature.
• Report writing topics are usually connecting more with the current events and so take the best use of
news paper and try frame your reports on the same lines like that of author.
• In grammar section we have given only important topics (CAPF point of view) we recommend students
to look for a better alternative for complete grammar.

for any queries and Suggestions mail us [email protected]

7|Page
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

PAPER II – General Studies, Essay and comprehension

❖ In this paper candidates will be allowed the option of writing the Essay Component in English or Hindi,
but the medium of Report, Argument, Precis Writing, Comprehension Components and other
communications/language skills will be English only.

❖ NOTE-I: Candidates should ensure that in Paper II they write the answers only in the medium allowed by
the Commission for the different Components as mentioned above. No credit will be given for answers
written in a medium other than the one allowed in the Paper. Candidates will be required to indicate the
medium of Essay Component in the Attendance Lists and on the Answer Book. No credit will be given for
the Essay Component if the candidate indicates a medium on the Attendance List and on the Answer Book
other than the one in which he/she has written the Essay.

❖ NOTE-II: There will be minimum qualifying marks separately in each Paper as may be fixed by the
Commission in their discretion. Paper-I will be evaluated first and evaluation of Paper-II will be done only
of those candidates who obtain the minimum qualifying marks in Paper-I.

Paper II: General Studies, Essay and Comprehension.

❖ Part-A – Essay questions which are to be answered in long narrative form either in Hindi or English
totalling 80 Marks. The indicative topics are modern Indian history especially of the freedom struggle,
geography, polity and economy, knowledge of security and human rights issues, and analytical ability.

❖Part-B – Report writing, Argument writing, Comprehension, précis writing, other

communications/language skills – to be attempted in English only (Marks 120) – The topics are
Comprehension passages, précis writing, developing counter arguments, simple grammar and other
aspects of language testing

❖ Usually CAPF paper 2 cut off varies between Min 50 marks to Max 60 marks (But purely it Depends on
Your Paper 1 Marks)

8|Page
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

FORMAT FOR WRITING AN ESSAY - Q.1

WORD LIMIT: 300 Words

Introduction: -

a) Introduction must be written in minimum 50- maximum 70 words.

b) If possible, include famous quotes related to the topic.

c) Must be crisp and clear.

d) Create a suspense to the Evaluator.

e) Don’t reveal everything in Introduction.

Body: -

a) Body must be written in minimum 150- maxmimum180 words.

b) Underline important points where ever applicable.

c) If possible, draw some figures or pie charts related to the

2-D Diagrams

d) Don’t go out of the topic.

e) Try to recollect some facts and current related information.

f) Don’t write it in points

Note: ** only if the question demands then you can write it in points**.

9|Page
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Conclusion: -

a) Give your opinion (it may be positive, negative or neutral).

b) Don’t criticise any government related (policies or schemes rather you can give suggestions).

c) In 1st Two lines try to give Brief summary of the MAIN BODY.

d) If possible, conclude with a suitable quote (As we know “with guns we can kill terrorists and by
education we can kill terrorism”. the need of the hour is to eliminate terrorism from its roots. It’s not alone
possible with India rather all the countries in the world together must join to curb terrorism.)

FOLLOW THESE IMPORTANT GUIDELINES WHILE WRITING AN ESSAY.

1. Avoid spelling mistakes and Don’t strike the words too Many times.

2. Present neatly. (Hand writing can’t be improve all of sudden but try to present it neatly)

3. Underline the important points (Where ever necessary).

4. Prepare a rough draft for the given essay topic and then start writing an Essay.

5. Don’t give side heading such as (Introduction, main body and conclusion)

6. Stick to the word limit.

7. Give a one line gap after writing

INTRODUCTION (one line gap)

MAIN BODY (one line gap)

CONCLUSION.

Brief points before you answer an essay:

• Frame your answer thoroughly

• Try to brainstorming all your remembered facts

• Since the word limit is only 300 words every single point in the essay must be score fetching

• Don’t deviate your thinking process while striking or writing a point

• Maintaining the continuity of all the points and later the paragraphs is mandatory

• Avoid spelling mistakes

• Avoid short cuts

10 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Keep in mind that you are been expected something extra from all the other aspirants so try thinking

in a different and scoring manner

• In your writings never criticize certain things like region, religion and caste

• Make a rough idea i.e. the frame working before attempting the answer.

• Use certain quotes and examples only related to the title suggested

• Make suitable Venn diagrams for fetching more scores

• Make the best use of newspapers for collecting content

• Make the handwriting more liable

• Mind the word limit by quick examining

11 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 1 : Health is wealth ; Elaborate in context of India’s health care system

Key points :

• Highlight the importance of health

• Initiatives of Govt of India can be highlighted
• Various indexes and performance on health sector can be highlighted
• Covid Pandemic and health thereon can be highlighted
• Spread of various diseases and India’s reaction can be highlighted
Introduction : “Health is not valued till sickness comes”.
“The human body has been designed to resist an infinite number of changes and attacks brought about by
its environment. The secret of good health lies in successful adjustment to changing stresses on the
body.” .Health is defined as a state of complete physical, mental and social well being and just not the non
existence of disease or ailment. Health is a primary human right and has been accorded due importance by
the Constitution through Article 21. Though Article 21 stresses upon state governments to safeguard the
health and nutritional well being of the people, the central government also plays an active role in the
sector.
Prior to independence the healthcare in India was in shambles with large number of deaths and spread of
infectious diseases. After independence the Government of India laid stress on Primary Health Care and
India has put in sustained efforts to better the health care system across the country. The government
initiative was not enough to meet the demands from a growing population be it in primary, secondary or
tertiary health care.
In India, in addition to existence of modern medicine, indigenous or traditional medical practitioners
continue to practice throughout the country. Popular indigenous healthcare traditions include Ayurveda,
Siddha, Unani, Homeopathy, Naturopathy, and Yoga. The Ayurveda (meaning science of life) system deals
with causes, symptoms, diagnoses, and treatment based on all aspects of well-being (mental, physical, and
spiritual). These professionals, traditionally, have been inheriting the skills from their ancestors. However,
with the advent of education, a variety of institutions offer training in indigenous medical practice.

Ayushman bharat initiative

Enable insurance for all

Proper medical Infrastructure

Reach of health care to rural areas

Financial assistance and fundings in medical research

The Ministry of Health & Family Welfare is instrumental and responsible for implementation of various
programmes on a national scale in the areas of Health & Family Welfare, prevention and control of major
communicable diseases and promotion of traditional and indigenous systems of medicines. The schemes
such as Ayushman Bharat for providing health insurance cover, Aam Admi bhima yojna for providing life
and disability cover to the poor, etc are reaching the masses in big number but should also intensify in big
number.

12 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Conclusion : Despite various efforts put by both central and state govt there is a spread of communicable
diseases such as Covid etc. Govt hospitals should increase its facilities by modernizing the centres, access
to all in health sector should be achieved at the near future. Both private and public coordination can make
India a hub for health sector by continuing its traditional practises.
Possible Titles :

1. Health is not valued till sickness comes

2. Initiatives of GOI in health sector
3. Suggest Possible measures for improving health infrastructure
4. Health is a money whose value will be known only after losing it
Additional Information :

• Health Financing and Financial Protection: o Government should increase public expenditure on
health from the current 1.2% of GDP to at least 3% of GDP by 2022.
• Expenditures on primary healthcare should account for at least 70 per cent of all healthcare
expenditure.
• General taxation should be used as the principal source of healthcare financing, not levying sector
specific taxes.
• Specific purpose transfers should be introduced to equalize the levels of per capita public spending
on health across different states
• All India and State level Public Health Service Cadres and a specialized State level Health Systems
Management Cadre should be introduced in order to give greater attention to Public Health.
• The establishment of a National Health Regulatory and Development Authority, National Drug
Regulatory and Development Authority, and National Health Promotion and Protection Trust
(NHPPT) is also recommended.
• Standards would include the complete range of conditions, covering emergency, RCH, prevention
and management of Communicable and Non-Communicable diseases incorporating essential
medicines, and Essential and Emergency Surgical Care (EESC).
• The objective would be to achieve a minimum norm of 500 beds per 10 lakh population in an
average district.
• AYUSH is the non-allopathic medical systems in India comprising of Ayurveda, Yoga and
Naturopathy, Unani, Siddha and Homoeopathy.
• There are huge gaps in implementation of the programmes like ICDS, PDS, and Food Security, e.g.,
there is a massive shortage of paediatric iron syrups for children in most states which need to be
corrected.
Health care sector in India

13 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 2 : Petrol Prices hike in India; Highlight the economic and social impacts

Key Points :

• Introduce the petrol prices history

• World fuel prices and Indian taxation can be highlighted
• Impact on common man can be highlighted
• Various governments in India and their policy can be added
Introduction :
” Petrol price are sky high, man power is the only cheap thing in India”.
Petroleum products are the natural resource with which each person is somehow attached either through
occupation or through household consumption. There is a huge segment of people in India who are
consuming the petroleum products in a very reckless manner which cause the hike in prices of petroleum
products on day to day basis due to which everyone is suffering. India is the seventh largest country in the
world and the second most populated country in the world. With 1,220,200,000 (1.22 billion) people, India
is the second most populous country in the world.
Increase in crude oil prices due to increased international demands, low production rate and regular
political disturbances in crude oil producing countries of the world influence seriously prices of fuels like
petrol. Indian oil companies face problem to meet demands of petroleum products with shortage of
production and supply from oil refineries due to high input cost in crude oil price which leads to
mismatching supply demand.

taxations on petrol

Other alternative fuels

Role of OPEC

Impact on industries and business

Impact on common man

Prices of petroleum products vary according to local government policies by imposing taxes. Whenever
government of India increases tax on fuels the oil companies in India have no other alternative to increase
the petrol price to recover losses and maintaining marginal profits in oil business in India. The
underdeveloped economies like India have generally a lesser developed financial market which creates a
weak bonding between the interest rates and the aggregate demand. This real money gap is determined as
the potential determinant for the price rise.

Diesel, Kerosene and Cooking Gas may be recognized under such categories. While Diesel/Petrol is used
in industrial and agricultural work on a very large scale, Kerosene and Cooking Gas have direct relation to
the last household of the country. As India import almost 75% of its petroleum needs, it is not possible for
the government to maintain low prices of these commodities for a very long time as price of petroleum
products increase day by day in the international market.

14 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

In India according to a survey maximum number of persons has two-wheelers in their family. It was
observed that at least 291 families out of 535 families have single two-wheelers, 156 have two two-
wheelers, 50 have more than two whereas only 38 do not carry any vehicle. It was also observed that 60%
of the families have four wheelers but at the same time 40% still don’t carry even one four wheeler in
their family.
Conclusion : Therefore It was analysed as the Indian families tend to purchase two-wheelers because they
cannot afford a four-wheeler with a low mileage every time. Petrol hike directly or indirectly affects all
the major sectors like transportation, textiles, auto, FMCG etc, for manufacturing & transportation.
Increase in petrol price will increase the transportation cost, increase in transportation cost will increase in
price of goods, and this increase in price of goods would gradually force the people to loosen their pockets
even more, and so on like this, the chain will further propagate. These ups and downs push more people
into poverty and leading to a more pathetic situation of those already poor. The govt must reduce its
taxation when there is a hike globally and take good steps to reduce burden on the common man.
Possible Titles :

1. Impact of petrol price hike on different sections

2. Petrol price hike and economics around
3. Central and State Govt coordination in ensuring petrol price balancing
4. 3 digit petrol prices and measures to control burden
Additional Information :
Flow representing the petrol pricing in India

India imports about 85% of its oil and therefore oil import has been costing the import bill and impacting
the Current Account Deficit (CAD).
Currently, state and central taxes amount to around 180 per cent of the base price of petrol and 141 per
cent of the base price of diesel in Delhi.

15 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 3: Climate Change and steps by India to combat it

Key Points :

• Explain the term climate change

• World and Indian impacts can be simultaneously added
• Efforts by Govt can be highlighted
• Various summits and events in this regard can be added
Introduction :”There are no passengers on earth, we are all crew”
India is both a major greenhouse gas emitter and one of the most vulnerable countries in the world to
projected climate change. The country is already experiencing changes in climate and the impacts of
climate change, including water stress, heat waves and drought, severe storms and flooding, and
associated negative consequences on health and livelihoods. Global observations of melting glaciers
suggest that climate change is well under way in the region, with glaciers receding at an average rate of
10–15 meters per year.
With a large and growing population, India’s emissions of greenhouse gases are increasing. Moreover,
potential climate impacts in India are severe: sea level rise, changes in the monsoon, increased severe
storms and flooding, more drought, and severe water stress. Recently, climate variability in the form of
floods and cyclones has resulted in destruction of crops, property and infrastructure, as well as in
negative impacts on human health and well-being. All of these impacts set back general socio-economic
development. Rural dwellers’ continuing dependence upon agriculture for food and livelihood (17.5
percent of gross domestic product (GDP) and more than 60 percent of the labor force) makes the Indian
people particularly vulnerable to climate variability and change.
India’s broad spectrum of highly articulated national policies includes inclusive growth goals in the areas
of economic development, human development, and environmental protection. National goals are, of
course, differentially implemented in each of India’s states, which exhibit widely varying degrees of social
and economic development. Limited growth has occurred in the areas of fiscal policy, privatization, small-
scale industry, agriculture, and labor law.

Causes of climate change

Paris Summit and implementation

Sustainable Development Goals

Climate Financial Sources

Kyoto Protocol and COP summits

India is participating in the Clean Development Mechanism of the United Nations Framework Convention
on Climate Change (UNFCCC) and actively participating in the development of a proposed UNFCCC
mechanism called Reducing Emissions from Deforestation and forest Degradation (REDD). The National
Clean Development Mechanism Authority (NCDMA) is housed in the Ministry of Environment and Forests
(MoEF); CDM India has operated since December 2003 as the Designated National Authority (DNA).

16 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Conclusion : Therefore Over several decades India has pursued policies and publicly funded programs
focused on energy conservation and deployment of renewable energy technologies. At present,
Government of India spends no less that 12 percent of its annual budget or 2.63 percent of the GDP on
these programs. India’s (and for that matter all developing countries) concerns about economic growth
and poverty eradication are legitimate and must be fully respected in any global climate regime, as indeed
stated unequivocally in the UNFCCC and the Bali Action Plan.
Possible Titles :

1. Climate action is the need of world

2. Climate action vs climate justice
3. Role of India in protecting climate
4. Challenges that possess climate change
Additional Information :

• Industrialized countries have managed to de-link sulphur dioxide emissions from economic growth.
In other words, emissions have fallen even as national income has risen. But they have failed to do
the same with carbon dioxide (CO2 ) emissions. Per capita CO2 emissions remain closely related to a
country’s level of economic development, and thus standard of living.
• It is evident that as long as the world economy is carbon-based – driven by energy from coal,oil,and
natural gas – growth cannot be de-linked substantially from CO2 emissions.
• The only way to avert climate change is to reduce emissions dramatically. But things are never quite
this simple. The use of fossil fuels (the major reason for CO2 emissions) is closely linked to economic
growth and lifestyle. Every human being contributes to the CO2 concentrations in the atmosphere.
• International negotiations under the UN Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC,
popularly referred to as the Kyoto Protocol) - aimed at limiting greenhouse gas emissions into the
atmosphere - have turned into a tug of war with rich countries unwilling to ‘compromise their
lifestyles’ and poor countries unwilling to accept a premature cap on their right to basic
development.
• As yet, the rich world has found small answers to this existential problem. It does not only want to
keep its coal power plants (even as it points fingers at China and India), it wants to build new ones.
It believes it can keep polluting and keep fixing. This time, it has come up with the solution of
carbon-capture and storage i.e. to store the emissions underground and hope the problem will just
go away.

Title 4 : 33% forest cover in India ; Steps by Govt of India

Key Points :

• Mention about the forest percentage and its status in India

• Different states performance in this regard can be highlighted
• Schemes and policies in this regard can be highlighted
• An overview about forest cover and its figures can be added
Introduction :
“The creation of thousand forests is in one acorn”.
A forest is a complex ecosystem which is predominantly composed of trees, shrubs and is usually a
closed canopy. Forests are storehouses of a large variety of life forms such as plants, mammals, birds,
insects and reptiles etc. Also the forests have abundant microorganisms and fungi, which do the

17 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

important work of decomposing dead organic matter thereby enriching the soil. Nearly 4 billion hectares
of forest cover the earth’s surface, roughly 30 percent of its total land area. Forests provide an
environment for many species of plants and animals thus protects and sustains the diversity of nature.
According to a forest report there should be a 33% of forest cover in India , India taking steps for reaching
its 33% as discussed below.
Forest cover, as interpreted by Forest Survey of India (FSI) consists of two parts: cover due to tree growth
inside recorded forests and cover due to tree growth outside forests. Areas less than one hectare are not
picked up by sensors. Thus, individual tree groves, linear plantations etc, outside recorded forest areas are
separately assessed by the FSI through ground inventory, which is called tree cover.
In order to increase the forest and tree cover and improve the quality of existing forest, afforestation in the
country is taken up under various Centrally Sponsored Schemes such as National Afforestation
Programme (NAP), Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Scheme (MGNREGS),
Integrated Watershed Management Programme (IWMP), National Bamboo Mission (NBM) and under
Compensatory Afforestation Fund Management and Planning Authority (CAMPA), 13th Finance
Commission Grant, different State Plan/ Non- Plan Schemes including externally aided projects.

Types of forests such as dense , moderately dense

33% forest cover

States Performiong well such as AP , Karnataka and Kerala

Forest resources and finances thereon

Role of govt and NGOs

National Afforestation Programme (NAP) of the Ministry of Environment & Forests is a 100% Centrally
Sponsored Scheme for Afforestation and tree plantation and eco-restoration of degraded forests and
adjoining areas in the country. National Afforestation Programme is the flagship scheme under the
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, which being a demand driven scheme, the target
are not fixed and afforestation area is sanctioned based on the proposals received from the State Forest
Development agencies on the basis of past performance, potential degraded forest land available for eco
restoration and availability of budget under the scheme.
Conclusion : Therefore The Government proposes to implement the tree plantation programme
extensively in the country. The states like Madhya Pradesh (77,414 sq. km) has the largest forest cover in
the country in terms of area, followed by Arunachal Pradesh (66,964 sq. km) and Chhattisgarh (55,547
sq. km). Shifting cultivation, other biotic pressures, rotational felling, diversion of forest lands for
developmental activities, submergence of forest cover, agriculture expansion and natural disasters are to
be decreased in order to maintain the proper forest cover in India.
Possible Titles :

• We are made for loving the nature

• Steps of GOI for making India green
• 33% forest cover and efforts thereon

18 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Green India Mission and Efforts thereon

Additional Information :

• According to the 2019 report, the total forest cover of the country is 712,249 square kilometres
(21.67 percent of India’s total geographical area) slightly up from 708,273 sq. km (21.54 percent) in
2017. The tree cover of the country is 95,027 sq. km (2.89 percent of the total area) again slightly up
from 93,815 sq. km. (2.85 percent) in 2017.
• While the overall forest and tree cover marked an increase on a national level, the report
highlighted a decrease in the forest area in the country’s northeast region. This decline in forest
area in the northeast has been an ongoing trend with the region witnessing a loss of about 3,199 sq.
km. of forest area sine 2009.

• The India State of Forest Report 2019 released recently shows an increase of 5,188 square
kilometres of forest and tree cover across the country compared to the ISFR 2017.
• The top five states in terms of increase in forest cover:
o Karnataka (1,025 sq km)
o Andhra Pradesh (990 sq km)
o Kerala (823 sq km)
o Jammu & Kashmir (371 sq km)
o Himachal Pradesh (334 sq km)
• For years, foresters and ecologists have said that this report(2019), put together by the Forest Survey
of India (FSI), does not distinguish between natural forests, commercial plantations, orchards and
bamboo groves while enumerating forests. According to them, areas with ‘tree stands’ of over 10%
canopy cover are counted as forests, irrespective of whether they function ecologically as forests or
not.
• Adivasi and other communities that depend on forests have been displaced, state governments have
been kept from granting legitimate forest rights to communities, and the basic reasoning behind
conservation policies has changed.

Title 5 : Military coup in Myanmar and its impact on India

Key Points :

• Explain India Myanmar relations in brief in the main body

• Explain What is military coup
• Its impact and possibilities in India can be highlighted
• Significance of Article 34 and comparison with Myanmar military coup can be added
Introduction : A ‘Coup’ is generally described as a sudden, violent, and illegal seizure of power from a
government. A military coup is “the removal or the attempted removal of a state’s chief executive by the
regular armed forces through the use of threat of force”. The country gained independence from Britain in
1948. It was ruled by the armed forces from 1962 until 2011, when a new government began ushering in a
return to civilian rule.
Initially there was a military presence in Myanmar but over the period of time democracy emerged with
the help of a political party named national League for Democracy under the leadership of Aung San Suu
Kyi. This party in 2015 and 2020 elections have secured a majority seats in both the houses of its
parliament named Pyithu hluttaw and Amyotha Hluttaw. It is to be noted that Myanmar parliament have
representation of civilians and also military seats are reserved. In the Myanmar’s’ Parliament, the military

19 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

holds 25% of the total seats according to the 2008 military-drafted constitution and several key ministerial
positions are also reserved for military appointees.

Military rule

Democracy setup

Role of Aung San SU kyi

Impact on India

Peoples Demand and wishes

Allegation spread across the nation that Suu Kyi is about to bring several reforms in its constitution and
decrease or eliminate the representation to the military in its parliament. So the military once again
decided to take over the control by announcing some negatives of this lady prime minister such as election
mal practises, Rohingya issue mishandling etc. The main religion is Buddhism. There are many ethnic
groups in the country, including Rohingya Muslims. Their rights are not adequately protected and
respected in Myanmar and so these Muslim groups decide to vacate Myanmar and reach the
neighbouring countries such as Bangladesh and India with which the illegal immigration increased in India.

India along with many other countries world wide such as UK USA China etc have taken a stand to
support Aung San and also promote democratic setup in Myanmar. Though India has expressed deep
concern over recent developments in Myanmar, cutting off from the Myanmar military is not a viable
option as India has significant economic and strategic interests in Myanmar and its neighbourhood. India’s
military-diplomatic outreach to Myanmar became a cornerstone of its Act East policy. India has cultivated
several infrastructure and development projects with Myanmar, which it sees as the “gateway to the East”
and ASEAN countries.
Conclusion :Therefore Myanmar is the member of both Association of Southeast Asian Nations
(ASEAN), which is an organization of East Asian nations and also the only ASEAN member country that
shares boundary with India as well as Bay of Bengal Initiative for Multi-Sectoral Technical and Economic
Cooperation (BIMSTEC) which bridges South and South-East Asia. India should continue to engage with
the present regime in Myanmar working towards mutual development of people of both the countries
while it should support sharing experiences in constitutionalism and federalism to assist Myanmar in
resolving the prevailing stalemate.

20 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Possible titles :

1. Myanmar’s change in form of government

2. Aung San SU Kyi and her priorities towards India
3. Military vs democratic setup in Myanmar; Highlight the advantages and disadvantages
4. Military coup in Myanmar; its impact on India and China
Additional Information :

• The intervention came with rising tensions between the military, which ruled the country for nearly
five decades, and the civilian government over allegations of fraud in November’s elections.
• Suu Kyi came to power as state councilor in 2016 after the country’s first fully democratic vote in
decades.
• Her time in detention made her an international icon, and she was awarded the Nobel Peace Prize in
1991.
• Since her release, her reputation has been tarnished by her cooperation with the military and her
deadly campaign against the Rohingya, a Muslim ethnic minority group.
• Apart from strategic concerns, India has cultivated several infrastructure and development projects
with Myanmar, which it sees as the “gateway to the East” and ASEAN countries.
• These include the India-Myanmar-Thailand Trilateral Highway and the Kaladan Multi-modal transit
transport network, as well as a plan for a Special Economic Zone at the Sittwe deep-water port.

Title 6 : India ranks 139 out of 149 in Happiness Index; Elaborate the steps in improving its rank

Key Points :

• Describe about happiness report

• Various indicators can be highlighted
• Performance of different states can be added
• Suggestions and recommendations can be added

Introduction : Happiness is when what you think, what you say, and what you do are in harmony. Mahatma
Gandhi .

“The World Happiness Report is a measure of happiness published by the United Nations Sustainable
Development Solutions Network”. The Gross National Happiness (GNH) is an aggregate measure of a
country's national production, in the vein of the gross national product or gross domestic product. Gross
national happiness (GNH) attempts to measure the sum total not only of economic output, but also of net
environmental impacts, the spiritual and cultural growth of citizens, mental and physical health and the
strength of the corporate and political systems.

Happiness is a subjective concept and the differences in rankings are due to a number of factors including
differences in the components of happiness across states and union territories. Six components will be used
while measuring happiness namely, work and related issues such as earning and growth; relationships
including family and friends; health including physical and mental; philanthropy including social concerns;
religious or/and spiritual orientation; and the impact of COVID-19 on happiness. All these components are
found to be significant in the regression analysis and explain the differences in happiness scores. The scores
of these six components vary across the states and union territories.

21 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

The spirit of India is quite resilient and the impact of COVID-19 varies across states and union territories.
It varies from the worst possible to the best possible among individuals in the study. Maharashtra, Delhi, and
Haryana have shown the worst possible impact of COVID-19 on happiness, whereas Puducherry and Jammu
and Kashmir are neutral and Manipur, Andaman and Nicobar Islands, and Lakshadweep have shown the best
possible impact of COVID-19 on happiness.

The phrase ‘gross national happiness’ was first coined by the 4th King of Bhutan, King Jigme Singye
Wangchuck in 1972 when he declared, “Gross National Happiness is more important than Gross Domestic
Product” . Bhutan was the first country in the world to start 2 measuring Gross National Happiness.

Conclusion: Humanity will never stop being tested, so happiness must be about rebounding. That means
training for the hard times when we’re in moments of ease – training our psychological fitness intentionally
each day. If we want to be empathic in times of crisis, we should be developing our cognitive empathy skills
all the time, exercising gratitude and optimism, working out our resiliency skills, and practicing compassion.

Possible Titles :

1. Happiness is enjoying the little things in life

2. India and happiness index
3. What are the indicators of happiness index and elaborate performance of India
4. Happiness arises in the first place of development

Additional Information :

• Index is based on six key factors found to support wellbeing: Income, Healthy life expectancy, Social
support, Freedom, trust, and generosity.
• Out of these six the important variable is trust, which is measured by the absence of corruption in
business and government.

22 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• The study found that the 10 happiest countries in the overall rankings also scored highest on
immigrant happiness, suggesting that migrants' well-being depends primarily on the quality of life
in their adopted home.

Title 7 : Covid vaccination and stages involved

Key points :

• In this kind of a title make a diagram of various stages of covid vaccination

• Different companies involved in vaccine preparation can be listed
• Its delivery and safety norms can be highlighted
• A brief idea about the disease can also be listed
Introduction : “It is better to have a vaccine than to have covid”
Coronavirus disease (COVID-19), is an infectious disease caused by a newly discovered coronavirus
(SARS-CoV-2), which has spread rapidly throughout the world. In March 2020, the World Health
Organization (WHO) declared the COVID-19 outbreak a pandemic. Vaccines continue to revolutionize our
ability to prevent diseases, save lives, and improve health. The scientific community, including our own
researchers, are driven by a shared purpose to improve vaccine technologies and bring the benefits of
immunization to everyone, regardless of where they live.

23 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

In vaccine development, the first step is to identify a vaccine candidate. It is the pre-clinical development
stage which determines a vaccine’s ultimate safety profile. During this stage the researchers will carefully
select the antigen and appropriate technologies, and both in vitro and in vivo tests will be performed. This
first attempt to assess the candidate vaccine in humans involves a small group, usually between 20-80
subjects. The candidate vaccine will be tested for the first time in humans in order to evaluate its safety,
determine a dosage range that is safe and that provides optimal immune response, and identify any
vaccine related side effects.
The goals of Phase II are to study the candidate vaccine’s safety, immunogenicity, proposed doses,
schedule of immunizations, and method of delivery. These trials are randomized and well controlled, and
include a placebo group; some of the individuals may belong to groups at risk of acquiring the disease.
Based on the success of Phase II, the candidate vaccines move on to further research and studies, enrolling
from three to tens of thousands of people.
After a successful Phase III trial, the vaccine researcher will submit a dossier to the national competent
authority which will undergo review and approval. Once on the market, the vaccine manufacturer will
perform pharmacovigilance activities in order to continuously assess the vaccine’s safety and detect any
risk of adverse event following the use of the vaccine.
Conclusion : The covid-19 vaccines are for adults, the communication is required in order to resolve the
confusions and to eliminate the vaccine hesitancy. Engagement with the community based
organisations and spreading awareness by educating people about the vaccine. For the world’s largest
vaccination against covid-19, a multi-prong approach is required including educating people, following
the vaccination process, keeping a check on new strains of virus, maintaining the records of essential data
of the beneficiaries and refining our strategy.
Possible Titles :

1. Reaction after vaccination are rare; Vaccination is must

2. Explain the various steps involved in covid vaccination
3. Role of vaccine in facing the pandemic
4. Vaccination drive and spread of awareness on diseases thereon
Additional Information :

24 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• The stage is set for the biggest vaccine rollout in India’s history with the Drugs Controller
General of India formally approving two vaccines for restricted use under emergency
conditions: Covishield by the Serum Institute of India (SII), and Covaxin by Bharat Biotech.
• India is largely considered as the global hub for cheap and generic medicines. It is therefore
pertinent for this production and supply of generic medicines to continue in order to address
major health crisis in poor, least developed, and developing nations.
• Covishield is the Indian variant of AZD1222, the vaccine developed by AstraZeneca and
University of Oxford. Pune-based Serum Institute of India (SII) developed and manufactured
Covishield through a licence from AstraZeneca and Oxford.
• Covaxin, developed by Hyderabad-based Bharat Biotech in collaboration with the National
Institute of Virology, uses a different platform.
• India makes about 60% of vaccines globally and many countries are eagerly waiting for it to
begin shipping doses. It has formally approved the emergency use of two vaccines as it
prepares to begin giving jabs in January.
• Most nations will vaccinate healthcare workers first. They treat those who are infected with Covid-
19 and vaccinate the remaining population. After that, it seems logical to prioritise the elderly, who
have a higher infection fatality rate.
• “Optimism bias," as it is called, makes vaccination seem unnecessary to them. Concerning diseases,
a lot of people tend to think that their risk is low.
• The Government of India has sanctioned Rs.900 crores for the Phase I of the Mission COVID
Suraksha, for a period of 12 months.
• Development of an indigenous, affordable and accessible vaccine to curb the spread of the
coronavirus is one of the biggest targets which the Government of the country aims to achieve. The
success of this mission will complement the Indian aspiration of Atmanirbhar Bharat Abhiyan.

Title 8 : The sign of great parenting is the child’s future ; Explain in context of India

Key Points :
• Connect with the psychological aspects of parenting
• Child future and present day parenting can be connected
• Highlight the important stages of child growth and role of parenting
• Marriage and other aspects can be connected
• Idea of positive parenting can be added
Introduction : “ The best parenting you can be is lead by an example”.
Children’s need to be loved by parents and other significant caregivers is a universal, probably
biologically based, human need. When children don’t get this need satisfied adequately they tend to
respond in the same way without regard to differences in race, gender, ethnicity, language, or other such
defining conditions. Children will always push against boundaries. They are checking out what their
parents will draw the line at, what they can and can’t do. This helps them understand what is acceptable
and what isn’t. Parents work out their own ways of looking after their children. There is no simple recipe;
it takes time for children to learn how to behave, and for parents to work out the best way of getting
the best out of their child.
India has mostly joint family where collaborative parenting is more common with many uncles, aunts
and together growing up with siblings under overall guidance of grandparents. This adds many colours
to a child's psyche. But with growing individualism, globalisation and consumerism, the families are
getting organised into nuclear ones which has values system closer to the West. In India’s, authority of
parents is firmly established and questionable instincts of child are curbed. Mild physical punishments
are common. In the West, there is respect for child's rights and independence from the start of the life.
Also Indian traditions expect the children to obey their parents and follow their prescribed guidelines. On

25 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

the contrary the western countries have a wider approach where the children have more freedom and
decision making powers.
Children’s adjustment is negatively affected by corporal punishment primarily to the extent that the
punishment is seen to be an expression of parental rejection. Children who don’t see the punishment as
rejection are unlikely to develop adjustment problems unless it is felt to be unjust (i.e., unfair and
undeserved) or excessively harsh (i.e., unduly frequent and severe). As a result difference in- global,
cultural, ethnic, familial and individual ideologies, parents negotiate the care of their children.

Personality

Mental and Physical health

Knowledge

Beliefs and faith

Proper neighbourhood and hobbys

So any western country while dealing with cases of Indian parenting should take into consideration the
cultural difference rather than blindly applying domestic standards on Indian emigrants and terming it
abusive and also enforcing such law on Indian parents end up in a way to blatant violation of human
rights - even the United Nations Convention of the Rights of the Child (UNCRC) accepts this diversity
while declaring that parental responsibility is to be protected from government interference. Remedy lies
in immediate measures of sensitizing the Western Parental Care Inspector or Officers and also
domestic laws about cultural diversities of emigrants from India.
Conclusion : Therefor As a patriarchal culture, Indian families are generally run by the father or
grandfather with family life and home structure based on decisions made by the male family members.
Women are responsible for domestic duties and daily childcare tasks. Many Indian families live together
in a multi-generational household, with children living with their parents until, and sometimes even
after, marriage. Here we are more socially-binding and has to follow and respect the social norms.
Possible Titles :

1. Parenting in competitive Indian society is a challenge

2. Parenting and Indian Society
3. Child care had always been the major concern in Indian society
4. Need of early care in personality development of a child
Additional Information :
• “Parents can only give good advice or put them on the right paths, but the final forming of a
person's character lies in their own hands.” –Anne Frank
• “One thing I had learned from watching chimpanzees with their infants is that having a child
should be fun.” –Jane Goodall
• “It is time for parents to teach young people that in diversity there is beauty and there is strength.”
–Maya Angelou
• “Most things are good, and they are the strongest things; but there are evil things too, and you are
not doing a child a favour by trying to shield him from reality. The important thing is to teach a
child that good can always triumph over evil.” –Walt Disney
• Adopting parents must be financially capable, physically, mentally and emotionally stable.

26 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• All prospective parents who wanted to adopt a child being NRIs irrespective of nationality have to
register with the Central Adoption Resource Authority (CARA).
• The National Education Policy (NEP) emphatically makes the case for early childhood care and
education (ECCE).
• Over 85% of a child’s cumulative brain development occurs before the age of six.
• Yet, over 5 crore children are estimated to not have attained foundational literacy and numeracy in
India.
• Nudge is a concept in behavioural economics, political theory, and behavioural sciences which
proposes positive reinforcement and indirect suggestions as ways to influence the behaviour and
decision making of groups or individuals.

Title 9 : Migrant workers and their position in India during pandemic

Key Points :
• Highlight the statistics of migration labours
• Situation during covid can be added
• Schemes and welfare activities can be added
• New drafts and laws in this regard can be added
Introduction : “The greatest nations are defined by how they treat their inhabitants”.
Migration is the movement of people away from their usual place of residence, across either internal
(within country) or international (across countries) borders. Migration has become a key policy issue for
many developing countries, depending on the state of the national economy and the employment
situation. The latest government data on migration comes from the 2011 Census. As per the Census,
India had 45.6 crore migrants in 2011 (38% of the population) compared to 31.5 crore migrants in 2001
(31% of the population). Between 2001 and 2011, while population grew by 18%, the number of
migrants increased by 45%.
Poverty continues to act as a push factor for migration. As this publication highlights migration,
however, has some benefits as well as dangers for both sending and receiving countries. The migrants
themselves are often those who are on the losing side in terms of poor working conditions, exploitation
and even trafficking. The economic, social and political situation often creates a condition where an
individual or a group decides to emigrate.

27 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Spurred by the exodus of 10 million migrants (as per government estimates) from big cities during
the Covid-19 lockdown, NITI Aayog, along with a working subgroup of officials and members of civil
society, has prepared a draft national migrant labour policy. The NITI draft lays down institutional
mechanisms to coordinate between Ministries, states, and local departments to implement
programmes for migrants. It identifies the Ministry of Labour and Employment as the nodal Ministry for
implementation of policies, and asks it to create a special unit to help converge the activities of other
Ministries. This unit would manage migration resource centres in high migration zones, a national labour
Helpline, links of worker households to government schemes, and inter-state migration management
bodies.
During lockdown Passenger trains and flights were halted. The lockdown has severely impacted
migrants, several of whom lost their jobs due to shutting of industries and were stranded outside their
native places wanting to get back. Article 19(1)(e) of the Constitution, guarantees all Indian citizens the
right to reside and settle in any part of the territory of India, subject to reasonable restrictions in the
interest of the general public or protection of any scheduled tribe
Due to the suspension public transport facilities, migrants started walking towards their home state on
foot. Subsequently, buses and Shramik special trains were permitted by the central government
subject to coordination between states. On April 1, the Ministry of Health and Family
Affairs directed state governments to operate relief camps for migrant workers with arrangements for
food, sanitation and medical services. On May 14, under the second tranche of the Aatma Nirbhar
Bharat Abhiyaan, the Finance Minister announced that free food grains would be provided to migrant
workers who do not have a ration card for two months. The measure is expected to benefit eight crore
migrant workers and their families. The Finance Minister also announced that One Nation One Ration
card will be implemented by March 2021, to provide portable benefits under the PDS.
Conclusion : Therefore the need of the hour is a proper coordination between centre and state govts and
the migrant labour has to be given the top priority considering them as a part of modern day economic
growth. Existing legal and administrative system are not effective in protecting the rights and interests
of migrant workers, despite measures for redressing grievances like public hearings in India should be
improved and delivery mechanisms are to be strengthened by proper utilization of initiatives such as PM
Jan dhan Yojna etc.
Possible Titles :

1. No one leaves the home unless home is mouth of the shark

2. Immigration is the sincerest form of flattery
3. Covid and migrants thereon
4. Unemployment and migrations thereon
Additional Information:

28 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Most of the migrant workers are not routed through licensed contractors so a huge number is
excluded from getting any benefit out of the Inter-State Migrant Workmen (ISMW) Act, 1979.
• Repealing of the ISMW Act, 1979 and replacing it with a new Act, or by enlarging the
scope of Unorganised Workers’ Social Security (UWSS) Act, 2008 to include legal entitlements, to
define the migrant workman as a subset, to provide for contingencies of livelihood loss and to
make the Act legally enforceable.
• Atal Pension Yojana: It is a social security scheme launched under the National Pension
System (NPS) and aims at providing a steady stream of income after the age of 60 to all citizens
of India including the migrants and labourers.
• Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyoti Bima Yojana and Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bima Yojana (under
the Gram Swaraj Abhiyan): Both of the schemes provide for life insurance and accident insurance
respectively to the migrants and labourers.

Title 10 : Social justice is the surest guarantor of peace

Key points :
• Highlight the meaning and significance of social justice
• Issues like economic equality can be highlighted
• Initiatives of Govt of India can be added
• Transformation of Indian society can be added
Introduction : “Equality of opportunity is the essence of social justice”.
Justice means those social conditions by which a harmonious and right coordination is made between
individual’s conduct and the welfare of the society. Justice is the fulfilment of broad social welfare means
progress of all the sections of the society. The idea that justice involves giving each person his due
continues to be an important part of our present day understanding of the justice. Justice requires that
we give due and equal consideration to all individuals.
One of the principles is the principle of treating equals equally. It is considered that all individuals share
certain characteristics as human beings therefore they deserve equal rights and treatment. Some of the
important rights granted in most of the liberal democracies today include civil liberties such as right to
life, liberty and property, political rights like the right to vote and certain social rights. Apart from equal
rights, this principle would require that people should not be discriminated against on the grounds of
caste, class, race or gender. They should be judged on the basis of the group to which they belong.

29 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

It has been argued that although people should get the same reward for the same work, it would be fair
and just to reward differently by taking into account various factors such as skills required, efforts
required, the possible dangers involved in such work etc. For e.g.- people who are skilled miners or
policemen whose job is sometimes dangerous do not get equal wages as compared to other
professions. Physical disabilities, age or lack of access to good education or health are some of the
factors which are considered grounds for special treatment in many countries. The Constitution of our
country has therefore allowed for reservation of government jobs and quotes for admissions to
educational institutions for SC’s and ST’s.
According to John rawls he says that the only way we can arrive at a fair and just rule is if we imagine
ourselves to be in a situation in which we have to make decisions about how society should be organized
though we do not know ourselves which position we will occupy.
Efforts to promote social justice usually target various demographics, either to further their interests in
order to counteract perceived oppression or to punish them for perceived past offenses. Broadly,
demographic characteristics often the target of social justice attention include: race, ethnicity, and
nationality; gender and sexual orientation; age; religious affiliation; and disability.
Different types of social justice initiatives may exist to promote equality or redistribute power and
status between groups in the areas of wealth, health, well-being, justice, privileges, and economic
status. In economic terms, social justice most often amounts to efforts to redistribute wealth, income, or
economic opportunities from privileged groups toward underprivileged ones.

Social sector spending has always been low in India compared to other countries. According to the National
Health Profile 2018, India spends 1.02% of the gross domestic product on public healthcare, while Maldives
spends 9.4%, Sri Lanka 1.6%, Bhutan 2.5%, and Thailand about 2.9%.In education, India’s public
investment is around 2.7% of GDP, while it is 3.4% in Sri Lanka and 7.4% in Bhutan.

Conclusion : In India The government needs to increase public expenditure on health and education as
envisaged by National health policy 2017 (2.5% of GDP) and Draft education policy 2019 (6% of
GDP).Protection and Promotion must be the key components in ensuring growth and development.
While the former denotes protection against a fall in living standards through ill health, accidents; the
latter focuses on enhanced living conditions- “capability building”.

Possible titles :

• Together we will change the world

• Always give justice to the weak
• Explain social justice for vulnerable sections
• Explain the various factors involved in ensuring social justice

Additional Information

• Social justice is a political and philosophical theory which asserts that there are dimensions to the
concept of justice beyond those embodied in the principles of civil or criminal law, economic supply
and demand, or traditional moral frameworks. Social justice tends to focus more on just relations
between groups within society as opposed to the justice of individual conduct or justice for
individuals.
• Historically and in theory, the idea of social justice is that all people should have equal access to
wealth, health, well-being, justice, privileges, and opportunity regardless of their legal, political,
economic, or other circumstances. In modern practice, social justice revolves around favoring or
punishing different groups of the population, regardless of any given individual's choices or actions,
based on value judgements regarding historical events, current conditions, and group relations.
30 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• In economic terms, this often means redistribution of wealth, income, and economic opportunities
from groups whom social justice advocates consider to be oppressors to those whom they consider
to be the oppressed. Social justice is often associated with identity politics, socialism, and
revolutionary communism.
• Social justice is a political philosophical concept originally centered around equality among people
along various social dimensions.
• In economic terms, social justice efforts usually seek to elevate or degrade the economic status of
various groups defined by group identity or demographic characteristics like race, gender, and
religion.
• In practice, social justice can be pursued through various peaceful or non-peaceful forms of activism
or government policy.
• In socialist economies, social justice forms a foundational principle of economic policy.

Title 11 : Multilateralism vs Regionalism

Key Points :

• Define the terms

• Pros and cons can be added in this kind of titles
• Future scope can be highlighted
• Initiatives and steps involved in this regard can be added

Introduction :” International cooperation , multilateralism is indispensable”

Multilateralism is the process of organizing relations between groups of three or more states. Beyond
that basic quantitative aspect, multilateralism is generally considered to comprise certain qualitative
elements or principles that shape the character of the arrangement or institution. If the interest of one
region or a state is asserted against the country as a whole or against another region/state in a
hostile way, and if a conflict is promoted by such alleged interests, then it can be called as
regionalism. The coherence between multilateralism and regionalism becomes an opportunity and
challenge for countries, as well as their regional arrangements and the WTO to manage in the evolving
international trading system in order to maximize their potential benefits and minimize their potential
adverse effects.

Effectively managing the interface between regional and multilateral initiatives requires greater synergy
between national development objectives and external commitments. Central to this challenge facing
developing countries is to design and implement an appropriate and strategic pacing and sequencing of
national, regional and multilateral liberalization, so as to maximize development gains from these
processes of trade liberalization and regulatory commitments, by rendering regional processes and
multilateral liberalization mutually supportive and coherent. In the economic literature, it is well
documented that regional integration would entail static and dynamic gain.

31 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Nation state philosophy

Globalization

Interdependence and common interests

Market economy promotion

Alliances and cooperation among the nations

The creation of European Union, United nations Organization , International monetary fund , World bank
, G20 etc are simply aiming to promote multilateralism and without which there cannot be a proper
functioning of economic activities and assistances thereon . In security arrangements, the principles of
multilateralism are best embodied in a collective security system such as NATO, in which a war against one
state is considered to be a war against all states, ensuring that any act of aggression against a member of
the collective system is met with a response from all members.

The establishment of GATS (General agreement on trade in services) as a multilateral framework of

principles and rules for trade in services with a view to the expansion of such trade under conditions of
transparency and progressive liberalization and as a means of promoting the economic growth of all
trading partners and the development of developing countries. SAARC nations has also agreed upon
transforming the entity into the South Asian Free Trade Area (SAFTA) that opens up the economies and
permit trade relaxations.

Conclusion : Therefore Regional integration should tackle several dimensions of “deep integration” in a
context of “open regionalism” by way of enhancing the provision of regional public goods (RPG). This
involves reducing tariff dispersions and non-tariff barriers, and addressing “behind-the border” measures,
while harmonizing regulatory regimes, improving infrastructure (e.g., transport, communications,
cooperation in energy via regional interconnection, and ports), and strengthening dispute settlement
mechanisms. Similarly Trade protectionism is on the rise. Multilateral institutions such as the
International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and the World Trade Organisation provide slow and often
insufficient responses to contemporary challenges.

Possible Titles :

• Explain the shift of nations from regionalism to multilateralism

• Need of cooperation among the nations in modern world
• Explain the philosophy of multilateralism
• Hard power and soft power in contemporary world

Additional Information :

• Global multilateralism is presently being challenged, particularly with respect to trade, by emerging
regional arrangements such as the European Union or NAFTA, not in themselves incompatible with
larger multilateral accords. More seriously, the original sponsor of post-war multilateralism in economic
regimes, the United States, has turned to unilateral action and bilateral confrontation in trade and
other negotiations as a result of frustration with the intricacies of consensus-building in a multilateral
forum.

32 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• As the most powerful member of the international community, the United States has the least to lose
from abandoning multilateralism; the weakest nations have the most to lose, but the cost for all would
be high.
• Climatic Challenges Climate stability can be viewed as a global ‘public good’ which means that there are
few incentives for unilateral mitigation, because these can be frustrated by the opportunistic behaviour
(free riding) of other actors who would benefit from having cleaner air at zero cost. Hence, in order to
be effective, climate change mitigation requires a global-cooperative solution.
• The trade liberalization and climate change share the common characteristic of being global issues: in
both cases, the first best solution would be a multilateral agreement. However both international trade
and climate negotiations are progressing slowly. The increasing tensions within multilateralism have
been illustrated by the breakdown of the WTO Ministerial Meeting Seattle in 1999, by the failure in
Cancun in 2003, by the withdrawal of US from the Kyoto Protocol and by the uncertainties surrounding
the debate over the post-Kyoto architecture.
• As regional integration has become extremely topical in the past decade, the focus of our research topic
is the extent to which increasing regional integration will amplify or undermine the multilateral agenda
with respect to environmental provisions. Most RTAs follow the language of WTO rules, recognising the
same broad principles and exemption clauses as the GATT. Many contain language in their preambles
recognising the need for environmental protection and the achievement of sustainable development
objectives.

Title 12 : Energy Efficiency is the need of modern India

Key Points :

• Highlight the important ideas of Energy sector in India

• Idea of efficiency and benefits can be added
• Initiatives of govt of India can be added
• Electricity and the reach in rural and remote areas

Introduction : “Wasting less energy is the better thing to do.”.

Driving faster action towards the achievement of Sustainable Development Goal 7 (SDG7) – access to
affordable, reliable, sustainable and modern energy for all by 2030 – in line with the Paris Agreement on
climate, India is in the steps of achieving it . Energy efficiency activities span across major energy
consuming sectors in India, viz. Industry, Transport, Agriculture, Commercial, Residential, etc. along with
cross cutting mechanisms for realization of energy savings. Several omnibus schemes at the national, state
and sectoral levels are in operation, to achieve the goal of energy efficiency in India.

India’s residential electricity consumption is expected to at least double by 2030. As households buy more
electric appliances to satisfy their domestic needs, concerns about the ability of discoms to provide reliable
supply at affordable rates will also rise. Embracing energy efficiency can be a win-win solution as this can
bring down household energy bills and reduce discoms’ financial stress.

In recent years, India has seen significant adoption of energy-efficient appliances, especially those
covered under the mandatory labelling programme, according to the India Residential Energy
Survey conducted by the Council on Energy, Environment and Water and the Initiative for Sustainable

33 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Energy Policy. The survey, covering nearly 15,000 households across 21 States, found that more than 75%
of air-conditioners and 60% of refrigerators used in Indian homes were star-labelled. Further, nearly 90%
of Indian homes used LED lamps or tubes.

Some estimates suggest that While 90% of homes use fans, only 3% have efficient fans. Similarly, 60% of
our television stock comprises the big old energy-guzzling CRT (cathode ray tube) models. Desert coolers,
used by 15% homes, are not even covered under the labelling programme. Significant efficiency gains are
also possible for other appliances like water pumps and induction cook stoves.

The government’s UJALA scheme transformed the market for LED bulbs, while also helping India reduce its
annual carbon emissions by nearly 82 million tonnes. A similar focus towards other energy-efficient
appliances would allow India to ensure 24x7 powers for all.

Conclusion : The recent announcement of the Electricity (Rights of Consumers) Rules, 2020. The rules lay
down uniform performance standards for power distribution companies (discoms) and make them liable
to compensate consumers in case of violations. The well-intentioned rules come at a time when Indian
discoms are struggling to manage their finances. Therefore the need to monitor supply quality and
changing consumption pattern on a real-time basis. As discoms in India deploy smart meters, these must
be used to measure actual savings and demonstrate the benefits of energy-efficient devices to build
consumer confidence.

Possible Titles :

• Energy is the future

• Need of energy protection and conservations thereon
• Highlight the initiatives of Energy Protection by India
• Conserve energy to preserve the future

34 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Additional Information :

The fundamental goal of energy management is to produce goods and provide services with the least cost
and least environmental effect. The term energy management means many things to many people.

In any industry, the three top operating expenses are often found to be energy (both electrical and
thermal), labour and materials. If one were to relate to the manageability of the cost or potential cost
savings in each of the above components, energy would invariably emerge as a top ranker, and thus energy
management function constitutes a strategic area for cost reduction. Energy Audit will help to understand
more about the ways energy and fuel are used in any industry, and help in identifying the areas where
waste can occur and where scope for improvement exists.

(1) Thermodynamic: these are energy efficiency indicators that rely entirely on measurements derived
from the science of thermodynamics. Some of these indicators are simple ratios and some are more
sophisticated measures that relate actual energy usage to an 'ideal' process.

(2) Physical-thermodynamic: these are hybrid indicators where the energy input is still measured in
thermodynamic units, but the output is measured in physical units. These physical units attempt to
measure the service delivery of the process - eg in terms of tonnes of product or passenger miles.

(3) Economic-thermodynamic: these are also hybrid indicators where the service delivery (output) of the
process is measured in terms of market prices. The energy input, as with the thermodynamic and physical-
thermodynamic indicators, is measured in terms of conventional thermodynamic units.

(4) Economic: these indicators measure changes in energy efficiency purely in terms of market values ($).
That is, both the energy input and service delivery (output) are enumerated in monetary terms.

In one sense, thermodynamic indicators of energy efficiency seem to be the most natural or obvious way
to measure energy efficiency, as thermodynamics nowadays is often defined as the science of energy and
energy processes.

35 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 13 : Voting is the right to represent in democracy

Key points :

• Explain the significance of voting

• Initiatives such as voters day can be highlighted
• Steps by Election Commission of India
• Participation and benefits can be added
• Statistics associated can be added

Introduction : “Your voice your vote”

A direct democracy is one where the citizens directly participate in the day-to-day decision making and
in the running of the government. The ancient city states in Greece were considered examples of direct
democracy. But this kind of direct democracy cannot be practiced when a decision has to be taken by lakhs
and crores of people. Citizens are involved only indirectly through their elected representatives. The
method followed to choose these representatives is referred to as an election. National Voters' Day is
celebrated all across the country on January 25 every year since 2011, to mark the foundation day of the
Election Commission of India, i.e. 25th January 1950, that operationalize the idea of universal adult
suffrage.

The main purpose of the National Voters Day celebration is to encourage, facilitate and maximize
enrolment, especially for new voters, i.e., to engage the younger generation which has crossed 18 but is
reluctant to be a part of the nation building process. The theme for this year's National Voters' Day is
‘Making our voters empowered, vigilant, safe and informed.’ This year ECI would have a bigger challenge
ahead of them as due to Covid 19, people would be reluctant to come out and vote. Universal Franchise
and Right to Contest- Every person above the age of maturity (18years and above in India) is entitled to
vote in elections irrespective of caste, creed, colour, race, religion, language etc.

need to review of the people

participation in Role of Election
universal adult trust over legislature by the people
democracy commision of India
franchise for the people

On the other hand also all citizens have the right to stand for election and become the representative of
the people. However, there are different minimum age requirements for contesting elections. For
example, in order to stand for Lok Sabha or Assembly election, a candidate must be at least 25 years old.
Article 324 of the Indian Constitution provides for an independent Election Commission for the
‘superintendence, direction and control of the electoral roll and the conduct of elections’ in India.

It is to be noted that the 2019 elections attracted a turnout of over 67% – the highest ever in the history
of Indian general elections. (66.44% in 2014). Women’s representation has steadily increased in the Lok
Sabha. In the first-ever election, only 5% of the House consisted of women. Now, that has increased to
14%. This is still a low number given that it is not near proportional representation. The U.S. has 32%
lawmakers, while neighbouring Bangladesh has 21%.

To increase the participation of voters the ECI has taken several initiatives such as Electronic versions of
the Electors Photo Identity Cards (e-EPICs) - it is a non-editable secure PDF version of the EPIC and will
have a secured QR code with image and demographics like serial number, part number, etc. E-EPIC can be
downloaded on a mobile or a computer and can be digitally stored. cVigil which enables citizens to
report the model code of conduct violations such as bribery, free gift, liquor distribution, playing

36 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

loudspeakers beyond the permissible time during the elections. Voter Verifiable Paper Audit Trail (VVPAT)
is a method of providing feedback to voters using a ballot less voting system. The VVPAT is an independent
printer system attached with Electronic Voting Machine (EVM) that allows the voters to verify that their
votes are cast as intended.

Conclusion : As the ECI has encouraged people to vote and started several schemes and reforms, citizens
should take pledge to go out and cast their vote each and every time when they need to do so. Over the
last two decades, the influence of criminals in the political arena has shown a tremendous increase.
According to Vohra report the nexus between the criminal gangs, police, bureaucracy and politicians has
come out clearly in various parts of the country , this issue has to be addressed properly. ECI should
seriously consider the issue of EVM tampering issue and the case for VVPATs.

Possible titles :

• Voting is the expression of our commitment to ourselves

• Talk is cheap, voting is free; take it to the polls
• Democracy is about voting and it’s about a majority vote.
• The first duty of a man is to think for himself.

Additional Information :

• India is a vibrant democracy with people electing their representatives at several levels beginning
from local bodies & panchayats to the Parliament.
• Elections in India (world’s second-most populous country) seek overwhelming popular participation,
where electoral candidates try to woo the voters by promising long-term reforms, such as better
governance, greater socioeconomic equity, poverty alleviation, etc
• India is the largest democracy in the world. Elections are the most integral and important part of
politics in a democratic system of governance. True democracy can function only when elections to
the offices of power are held in a free and fair manner.
• Criminals enter into politics and ensure that money and muscle power wins them elections, so that
the cases against them are not proceeded with. Political parties are also happy as long as they have
winnable candidates. Political parties field criminals in elections for funds and in return provide
them with political patronage and protection.
• There are cases of certain caste groups lending strong support to particular political parties. Thus,
political parties make offers to win over different caste groups, and caste groups also try to
pressurize parties to offer tickets for their members’ elections. Voting on caste lines is prevalent in
the country and this is a serious blotch on democracy and equality. This also creates rifts in the
country.
• The political corruption in India has led to politics becoming a business. People enter the political
arena for making money and retaining their money and power. There are very few leaders who
enter politics to make a difference in the lives of their people. The Gandhian values of service and
sacrifice are missing from the Indian political scene.

37 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 14 : Need of digital lending in contemporary India

Key Points :

• Explain what is digital lending

• Role of RBI
• Mobile apps and other possible accesses can be added
• Financial Inclusion and digital lending can be connected
• Covid and digital lending can be also connected

Introduction :Financial institutions must be able to deliver an easy to navigate, a seamless digital
platform that goes far beyond a maturized online banking offer”.

New technologies have been hailed as having the capacity to overcome the barriers that stand in the way
of achieving financial inclusion for both individuals and enterprises. Lack of access to finance has been
cited time and again as a major bottleneck in the growth of MSMEs, individuals etc. Digital lending
consists of lending through web platforms or mobile apps, by taking advantage of technology for
authentication and credit assessment. India’s digital lending market has seen a significant rise over the
years. The digital lending value increased from USD 33 billion in FY15 to USD 150 billion in FY20 and is
expected to hit the USD 350- billion mark by FY23.

According to the RBI digital leading has the potential to make access to financial product and services
more fair, efficient and inclusive. form a peripheral supporting roll a few year ago, FinTech-led innovation
is now at the core of of the design, pricing and delivery of financial product and services. Banks have
launched their own independent digital lending platforms to tap in the digital lending market by leveraging
existing capabilities in traditional lending.

38 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Digital lenders appear to have several relative advantages over traditional banks in addressing these
barriers. In the absence of historical financial data, they make use of differentiated credit underwriting
models to assess the creditworthiness of a borrower. These underwriting models are based on alternative
sources of data such as seasonality of cash flows, and industry or cluster risks. Based on this assessment
of creditworthiness they also extend risk-based pricing, wherein different interest rates and loan terms are
offered to different consumers.

Under financial inclusion It helps in meeting the huge unmet credit need, particularly in the
microenterprise and low-income consumer segment in India. It also decreases time spent on working loan
applications in-branch. Digital lending platforms have also been known to cut overhead costs by 30-
50%.The central bank of India had also asked lending apps to issue a sanction letter to the borrower on the
letter head of the bank/ NBFC concerned before the execution of the loan agreement. Government of
India has taken many initiatives such as Unified Payments Interface, Jan dhan yojana, Aadhaar enabled
Payment System, etc. to promote digital environment in the country especially after demonetization.

Conclusion : As India is having major population residing in rural areas the access to internet will be
more tough and so the digital lending. The need of the hour is to increase the digital literacy methods in
rural and illiterate sections. The other issues which has to be addressed are Growing number of
unauthorised digital lending platforms and mobile applications as they charge excessive rates of interest
and additional hidden charges. They adopt unacceptable and high-handed recovery methods. They
misuse agreements to access data on mobile phones of borrowers.

Possible Titles :

• Financial inclusion can be achieved digitally

• Need to focus on digital lending and issues thereon
• Impact of digital transactions in modern economy
• Digital lending and cyber crimes thereon

Additional Information :

• Digital lending is the process of offering loans that are applied for, disbursed, and managed through
digital channels, in which lenders use digitized data to inform credit decisions and build customer
engagement.
• It consists of lending through web platforms or mobile apps, by taking advantage of technology for
authentication and credit assessment.

Digital lending has the potential to make access to financial products and services more fair, efficient and
inclusive.

• A balanced approach needs to be followed so that the regulatory framework supports innovation
while ensuring data security, privacy, confidentiality and consumer protection.

The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) has constituted a working group on digital lending — including online
platforms and mobile apps — to study all aspects of digital lending activities in the regulated financial
sector as well as by unregulated players.

The working group will:

1. Evaluate digital lending activities and assess the penetration and standards of outsourced
digital lending activities in RBI regulated entities.

39 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

2. Identify the risks posed by unregulated digital lending to financial stability, regulated
entities and consumers.
3. Suggest regulatory changes to promote orderly growth of digital lending.
4. Recommend measures for expansion of specific regulatory or statutory perimeter and
suggest the role of various regulatory and government agencies.
5. Recommend a robust fair practices code for digital lending players.

Title 15 : Indian subcontinent has suffered some of the deadliest earthquakes globally. Suggest measures
for mitigation

Key Points :

• Explain precisely what is earthquake

• Seismic zones in India can be added
• Mitigation steps can be added
• Phenomena such as P wave, S wave etc can be highlighted

Introduction : Rainbows are natural and so are hurricanes and earthquakes”.

An earthquake can range from a faint tremor to a wild motion capable of shaking building apart. Minor
tremors caused by gentle waves of vibration within the earth’s crust occur every few minutes. Major
earthquakes, usually caused by movement along faults, can be very disastrous particularly in a densely
populated area. India lies at the north western end of the Indo Australian Plate, which encompasses India,
Australia, a major portion of the Indian Ocean and other smaller countries. This plate is colliding against
the huge Eurasian Plate and going under the Eurasian Plate; this process of one tectonic plate getting
under another is called subduction.

A number of significant earthquakes

Major occurances occurred in and around India over the past
century . Some of these occurred in
Different zones of severity populated and urbanized areas and hence
caused great damage. Many went
unnoticed, as they occurred deep under the
Geography involved
Earth’s surface or in relatively un-inhabited
places. Most earthquakes occur along the
Seismic waves Himalayan plate boundary (these are inter-
plate earthquakes), but a number of
Focus and Epicenter earthquakes have also occurred in the
peninsular region (these are intra-plate
earthquakes).

Four Great earthquakes (M>8) occurred in a span of 53 years from 1897 to 1950; the January 2001 Bhuj
earthquake (M7.7) is almost as large. Each of these caused disasters, but also allowed us to learn about
earthquakes and to advance earthquake engineering. For instance, 1819 Cutch Earthquake produced an
unprecedented ~3m high uplift of the ground over 100km (called Allah Bund). The 1897 Assam Earthquake
caused severe damage up to 500km radial distances; the type of damage sustained led to improvements in
the intensity scale from I-X to I-XII. Extensive liquefaction of the ground took place over a length of 300km
(called the Slump Belt) during 1934 Bihar-Nepal earthquake in which many structures went afloat.

40 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Some of the most vulnerable states are Jammu and Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Uttarakhand, Sikkim, and
the Darjeeling and subdivision of West Bengal and all the seven states of the northeast. Bureau of Indian
Standards, based on the past seismic history, grouped the country into four seismic zones, viz. Zone II, III,
IV and V. Of these, Zone V is the most seismically active region, while zone II is the least.

Efforts for mitigation includes National building code under which Comprehensive building code and a
national instrument providing guidelines for regulating the building construction activities across the
country. An office of the Ministry of Earth Sciences, national center for seismology submits earthquake
surveillance and hazard reports to governmental agencies. It includes three divisions: Earthquake
Monitoring & Services, Earthquake Hazard & Risk Assessment, and Geophysical Observation System.

Conclusion : The Earthquake-prone zone mainly is a hilly and mountainous region. Retrofitting is difficult
and costly in these regions. There is a dearth of trained manpower in earthquake resistant design and
building. The awareness generation regime is not strong enough. The training of the local population after
disaster activities has not been done effectively. A special earthquake management department must be
created in very high and high-risk seismic zones. The traditional Khasi model of houses must be promoted
in the hilly region so as to bare the earthquake in a proper manner .

Possible Titles :

• Explain various instances of earthquake and protection thereon

• Explain the disaster management involved in earthquake
• World and India facing earthquakes
• Explain the geographical phenomena of earthquakes

Additional Information :

• Movements that produce earthquakes are usually associated with large fractures in Earth’s crust called
faults.
• Most of the motion along faults can be explained by the plate tectonics theory.
• Earthquakes can be caused by faults, the motion of magma, and explosions (e.g volcanoes or nu
clear bombs)
• Body waves ‐
Body waves (travel through “body of rock”). They travel through the Earth’s interior, and there are two
types based on the mode of travel.
• Primary (P) waves • Push–
pull (compress and expand) “back and forth” motion, changing the volume of the intervening material
• Secondary (S) waves •
“Shake” motion at right angles to their direction of travel . The motion is Up/Down and Sideways
• Building Construction and Earthquakes
– The construction design and resonance frequency can have a major impact on the amount of damage
. Buildings need to be constructed to withstand earthquakes in areas where they are prevalent. The re
cent earthquakes (2010) n Chili and Haiti
are good examples of the differences in construction. Chili has less damage than Haiti which is a poor c
ountry with poor construction design. Tall buildings can also respond differently based on their “resona
nce frequency”.
• Ground shaking versus material type
– More ground shaking occurs in poorly consolidated (loose) sediments than solid bedrock. The lesson
– if possible, build or buy a home on bedrock in areas prone to earthquakes.

41 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 16 : Environmental Impact Assessment(EIA) as a tool of protection of environment

Key points :

• Explain what is EIA

• Its need, significance can be highlighted
• How is it conducted in India can be added
• The draft of 2020 can also be added

Introduction : A shift from fossil fuels to less power determinant factors”.

Environmental Impact Assessment or EIA is the process or study which predicts the effect of a proposed
industrial/infrastructural project on the environment. It prevents the proposed activity/project from
being approved without proper oversight or taking adverse consequences into account. It makes a
scientific estimate of the likely impacts of a project, such as a mine, irrigation dam, industrial unit or waste
treatment plant. It is a process whereby people’s views are taken into consideration for granting final
approval to any developmental project or activity.

The concept of EIA has its roots in the US when it passed environmental laws to include scientific
assessment and public participation while taking important environmental decisions. On 27 January 1994,
the Union Ministry of Environment and Forests (MEF), Government of India, under the Environmental
(Protection) Act 1986, promulgated an EIA notification making Environmental Clearance (EC) mandatory
for expansion or modernization of any activity or for setting up new projects listed in Schedule 1 of the
notification. Since then there have been 12 amendments made in the EIA notification of 1994.

EIA links environment with development for environmentally safe and sustainable development. It enables
the decision makers to analyses the effect of developmental activities on the environment well before the
developmental project is implemented. It encourages the adaptation of mitigation strategies in the
developmental plan.

42 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Environment in India is made of villages, towns, cities etc; and their surroundings made up of irrigated
land, forest land , rivers, hillocks, wastelands, reservoirs etc. In pre independence days, Indian villages,
towns, and cities used to present a peaceful and meaningful life. But with increasing population,
industrialization and urbanization, the physical scenario in Indian villages, towns and cities has deteriorated
with corruption, improper implementation of rules and regulations and lack of civic sense.

Comfortable housing , sufficient quality of safe drinking water, proper civic amenities like drains, roads,
street lights, parks and gardens and other public conveniences have become a rarity. Construction of big
dams, and starting of big industries without considering their impact on environment have resulted in
rehabilitation of villages, inundation of forests, reduction in flora and fauna, pollution of air, water and
land, increase in slums, deforestation, desertification etc. Industrialisation around Bombay and
Hyderabad, Bhopal gas tragedy, smog atmosphere in Delhi during winters, load quality of life in Rajasthan
and Orissa villages , pollution of Dhal lake in Kashmir are all examples of improper development without
caring for the environmental impact.

The draft EIA Notification 2020 re-categorizes all the projects and activities. A list of projects has been
included under Category B2 expressly exempted from the requirement of an EIA. The projects under
existing norms, identified on the basis of screening by Expert Appraisal Committees, rather than being
exempted through listing in the Schedule.

Conclusion : Therefore On a positive note, the 2020 draft notification has a clause dedicated to definitions
to several terms related to EIA. It may be beneficial in the sense that it consolidates the EIA rules and has
the potential of alleviating some ambiguity in the present law. However, The United Nations (UN) Special
Rapporteurs have raised several concerns about the draft Environment Impact Assessment (EIA)
notification, 2020 and have asked the government how its provisions correspond with India’s obligations
under international law.

Possible Titles :

• Need of environmental impact assessment

• EIA and the steps involved

Additional Information :

• Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a process of evaluating the likely environmental impacts
of a proposed project or development, taking into account inter-related socio-economic, cultural
and human-health impacts, both beneficial and adverse.
• The birth of EIA is dated back to the 1970s. In 1969, The USA had brought its first National
Environment Policy Act (NEPA) 1969.
• The EIA was initially practised by developed nations but slowly it was also introduced in developing
nations including India.
• Columbia and the Philippines are the earliest examples of developing nations who introduced EIA in
their policies. Columbia brought it in 1974 while the Philippines in 1978.
• Worldwide, EIA is now practised in more than 100 countries. By the mid-1990s, some 110 countries
applied EIA as a major environmental policy.
• In 1989, EIA was adopted as the major development project by the World Bank
• UNEP defines Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) as a tool used to identify the environmental,
social and economic impacts of a project prior to decision-making. It aims to predict environmental
impacts at an early stage in project planning and design, find ways and means to reduce adverse
impacts, shape projects to suit the local environment and present the predictions and options to
decision-makers. By using EIA both environmental and economic benefits can be achieved, such as

43 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

reduced cost and time of project implementation and design, avoided treatment/clean-up costs and
impacts of laws and regulations.
• Although legislation and practice vary around the world, the fundamental components of an EIA
would necessarily involve the following stages:
• Screening to determine which projects or developments require a full or partial impact
assessment study;
• Scoping to identify which potential impacts are relevant to assess (based on legislative
requirements, international conventions, expert knowledge and public involvement), to
identify alternative solutions that avoid, mitigate or compensate adverse impacts on
biodiversity (including the option of not proceeding with the development, finding alternative
designs or sites which avoid the impacts, incorporating safeguards in the design of the project,
or providing compensation for adverse impacts), and finally to derive terms of referen ce for
the impact assessment;
• Assessment and evaluation of impacts and development of alternatives, to predict and
identify the likely environmental impacts of a proposed project or development, including the
detailed elaboration of alternatives;
• Reporting the Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) or EIA report, including an
environmental management plan (EMP), and a non-technical summary for the general
audience.
• Review of the Environmental Impact Statement (EIS), based on the terms of reference
(scoping) and public (including authority) participation.
• Decision-making on whether to approve the project or not, and under what conditions; and
• Monitoring, compliance, enforcement and environmental auditing. Monitor whether the
predicted impacts and proposed mitigation measures occur as defined in the EMP. Verify the
compliance of proponent with the EMP, to ensure that unpredicted impacts or failed
mitigation measures are identified and addressed in a timely fashion.

Title 17 : Internet Shutdown and its impacts thereon

Key points :

• Explain why internet shutdown takes place in India

• Highlight the recent events in Jammu and Kashmir
• Need of Govt interference
• Constitutional Provisions can be added

Introduction :”One will certainly know thw freedom of speech and expression when internet shuts
down”.

Internet shutdown can be defined as “an intentional disruption of Internet or electronic

communications, rendering them inaccessible or effectively unusable, for a specific population or within
a location, often to exert control over the flow of information”. Internet shutdowns are a growing
concern in India. At a time when India is leveraging the impacts of a generative technology like the Internet
to give boost and expression to Digital India, the rising number of shutdowns epitomizes the difficulties on
the pathway to realising India’s digital ambitions. India suffered the biggest economic impact in the world
in 2020 due to Internet shutdowns, adding up to 8,927 hours and $2.8 billion losses.

Home Departments in the states are mostly the authorities that enforce shutdowns, drawing powers
from The Temporary Suspension of Telecom Services (Public Emergency or Public Safety) Rules, 2017.
44 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Section 144 has enabled many of the shutdowns in the recent past, especially until the time the telecom
suspension Rules came into force in 2017. Section 144 CrPC gives the District Magistrate, Sub-Divisional
Magistrate or any other executive magistrate empowered by the state government the power to issue
orders to “maintain public tranquillity”.

Section 69(A) of the IT (Amendment) Act, 2008 gives the government powers to block particular
websites, not the Internet as a whole. Worldwide, Internet shutdowns are typically used when there is
civil unrest, in order to block the flow of information about government actions or to end communication
among activists and prevent the spread of rumours and fake news. Internet serves as medium for the
transmission of information through pictures, videos and text that have the potential to cause civil unrest
and exacerbate the law and order situation. Shutdown helps prevent the “spreading of rumours and
misinformation using social media platforms which can hinder peace and law and order”.

As protests against the Citizenship Amendment Act raged in West Bengal, Internet services were
stopped in the state’s North Dinajpur, Malda, Murshidabad, Howrah, North 24-Parganas and parts of
South 24- Parganas districts. In previous days, shutdowns had been enforced in several districts of Uttar
Pradesh and in the North-eastern states. The longest ever Internet shutdown in the country was invoked in
Jammu and Kashmir, which began on August 5, the day the erstwhile state was stripped of its special status
under Article 370 of the Constitution. Jammu and Kashmir had earlier experienced a 133-day shutdown
between July 8 and November 19, 2016; Darjeeling went 100 days without access to the Internet
between June 8 and September 25, 2017.

Conclusion : The Supreme Court declared that the fundamental right to freedom of speech and expression
and the right to carry on trade or business using the Internet are constitutionally protected. Internet is
largely used as the medium by the government and others to reach the people and address the
grievances. With communication shutdown services as the above come to a standstill. The government
aims to develop digital economy worth of $1trillion by 2025 and if this type of issues still persist the
economy still goes backward and impacts the rupee at large.

45 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Possible Titles :

• Internet shutdown and laws involved

• Impact of internet shutdown on common man
• Explain the centre state relation in internet shutdown
• Jammu Kashmir is in the verge of losing individuality

Additional Information

• The Home department revoked the restrictions on mobile data services and fixed-line Internet after
the advice of a special committee and upon careful review of the overall security situation in the UT.
• The Internet, mobile and telephone connections were snapped in J&K when the Centre abrogated the
erstwhile state’s special status under Article 370 and Article 35A on 5th August 2019.
• Internet shutdowns are an absolute restriction placed on the use of Internet services due to an order
issued by a government body.
• There were at least 147 instances for which there is no data on the duration of the shutdowns.
• According to data available in the public domain and compiled by the Software Freedom Law
Centre (SFLC), there is a lack of any form of communication on these blockades.

Reasons for Shutdowns:

▪ To ensure peace during a festival procession.

▪ To prevent cheating in exams.
▪ To block the flow of information about government actions or to end communication among activists
▪ To curb uploading, downloading, and circulation of provocative videos, guard against rumour-
mongering/fake news, prevent the use of encrypted messaging and coordinating terror activities.
▪ To defeat the nefarious designs from across the border to propagate terrorism.
▪ To prevent the misuse of data services by elements that have the potential to scale up violent activities
and disturb public order.

Procedure Followed to Shut Internet:

▪ Under the Indian Telegraph Act of 1885, only the Home Secretary of the central or the state
government can pass orders to enforce an Internet shutdown in any area. The Act lays down many
checks and balances.
▪ The order must include the detailed reasons for the shutdown and must be sent to a review
committee the following day.
▪ The committee will submit its report within five days. The communications blockade will continue only
if the shutdown is justified by the committee.
▪ However, states generally do not follow the whole procedure.
• Rajasthan is the only state that provides a formal order for nearly all Internet shutdowns it enforces.
▪ Using Section 144 of the Code Of Criminal Procedure to justify the communications blockade and the
continuance of it, has been a rising trend.
• Section 144 gives a magistrate the powers to enforce a general shutdown of the area if he or she
believes that there could be violence in the area.

46 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 18 : India and RCEP

Key points :

• Explain what is RCEP

• Why India stay away from this deal
• Need of negotiations
• Any current issues can be connected

Introduction : The Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP) is a proposed free trade
agreement (FTA) between the member states of the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) and
other trade partners. The groundwork for RCEP was laid down in August 2012, when the Economic
Ministers of the participating countries adopted the “Guiding Principles and Objectives” for Negotiating the
Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership in Siem Reap, Cambodia. a largest regional trade deal ever
was signed by 15 countries recently. Even as India opted to stay out after walking out of discussions last
year, the new trading bloc has made it clear that the door will remain open for India to return to the
negotiating table.

RCEP is a mega-regional Free Trade Agreement (FTA) between 15 Asia-Pacific countries led by China,
Japan, South Korea, Australia, New Zealand, and the 10-country ASEAN group. It was originally being
negotiated between 16 countries including India. In 2019, RCEP members accounted for about 30% of
world output and population and 28% of world trade. About 44% of their total trade was intra-RCEP, which
is a major incentive for the members of this agreement to agree to the deal for this could contribute to the
strengthening of the regional value chains.

India pulled out of the planned Regional Comprehensive Economic Partnership (RCEP) in 2018 after
entering negotiations in 2013. India has a trade deficit with 11 out of the 15 RCEP countries and some
analysts have theorised that India decided to opt out of the agreement because of such adverse trade
balance. Indeed, India has a trade deficit with most of its trade partners in past free trade agreements
(FTAs). It is in this context that this brief examines India’s trade deficit with two of the top trading partners
within RCEP with whom India has an existing trade agreement— i.e., Japan and South Korea, and points to
what India must do to tilt the trade balance in its favour.

47 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

It should be noted that the RCEP agreement would complement India’s existing free trade agreements
with the ASEAN and some of its member countries. It will also help achieve its goal of greater economic
integration with countries East and South East of India through better access to a vast regional market
ranging from Japan to Australia. India’s participation can be viewed as a natural extension of its Act East
and Act Far East policies, for it will enhance our maritime connectivity in the Indo-Pacific region.

Conclusion : Therefore India decided to exit RCEP negotiations over “significant outstanding issues”. India’s
chief concern with the RCEP is the fact that it needs to protect its economy from the flooding of cheap
imports from China. Of all the countries in the RCEP, India is the only one not involved in any bilateral or
multilateral negotiations for an FTA with China. However, the possible alternative that India may be
exploring is reviews of its existing bilateral FTAs with some of these RCEP members as well as newer
agreements with other markets with potential for Indian exports. In order to promote the regional value
chain, India should rethink on its decision to ensure the sustainable growth in the country.

Title 19 : Explain Social Security code to labours

Key Points :

• Explain the reason behind labour laws

• Highlight the code of 2020
• Overview of scenario of labours can be highlighted
• Need of centre state cooperation in this regard can be added

Introduction : “Genius begins great works , labours finishes them”

The journey of human civilization highlights the importance of labour. It is his labour which brought him
out of Stone Age to computer age. It is the story of the success of labour. The central government
recently passed four labour code bills to replace 29 existing labour laws with four Codes. The objective is to
simplify and modernise labour regulation. The major challenge in labour reforms is to facilitate
employment growth while protecting workers’ rights. The major idea relate to the coverage of small
firms, deciding thresholds for prior permission for retrenchment, strengthening labour enforcement,
allowing flexible forms of labour, and promoting collective bargaining.

Labour falls under the Concurrent List of the Constitution and so both Parliament and state legislatures can
make laws regulating labour. The central government has stated that there are over 100 state and 40
central laws regulating various aspects of labour such as resolution of industrial disputes, working
conditions, social security and wages. The Industrial Relations Code combines the features of three
erstwhile laws — the Trade Unions Act, 1926, the Industrial Employment (Standing Orders) Act, 1946, and
the Industrial Disputes Act, 1947. It introduces ‘fixed term employment’, giving employers the flexibility to
hire workers based on requirement through a written contract. The definition of ‘workers’ to include,
besides all persons employed in a skilled or unskilled, manual, technical, operational and clerical
capacity, supervisory staff drawing up to ₹18,000 a month as salary.

48 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

The recent 2020 Code says any establishment that employs 300 or more workers must prepare standing
orders relating to classification of workers, manner of intimating to them periods and hours of work,
holidays, pay days etc, shifts, attendance, conditions for leave, termination of employment, or
suspension, besides the means available for redress of grievances. The code also confers on the
‘appropriate Government’, that is the Centre or the State governments, the power to exempt, with or
without conditions, any industrial establishment or class of industrial establishments from all or any of the
provisions of the Code, if it is satisfied that adequate provisions exist to fulfil its objectives.

Under contract labour rules the Labour compliances and economic considerations have resulted in
increased use of contract labour. However, contract labour have been denied basic protections such as
assured wages. The Codes do not address these concerns fully. However, the Industrial Relations Code
introduces a new form of short-term labour – fixed term employment. There are several registered trade
unions but no criteria to ‘recognise’ unions which can formally negotiate with employers. The Industrial
Relations Code creates provisions for recognition of unions.

Conclusion : Therefore the recent code mandated social security for certain establishments, based on
thresholds, such as the size of the establishment and income ceilings. Further, the government could notify
schemes for unorganised sector workers (such as home- based and self-employed workers), gig workers,
and platform workers. Gig workers refer to workers outside the traditional employer-employee
relationship. With respect to Gratuity was payable on the termination of employment, if the employee has
been in the organisation for at least five years. however the gratuity period for working journalists was
reduced from from five years to three years is a welcome step overall.

Possible Titles :

• Workers rights should be a central focus of development

• Workers are the reason of growth of an industry and so has to be protected
• Explain the constitutional provisions for protecting the worker
• Reach of various initiatives of union government ensuring the protection of a worker

49 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Additional Information :

Title 20 : Minimum Support Price(MSP) and issues around

Key points :

• Highlight the need and essence of MSP

• Issue can be connected with recent farm bills
• Farmers welfare in India can be added
• Delivery mechanisms and middle men issues can be added
• Monsoon factor of Indian agriculture can be added

Introduction : “If conservation of natural resources goes wrong then nothing will go right “.The prices of
agricultural commodities are inherently unstable, primarily due to the variation in their supply, lack of
market integration and information asymmetry. A very good harvest in any year results in a sharp fall in
the price of that commodity during that year which in turn has an adverse impact on the future supply as
farmers withdraw from sowing that crop in the next / following years. To protect the interests of the
farmers/producers against any sharp decline in agricultural prices, the Government has been following the
agricultural price support system since 1965. The MSP is fixed and announced every year by the Central
Government on the recommendations of the Commission for Agricultural Cost and Prices (CACP).

The recommendations for MSP are made separately for the Kharif marketing season (KMS) and the Rabi
marketing season (RMS). The MSPs served as the floor prices and were fixed by the Government in the
nature of a long-term guarantee for investment decisions of producers, with the assurance that prices of
their commodities would not be allowed to fall below the level fixed by the Government, even in the case
of a bumper crop. The National Commission on Farmers chaired by Prof. M. S. Swaminathan in 2006 had
recommended that MSPs must be at least 50% more than the cost of production.

50 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Government announces minimum support prices (MSPs) for 22 mandated crops and fair and
remunerative price (FRP) for sugarcane. The mandated crops are 14 crops of the kharif season, 6 Rabi
crops and two other commercial crops. The difference between the international and the domestic price of
crops may influence the export and availability of crops for domestic consumption. When international
prices are much higher, farmers prefer to export, thereby resulting in lower procurement by the
Government agencies which leads to scarcity of food grains. Similarly, if the MSP exceeds international
prices, it can lead to decline in export as more farmers will sell their produce for government
procurement.

The recent act of 3 farm bills aims at opening up agricultural sale and marketing outside the
notified Agricultural Produce Market Committee (APMC) mandis for farmers, removes barriers to inter-
State trade and provides a framework for electronic trading of agricultural produce. It expands the scope
of trade areas of farmers’ produce from select areas to “any place of production, collection, aggregation”.
It prohibits state governments from levying any market fee, cess, or levy on farmers, traders, and
electronic trading platforms for the trade of farmers’ produce conducted in an ‘outside trade area’. This
makes the farmers feel discomfort and protested against the govt as it makes government to skip the
delivery of existing MSP to farmers.

Conclusion : Therefore It is somewhat strange that the concept of minimum support price is an important
aspect for boosting farmers’ income finds no mention in any law even if it has been around for decades.
While the government does declare the MSP twice a year, there is no law making MSP mandatory. The
benefits of this scheme do not reach all farmers and for all crops. Not all farmers have been able to get
the benefits of MSP because of lack of awareness. Also MSP without sufficient storage has resulted in huge
piling of stocks in the warehouses. The stock has now become double the requirements under the
schemes of PDS, Buffer stock etc.

51 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Possible Titles :

• Farmer protection always should be top concern of govt

• Purchasing produce of farmer should be more emphasized
• Minimum support price should not become minimum suicide price ; Explain
• Explain the process of MSP and Public distribution thereon

Additional Information :
• Minimum Support Price (MSP) is a form of market intervention by the Government of India
to insure agricultural producers against any sharp fall in farm prices. The minimum support
prices are announced by the Government of India at the beginning of the sowing season for
certain crops on the basis of the recommendations of the Commission for Agricultural Costs
and Prices (CACP). MSP is price fixed by Government of India to protect the producer -
farmers - against excessive fall in price during bumper production years.
• The minimum support prices are a guarantee price for their produce from the Government.
The major objectives are to support the farmers from distress sales and to procure food
grains for public distribution. In case the market price for the commodity falls below the
announced minimum price due to bumper production and glut in the market, government
agencies purchase the entire quantity offered by the farmers at the announced minimum
price.
• he MSPs served as the floor prices and were fixed by the Government in the nature of a
long-term guarantee for investment decisions of producers, with the assurance that prices
of their commodities would not be allowed to fall below the level fixed by the Government,
even in the case of a bumper crop. Procurement prices were the prices of kharif and rabi
cereals at which the grain was to be domestically procured by public agencies (like the FCI)
for release through PDS. It was announced soon after harvest began.
• Normally procurement price was lower than the open market price and higher than the
MSP. This policy of two official prices being announced continued with some variation upto
1973-74, in the case of paddy. In the case of wheat it was discontinued in 1969 and then
revived in 1974-75 for one year only. Since there were too many demands for stepping up
the MSP, in 1975-76, the present system was evolved in which only one set of prices was
announced for paddy (and other kharif crops) and wheat being procured for buffer stock
operations.

Title 21 : Need of National Digital Health Mission

Key Points :

• Background can be added

• Need and implementation can be focussed
• Health claims and check-up’s can be focussed
• Rural and urban divide in this regard can be added

Introduction : “Using digitization in health is no more How, It is Now”.

The attainment of the highest possible level of health and wellbeing for all at all ages, through a
preventive and promotive health care orientation in all developmental policies, and universal access to
good quality health care services without anyone having to face financial hardship as a consequence has

52 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

been the necessity. To create a national digital health ecosystem is that supports universal health coverage
in an efficient, accessible, inclusive, affordable, timely and safe manner, that provides a wide-range of
data, information and infrastructure services, duly leveraging open, interoperable, standards based digital
systems, and ensures the security, confidentiality and privacy of health-related personal information.

Ministry of Health and Family Welfare (MoHFW) has prioritized the utilization of Digital Health to ensure
effective “service delivery” and "citizen empowerment" so as to bring significant improvements in the
public healthcare delivery. To improve efficiency in healthcare delivery, extend healthcare to rural areas
and provide better quality services at low cost, certain eHealth initiatives using ICT (Information and
Communication Technologies) were undertaken by MOHFW across the country. The Committee
constituted by the Ministry of Health and Family Welfare recognized the need for creating a framework for
the evolution of a National Digital Health Eco-system (NDHE).

NDHB( National digital health board) recognizes the need to establish a specialized organization, called
National Digital Health Mission (NDHM) that can drive the implementation of the Blueprint, and promote
and facilitate the evolution of NDHE. Emerging technologies such as artificial intelligence, the internet of
things (IoT), block chain and cloud computing provide additional opportunities for facilitating a more
holistic digital health ecosystem, that can increase the equitable access to health services, improve health
outcomes and reduce costs.

The implementation of NDHM is expected to significantly improve the efficiency, effectiveness, and
transparency of health service delivery overall. Patients will be able to securely store and access their
medical records (such as prescriptions, diagnostic reports and discharge summaries), and share them
with health care providers to ensure appropriate treatment and follow-up. They will also have access to
more accurate information on health facilities and service providers. Further, they will have the option to
access health services remotely through tele-consultation and e-pharmacy. NDHM will empower
individuals with accurate information to enable informed decision making and increase accountability of
healthcare providers.

Conclusion : The implementation of digital health is expected to significantly improve the efficiency,
effectiveness, and transparency of health service delivery overall. Patients will be able to securely store
and access their medical records (such as prescriptions, diagnostic reports and discharge summaries), and
share them with health care providers to ensure appropriate treatment and follow-up. The need is to
focus on improving digital infrastructure in different areas such as remote areas, rural areas etc so as to
make it more effective at least in facing the pandemic and any such disastrous diseases.

53 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Possible Titles :

• Telemedicine and its significance thereon

• Digital literacy over health has increased among public; comment
• Through digital health mission we can eliminate all barriers of proper treatment
• Digital health mission is the need of modern day development
• Role of telemedicine during pandemic

Additional Information :

• Telemedicine is usually defined as a combination of both technologies and devices able to remotely
gain information about a patients’ health status, so to aid in deciding if there is a need or urgency to
intervene . Hence, it may represent both a screening and diagnostic tool, which demonstrated
remarkable importance in recent literature, mostly due to the higher deployment and development
of digital technologies (e.g., smartphones and digital connections).
• Recently, telemedicine has become remarkably important, due to increased deployment and
development of digital technologies. National and international guidelines should consider its
inclusion in their updates. During the COVID-19 pandemic, mandatory social distancing and the lack
of effective treatments has made telemedicine the safest interactive system between patients, both
infected and uninfected, and clinicians. A few potential evidence-based scenarios for the application
of telemedicine have been hypothesized.
• Appropriate tools allow clinicians at reaching and periodically monitoring individuals who have
difficulties attending specialist visits, especially patients affected by chronic diseases, who require
continuous follow-up. As well as this, on the off chance of a first hand appointment, therapy could
be periodically assessed by sending the data recorded on the digital tool to a specialist.
• The World Health Organization (WHO), after the large expansion of SARS-CoV-2 virus, declared the
state of pandemic by coronavirus 2019 disease (COVID-19) on March 11, 2020. The COVID-19
outbreak has triggered the lockdown of populations worldwide, strongly affecting daily life, as well
as most health systems, which have been faced with the management of both infected patients and
routine non-COVID-19 patient care.

Title 22 : Feminization of agriculture

Key Points :

• Explain what is feminization of agriculture

• India’s agriculture statistics can be added
• Background of India’s agriculture can be added
• Women representation in different sectors can also be added

Introduction :” Farm is Family “.

The rising share of farm work in India undertaken by women – a phenomenon commonly referred to as
the feminization of agriculture – raises questions about the changing character of rural India, particularly
with regards to women’s social and economic roles. India’s agricultural sector evinces numerous
dimensions of crisis including declining plot sizes, food price inflation, increasing production costs relative
to farm incomes, farmer suicides, and so on. Increasing participation among Indian women in agriculture
(whether in absolute terms and/or relative to men’s level of participation) raises questions about how
54 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

such participation effects women’s power and autonomy at home and in the community, and how
agricultural work activities are managed in relation to traditional household duties.

It should be noted that relationships between feminization and empowerment are not necessarily
positive, especially in relation to paid employment. Growing numbers of women in particular occupations
are often associated with tenuous and underpaid employment which is ultimately disempowering.
Moreover, the causes and consequences of feminization are diverse. Increased participation by women in
the labour force may reflect increased activity among women or decreased in participation among men.
Increasing female participation in absolute terms may reflect the importance of an activity to women or it
may reflect a change forced upon them.

World Bank data show that the value added to GDP from agriculture in India declined from 18.6% for the
period 2006–2011 to 17.8% for the period 2011–2014. Under the Government of India’s 11th plan, the
National Commission of Farmers (NCF, 2005) report: II, shows that with increasing rates of male rural out-
migration, an increasing number of women are undertaking agricultural tasks such as taking care of the
land, working as helpers and so on.

In order to investigate agricultural labour force participation trends and their implications for women, data
from the past four Population Censuses have been considered. The Census of India provides data on
gender-wise participation of labour for various industries for both rural and urban areas. Existing local
systems of power, male-dominated relationships, and a social structure based on patriarchal values are
being challenged due to male outmigration resulting in a feminization of the labor force as well as recipient
clients. The present empirical study set out to explore and categorize gender roles in a post-Soviet
society in transition. Structural reforms in the agricultural sector and the continued gender-based
assignment of activities influenced the formation of social roles and decision-making power of rural men
and women.
Conclusion : Lack of ownership of land, Lack of access to financial credit, Lack of access to resources
and modern inputs (most farm machinery is difficult for women to operate), Increased work burden
(on-farm and off-farm productive activities) with lower compensation are some of the issues faced by
women and the issues are to be settled out by the govt by ensuring fair benefits and reaching to the
grassroots. Mahila Kisan Sashaktikaran Pariyojana (MKSP) Implemented by Ministry of Rural
Development, it is a programme exclusively for women farmers. It aims to empower women by
enhancing their participation in agriculture and to create sustainable livelihood opportunities for them.
Many such initiatives is the need of the hour.

55 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Possible Titles :
• Role of women in modern day agriculture
• Women are also becoming the reason of three times meal
• Women empowerment in rural areas
• Women becoming landlord and land tiller is a good sign of development
Additional Information :
Migration by men:
• With the rural distress and agrarian crisis plaguing the economy for the past several years, men
in rural India have sought employment outside agriculture.
• They are opting to either shift to a non-farm sector or migrate to urban areas.
• These jobs include construction works, driving, teaching etc., which are socially perceived to be
“male work”.
• They are readily available, respectable and provide better remuneration when compared to
agricultural labour.
Gendered division of labour:
• Women’s participation in the rural, non-farm activities is very rare due to patriarchal socio-
cultural norms.
• The concept of a “breadwinner” is strongly associated with men.
• This has forced women to concentrate on agricultural work as supplementary earners since such
jobs provide irregular pays.
• Within the agricultural sector itself, there is a gendered division of labour.
• Some jobs like weeding, threshing and paddy transplants, requiring limited physical strength, are
often associated with women.
• Doing works being considered as “man’s job” generally invite ridicules by society.
Property ownership:
• Increase in women workforce in the agricultural sector did not translate into decision-making
powers over vital issues like property and marriage.
• This is because they are included in the labour market under very adverse conditions.
• The 2017-18 NSSO data reveals that more than 70% of rural women are engaged in agricultural
work.
• Yet, only 13.9% of women own land holdings, according to the agricultural census of 2015-16.
• This is despite their critical role in the cultivation process.
• This keeps landless women and female agricultural labourers on the fringes since insurance,
credit, irrigation and other entitlements by government schemes are denied in the absence of
land security.
• While land and agriculture are state subjects, laws governing them are influenced by religion,
tradition and socio-cultural norms that go against women’s right to property.
• This apart, there is also the marginalisation of SC, ST and differently-abled women, who are side-
lined on almost every aspect of their lives.
• Laws like the Forest Rights Act, which are meant to protect property rights of tribals,
are inadequately implemented in some states, resulting in such marginalised communities living
in poverty.
• In addition, merely granting joint ownership of lands does not necessarily mean that control of
the property would be vested with women farmers.

56 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 23 : Crime Against Women is an expression of male domination

Key points :
• Explain the crime against women in recent times
• Gender inequality and issues arisen can be added
• Legal and Constitutional provisions can be added
• United nations declaration and other provisions can be added
Introduction : Women decides its better to scream, silence is the real crime against humanity.
The Semantic meaning of „crime against women‟ is direct or indirect physical or mental cruelty to
women. Crimes which are „directed specifically against women‟ and in which „only women are victims‟
are characterized as „Crime Against Women‟. Violence is also known as abuse and include any sort of
physical aggression or misbehave. The United Nations defined “Violence against Women” in 1993 in
Declaration on the Elimination of Violence against Women. It defines it as any act of gender-based
violence that results in, or is likely to result in, physical, sexual or psychological harm or suffering to
women, including threats of such acts, coercion or arbitrary deprivation of liberty, whether occurring in
public or private life.
The principle of gender equality is enshrined in the Indian Constitution in its Preamble, Fundamental
Rights, Fundamental Duties and Directive Principles. The Constitution not only grants equality to
women, but also empowers the State to adopt measures of positive discrimination in favour of women
for neutralizing the cumulative socio economic, education and political disadvantages faced by them. The
Child Marriage Restrain Act of 1976 which raises the age for marriage of a girl to 18 years from 15
years and that of a boy to 21 years. The Medical Termination of Pregnancy Act of 1971 that safeguards
women from unnecessary and compulsory abortions.

Domestic violence

Rape

female foeticide

molestation

forced prostitution

Protection of Women from Domestic Violence Act, 2005 which protects women from any
act/conduct/omission/commission that harms, injures or potential to harm is to be considered as
domestic violence. It protects the women from physical, sexual, emotional, verbal, psychological,
economic abuse. Although Women may be victims of any of the general crimes such as „Murder‟,
„Robbery‟, „Cheating‟ etc., only the crimes which are directed specifically against women are
characterised as „Crimes Against Women‟. Various new legislations have been brought and
amendments have been made in existing laws with a view to handle these crimes effectively.
The treatment of women’s as sex object is a very common scenario in every sphere of life be it torture,
rape, beating, molestation, physical abuse or any such thing that has a direct effect on the mental and
physical state of the women. The treatment of girl as a burden on the family because of the reason for
the huge dowry to given at the time of her wedding, and because of this reason many of the girls are not
even encouraged to take up even middle education. Women lag far behind men because the laws

57 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

granting rights to women have been extremely slow and their implementation lacks smoothness and
effectiveness.
Conclusion : The causes and factors of violence against women include entrenched unequal power
relations between men and women that foster violence and its acceptability, aggravated by cultural and
social norms, economic dependency, poverty and alcohol consumption etc. In India, where the culprits
are largely known to the victim, the social and economic "costs" of reporting such crimes are high.
General economic dependence on their families and fear of social ostracization act as significant
disincentives for a woman to report any kind of sexual violence or abuse.

Possible Titles :
• Violence against women is not a lesser crime
• Violence against women is not cultural but is criminal
• For every crime against women there is a society in the back end
• Punishment of culprits is the only way to stop women abuses and crimes
Additional Information :
Reasons for sexual crime problem in India: In recent years, New Delhi has earned the title of “rape capital”
of India, with more than 560 cases of rape reported in the city, but violence against Indian women is
widespread and has deep roots.
1. Few female police: Studies show that women are more likely to report sex crimes if female police
officers are available. India has historically had a much lower percentage of female police officers
than other Asian countries. In New Delhi, just 7% of police officers are women, and they are
frequently given inconsequential posts that don’t involve patrol duty, according to the Times of
India.
2. Not enough police in general: There aren’t enough police dedicated to protecting ordinary citizens,
and the officers often lack basic evidence-gathering and investigative training and equipment.
3. Blaming provocative clothing: There’s a tendency to assume the victims of sexual violence
somehow brought it on themselves. In a survey, 68% of the respondents said that provocative
clothing is an invitation to rape. In response to the recent gang-rape incident, a legislator in
Rajasthan suggested banning skirts as a uniform for girls in private schools, citing it as the reason
for increased cases of sexual harassment.
4. A lack of public safety: Women generally aren’t protected outside their homes. Many streets are
poorly lit, and there’s a lack of women’s toilets. Women who drink, smoke or go to pubs are widely
seen in Indian society as morally loose, and village clan councils have blamed a rise in women
talking on cellphones and going to the bazaar for an increase in the incidence of rape.
5. Stigmatising the victim: When verbal harassment or groping do occur in public areas, bystanders
frequently look the other way rather than intervene, both to avoid a conflict and because they on
some level blame the victim. Male politicians contribute to the problem, making statements that
make light of rape or vilify rape victims’ supporters.
6. Encouraging rape victims to compromise: Rape victims are often encouraged by village elders and
clan councils to “compromise” with the family of accused and drop charges or even to marry the
attacker. Such compromises are aimed at keeping the peace between families or clan groups.
What’s more, a girl’s eventual prospects of marriage are thought to be more important than
bringing a rapist to justice.
7. A sluggish court system: India’s court system is painfully slow, because of a shortage of judges. The
country has about 15 judges for every 1 million people. This lead to delay in justice.
8. Low status of women: Perhaps the biggest issue, though, is women’s overall lower status in Indian
society. Patriarchal mindset and feudal mindset has led to women being tagged as burden and an
object.
Laws and safeguards for women against such crimes:

58 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

1. Section 354 of the IPC criminalises any act by a person that assaults or uses criminal force against a
woman with the intention or knowledge that it will outrage her modesty. Such an act is punishable
with either simple or rigorous imprisonment.
2. Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013:To
ensure women’s safety at workplace, this Act seeks to protect them from sexual harassment at their
place of work. 36 % of Indian companies and 25% among MNC’s are not complaint with the Sexual
Harassment Act according to a FICCI report.
3. National Database on Sexual Offenders (NDSO): The government in 2018 launched the National
Database on Sexual Offenders (NDSO). The database contains entries of offenders convicted under
charges of rape, gang rape, POCSO and eve teasing. The portal as of now contains 440,000 entries
of cases that have been reported since 2008. It’s managed by the National Crime Records Bureau.
The database is accessible only to the law enforcement agencies for investigation and monitoring
purpose.
4. Fast track courts: As a result of the 2012 Delhi gang rape case, the Indian government implemented
a fast-track court system to rapidly prosecute rape cases.
5. Marital rape: Marital rape is not a criminal offence within Indian legal framework, except during
the period of judicial separation of the partners. Forced sex by husbands upon wives does have legal
consequences in Indian matrimonial law, in that it can be treated as a matrimonial fault, resulting in
dissolution of the marriage.

Title 24 : Threats through India’s electronic media

Key points :
• Explain the background of electronic media
• Yellow media and related aspects can be added
• Transparency of media can be added
• Media as a threat can be added
Introduction : Whoever controls the media, controls the mind “.
Oxford Dictionary defines communication as “the transfer or conveying of meaning”. Wilbur Schramm
gives a simple definition “sharing of meaning on the basis of shared experiences and commonness”. But
communication is more than mere transferring or transmission of ideas and thoughts. Quality of life will
be poor without information. The more informed we are the more powerful we become.
Communication provides information about our surroundings. Information updates us on various matters
related to our day today activities. Information related to health, wars, danger, crisis etc are important
for the safety and well being of our life.
There are several reasons for these internal security issues such as Unfriendly neighbour, weak state
structure like poor governance, hopeless poverty in large numbers because of deforestation,
sustenance has decreased, political insecurity like secessionism, revolutionary movements, Polarisation
of society, Hardening class barriers, drug trafficking and arms, smuggling, rise in intolerance and
fundamentalism [despite rise of literacy, intolerance is increasing.

59 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

It has been well documented that mass media pose internal security challenges through various means
such as terrorism which makes uncertain future of nation. Social media sites are very convenient,
affordable and people can reach huge number of audience through these sites such as you tube, twitter,
Facebook. It has been observed that terrorists normally use social networking sites to transmit messages
and accomplish their dangerous targets. All anti-government groups use internet technology such as
email, chat room, e group, forums, and virtual message boards to live their communication.
The huge influence of media in creating popular image was used subsequently by states to
counterbalance their enemies and foes, internally and externally. But irrespective of the degree of
independence and fairness available to the media, it has been extensively observed that media follows
the nationalistic principles when dealing with matters of national security and interests. Progressively,
nation states and non-state political actors have well identified the great influence of media and its use
for their objectives.
Conclusion : In the Authoritarian system, the government in power controls the media. The main aim of
media is to support and improve the government policies and serve the state. The criticism on government
mechanism is banned. On the other hand Social Responsibility system, media is controlled by anyone who
wants to say something. The major responsibility in this theory is to inform, entertain, sell but also raise the
conflict to the plane of discussion.
Possible Titles :
• Role of electronic media in modern day democracy
• Media as a threat to democracy
• Democracy and media are two sides of a coin; Comment
• Media is disconnecting or connecting to the fact

Additional Information :

60 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 25 : Emergence of OTT( Over the top) in India

Key Points :

• What is OTT
• Need and its importance can be highlighted
• Traditional and advanced methods can be added
• Pandemic and shift can be added
Introduction : Don’t waste today, thinking about tomorrow.
Traditionally, the consumption of movies and other audio and video content has always been in the form
of mediums like theatre and television. As the technology developed, it was easily accessible at home and
whenever required with the introduction of VHS, DVDs, Blu-rays and disc rental services. Further, cable
television brought the content through Co-axial cables and fibre optic cables. Another better service
emerged as Direct-to-home (DTH) technology through satellite and dish connectivity that brought high-
quality broadcast and on-demand content directly to the consumer.
Recently, technological advancements have made the movie or TV watching more convenient through
online streaming or Video on Demand (VoD) services. VoD refers to streaming of video content over the
Internet, through applications typically referred to as Over-The-Top (OTT).Over-the-Top (OTT) video
platforms, once considered a luxury is today a commodity. In India, there is an increasingly growing
number of consumers adapting to it. While Indian streaming services like Hotstar and Jio Cinema has
gained a stronger foothold, global players like Netflix and Amazon Prime have steadily grown their market
share in India.
OTT bypasses cable, broadcast, satellite television and other platforms that generally act as a controller or
distributor and enables disintermediation. The sole gateway to consumers’, in the age of traditional
media, was through film distributors, theatre runners, television networks or Multiple System Operators
(MSOs). With OTT, the content creators can interact with their audience directly through a web page or
Smartphone app.

As the American OTT market is moving closer to maturity, many global players are shifting their focus to
other international markets like India to drive their next cycle of subscriber growth. Today, the Internet is
not only a technology which may have a specific effect on how business is conducted in certain sectors, but
it is also a market place, as demonstrated by the enormous success of OTT providers. Reliance Jio has been

61 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

a significant catalyst in the penetration of Internet and OTT platforms. Jio’s telecom network supports
over 55% of India’s overall OTT traffic and over 65% of OTT consumption on a Smartphone.
Conclusion : After its massive impact on market and culture, OTT became the centre of debate in various
aspects, such as its impact on traditional services, threat or opportunity to investors in the industry, and
regulatory framework. Telecoms Regulatory Authority of India (TRAI) has stated concerns over
disturbances to the country’s social fabric caused by content carried by OTT platforms. The Government
of India reaffirmed that, as VoD services are available over the Internet, which is a public medium, OTT
platform operators do not require any license to operate. Moreover, TRAI, believe that the Information
Technology Act, 2000, offer enough safeguards.

Possible Titles:

• Digital Transformation during pandemic is a sign of prosperity

• Impact on traditional filming after emergence of OTT
• OTT and financial gains thereon
• Explain various services provided by OTT in India
Additional Information :

What are OTT platforms?

• OTT, or over-the-top platforms, are audio and video hosting and streaming services that started out
as content hosting platforms, but soon branched out into the production and release of short movies,
feature films, documentaries, and web-series themselves.
• These platforms offer a range of content and use artificial intelligence to suggest to users the content
they are likely to view based on their past viewership on the platform.
• India is projected to become the second-largest online video-viewing audience by 2020.
• What is the ‘Implementation Toolkit’ about?

• The ‘toolkit’, prepared by IAMAI (Internet & Mobile Association of India) in consultation with the
streaming platforms, primarily aims to iron out the issues with the industry’s self-regulation code that
was put in motion on 4 September 2020.
• The toolkit provides details of the functioning of OTT platforms’ grievance redressal mechanism for
complaints received, including the composition of their internal panel and advisory panels.
• The new “implementation toolkit” is said to have followed the ethics code and also defined a
framework for self-regulation.
• What are the ethical issues involved in regulation of OTT?

• Unequal treatment of similar service providers

o While the print was regulated by the Press Council of India and Television (both News and
Entertainment) were being regulated by the Cable Networks Regulation Act (2005), content
on online, fell into a black hole with no oversight.
o Though there is no regulatory mechanism for OTTs as of now, all such platforms come under
the Information technology Act, 2000 as they qualify to be called as Intermediaries.
o Section 79 of the IT Act, intermediaries must exercise due diligence while streaming content.
The Guidelines for due diligence have also been framed by the government in 2011.

62 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• The issue of content regulation has always been important in India because of the diverse nature of
Indian society in terms of religion, economic status, caste and language.
• Therefore, the effect that OTT has on society forms the basis of its regulation by the state.
• Article 19 which gives a fundamental right to freedom of expression comes with reasonable
restrictions of decency and public morality, public order, defamation, incitement to offenses, etc.
• In times of fast-changing entertainment media, the government and other stakeholders must come
together to bring a proper framework that will balance the freedom of expression and necessary
restrictions for the sake of law and order.
• Other countries of the world such as China and the USA have come forward to devise laws in the wake
of progress in artificial intelligence and Internet-of-things.
• India with its huge diversity and demographic nature cannot remain behind.

Title 26 : Police reforms and political interferences thereon

Key Points :

• Explain the need of police reforms

• Stand of Supreme court
• Prakash Singh case can be added
• Statistics associated can be added
• State and central police can be connected
Introduction : Police are not to create disorder, they are to preserve disorder”.
Under the Constitution, police is a subject governed by states. So each of the 28 states have their own
police forces. The centre is also allowed to maintain its own police forces to assist the states with ensuring
law and order.2 Therefore, it maintains seven central police forces and some other police organisations for
specialised tasks such as intelligence gathering, investigation, research and recordkeeping, and training.
The primary role of police forces is to uphold and enforce laws, investigate crimes and ensure security
for people in the country. In a large and populous country like India, police forces need to be well-
equipped, in terms of personnel, weaponry, forensic, communication and transport support, to perform
their role well.
The responsibilities of the state and central police forces are different. State police forces are primarily in
charge of local issues such as crime prevention and investigation, and maintaining law and order. While
they also provide the first response in case of more intense internal security challenges (e.g., terrorist
incident or insurgency-related violence), the central forces are specialised in dealing with such conflicts.
For example, the Central Reserve Police Force is better trained to defuse large-scale riots with least
damage to life and property, as compared to local police.

63 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

fixed tenure of DGP

create state security commisions

Ploce complains authorities setup

Warning before shooting

Concept of rich get bail should be eliminated

Political interference in police postings continues despite the landmark Prakash Singh judgment nearly
decade-and-a-half ago that addressed the issue and was pegged to be a watershed moment in police
reforms. Prakash Singh, who served as DGP of UP Police and Assam Police besides other postings, filed a
PIL in the Supreme Court post retirement, in 1996, seeking police reforms. In a landmark judgment,
the Supreme Court in September 2006 had directed all states and Union Territories to bring in police
reforms. The ruling issued a series of measures that were to be undertaken by the governments to ensure
the police could do their work without worrying about any political interference.
The seven main directives from the Supreme Court in the verdict were fixing the tenure and selection of
the DGP to avoid situations where officers about to retire in a few months are given the post. In order to
ensure no political interference, a minimum tenure was sought for the Inspector General of Police so that
they are not transferred mid-term by politicians. The SC further directed postings of officers being done
by Police Establishment Boards (PEB) comprising police officers and senior bureaucrats to insulate powers
of postings and transfers from political leaders. Further, there was a recommendation of setting up State
Police Complaints Authority (SPCA) to give a platform where common people aggrieved by police action
could approach.
The Commonwealth Human Rights Initiative (CHRI), in its report on 22 September 2020 that tracked
changes made in the police force following the 2006 judgment, found that not even one state was fully
compliant with the apex court directives and that while 18 states passed or amended their Police Acts in
this time, not one fully matches legislative models.
Conclusion : 86% of the state police comprises of constabulary. Constables are typically promoted once
during their service, and normally retire as head constables. This could weaken their incentive to perform
well. Crime per lakh population has increased by 28% over the last decade. The Law Commission has
observed that one of the reasons behind this is the poor quality of investigations. CAG audits have found
shortages in weaponry with state police forces. For example, Rajasthan and West Bengal had shortages of
75% and 71% respectively in required weaponry with the state police. Therefore these issues are still
pertaining in the states and should be settled immediately because police comes in the frontline of
maintaining law and order.

Possible Titles :

• Police are always treated as the best friend of ours

• Friendly Policing in modern era
• Need of police reforms in 21st centaury
• Indian policing is more of British connect and so has to undergo reforms

64 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Additional Information :
Supreme Court directions on DGPs appointment

• The Supreme Court ordered all states and Union territories to not appoint any police officer as
acting Director General of Police (DGP).
• The court directed all the states to send names of senior police officers to the UPSC for being
considered as probable candidates to be appointed as DGPs.
• The UPSC will prepare a list of three most suitable officers and the states will be free to appoint one
of them as police chief.
• Endeavour should be made that a person, who had been selected and appointed as DGP, has a
reasonable period of service left.
• However, the extended term beyond the date of superannuation should be a reasonable period.
• This will put an end to favouritism and political influence in DGP-level appointment.

Madras HC ruling on police weakly off

• The Madras High Court has said that the state government should contemplate giving policemen a
day off in a week like other government officials in order to spend time with their families.
• The court suggested to introduce an 8-hour, three-shift system for police personnel.
• It will help them rejuvenate themselves and relieve them from stress.
• Policemen were forced to work round-the-clock, sometimes without any holiday.
• This would not only affect the police but also their families.
• The court further noted that a conducive atmosphere should be created for the policemen as it
would help keep the morale high in the interest of the society
Need for Police Reforms

• If India is to achieve its status as a great power, it is absolutely essential that police is restructured
and modernised. • Without the police ensuring good law and order in the country, the other services
would find it difficult to operate. • To transform the colonial police structure of the country into a
progressive, modern force sensitive to the democratic aspirations of the people.
• To eliminate the undue political interference. The police of today are victims of politicization as well
as criminalization.
• To instil the confidence of the people in the institution of police by making police more people
friendly.
• The security of the society and the welfare of the people is dependent on the efficiency of the police.

Title 27 : Vaccine passports and ethical issues thereon

Key Points :

• Explain what is vaccine passport

• Introduction and later issues can be added
• Need of participation and fight over the pandemic
• Countries involved and other dimensions can be added
Introduction : It is seen that vaccine passports are mandatory”.
It is seen that more than 117 million of registered COVID-19 cases globally as of 9 March 2021, resulting in
more than 2.6 million registered COVID-19 related fatalities. While the pandemic can be categorised as
the most serious global health crisis in decades, it will also produce far-reaching long-term effects

65 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

reshaping the political, economic, legal and other domains.COVID19 might also redraw the maps of the
world via comprehensive restrictions of mobility, tourism and migration that potentially mark ‘an end of an
age’. Given the national focus of the responses and mitigation strategies, which put the World Health
Organisation (WHO) or regional organizations like the European Union (EU) on the side-lines, the
compartmentalisation of the world into states could never be more articulate as a lived experience than
throughout the last year.
The European Union announced its plans to roll out a joint vaccination passport for more than 440
million of its citizens in an attempt to kickstart cross-border travel and revive Europe’s struggling tourism
sector. The aim of the document, which would act as a sort of certificate, would be to give people who
have received the Covid-19 vaccine access to certain facilities and events.

Israel system

International air travel safety

Common pass or vaccine passport

WHO stand

Issue of privacy

The EU’s decision has not been accepted by all its member states, with some pointing out that the rate of
vaccination in Europe is still not on par with the United States and other countries. But the EU is not the
first to consider issuing vaccine passports to ease international travel. A number of countries,
including Bahrain, Israel and China, have already started to roll out their own forms of certification amid
the pandemic.
A vaccine passport is essentially a certificate given to an individual who has been vaccinated against a
virus — in this case, Covid-19. These certificates could be made available in the form of a stamped
certificate, or simply a digital document that can be stored on a smartphone. The aim of the document or
‘passport’ is to act as proof that the person has been vaccinated against the illness, and is hence, ‘safe’.
But, despite what its name suggests, the vaccine passport is not only used by travellers. The document
could become a requirement for a range of other activities and facilities as well. From watching a movie, to
eating a meal at a restaurant citizens may be required to present their ‘vaccine passports’ before they are
permitted to enter some public spaces.
Critics of the vaccine passport have pointed out that apart from the obvious scientific shortcomings of such
a system, using such a document could also be discriminatory. These documents have been criticised
by human rights activists and data protection advocates, who have raised concerns about the privacy and
data security issues associated with vaccine passports. World Health Organization (WHO) says
“Considering that there is limited availability of vaccines, preferential vaccination of travellers could result
in inadequate supplies of vaccines for priority populations considered at high risk of severe Covid-19
disease.” The International Air Transport Association (IATA) a global aviation body, will soon launch
its digital travel pass, which will enable international travellers to store information about their health,
travel, Covid diagnosis and vaccination status. The digital pass, which can be saved on your phone as a
mobile app, is being adopted by a number of international airlines including Etihad Airways and Emirates.
Conclusion : While continuously increasing capabilities to create, share, store and analyse data have been
essential to develop medical responses to COVID-19 with unprecedented speed, an incredible amount of

66 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

data-driven measures to mitigate and manage the impact of the pandemic have emerged at the same
time. Meanwhile, non-profit Common project has been trying out an app called Common Pass, which
contains a passenger’s vaccination record. According to a report in The Washington Post, passengers have
been using Common Pass for testing verification on select flights out of New York, Boston, London, and
Hong Kong with United, JetBlue, Lufthansa, Swiss International and Virgin Atlantic since December. Many
such initiatives has to be launched world wide and vast acceptance in support to the govt and agencies
must be ensured .

Possible titles :
• Ban on travel amid pandemic; Is it a sign of protection
• Countries who stop migration amid pandemic
Additional Information :
Vaccine passport

• The idea is modelled on the proof of vaccination that several countries required even before the
pandemic.
• Travellers from many African countries to the US or India are required to submit proof that they have
been vaccinated against diseases such as yellow fever.
• Even though the nomenclature comes from passports, most vaccine passports have been envisaged
as digital documents. They are supposed to function as proof that the holder has been vaccinated
against COVID-19 and is, therefore, “safe”.
• Israel has become the first country to introduce a certification system that allows those who have
been vaccinated against Covid-19 to access certain facilities and events.
• Israel’s “vaccine passport” is meant for public facilities such as restaurants, gyms, and hotels in the
country — but certification of this kind has a bearing on the full resumption of international air travel
as well.

Title 28 : Valuing Water

Key Points :
• List out the importance of water
• World water day and theme
• Initiatives of ministry of jal shakti
• Issues and settlements can be added
Introduction : The fall of dropping water wears away the stone”.
Water is arguably the most precious resource on Earth, and yet we often value and manage it extremely
poorly. e price of water traditionally reflects a limited set of costs to treat and transport water, but the
value of water is far greater. Low and subsidized water prices are important to ensure the human right to
water is met, and yet water’s low market-based cost has resulted in propagate use, freshwater
contamination and, in general, indicted costs upon society and nature. The value of water is difficult to
quantify because different audiences conceptualize and describe its values differently.
“The value of water is about much more than its price – water has enormous and complex value for our
households, food, culture, health, education, economics and the integrity of our natural environment. If
we overlook any of these values, we risk mismanaging this finite, irreplaceable resource.”. To focus on
the importance of freshwater, the United Nations marks 22 March every year as World Water
67 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Day. The theme of World Water Day 2021 is “Valuing Water”. According to the UN, World Water Day
celebrates water and raises awareness of the 2.2 billion people living without access to safe water. A core
focus of World Water Day is to support the achievement of Sustainable Development Goal 6: water and
sanitation for all by 2030.

Water allocation

Water and energy

Water and food

Trans boundary water

awareness over importance of water from schools

In India the Ministry of Water Resources (as it was before being merged into the Jal Shakti ministry in
2019) said that the average annual per capita water availability fell from 1820 cubic meters assessed in
2001 to 1545 cubic meters in 2011, and could reduce further to 1341 and 1140 in the years 2025 and 2050
respectively. “Annual per-capita water availability of less than 1700 cubic meters is considered as water
stressed condition, whereas annual per- capita water availability below 1,000 cubic meters is considered as
a water scarcity condition. Due to high temporal and spatial variation of precipitation, the water
availability of many regions of the country is much below the national average and can be considered as
water stressed/water scarce,”
(India) is also one of the world’s most-improved nations for reaching the most people with clean water, but
faces challenges with falling groundwater levels, drought, demand from agriculture and industry, pollution
and poor water resource management – challenges that will intensify as climate change contributes to
more extreme weather shocks.”
Conclusion : Therefore “As most of the rivers in the country are inter-State, the regulation and
development of waters of these rivers, is a source of inter-State differences and disputes. In the
Constitution, water is a matter included in Entry 17 of List-II i.e. State List. This entry is subject to the
provision of Entry 56 of List-I i.e. Union List.” e World Economic Forum now ranks water as the greatest risk
impacting the world’s economy reflecting private sector concern over waters ability to affect material risk.
Water is a precious resource that needs to be better managed for survival and growth. The proper
coordination between centre and state , state and state govt must be ensured in order to balance the
usage and availability of waters .

Possible Titles :
• No water no life
• Water is the driving force of all nature
Additional Information :
India has the dubious distinction of being the world’s largest user of groundwater by far, even as the
water table has been falling by an average of 0.4 m nationally.
Reports from Bihar suggest that the water table there has fallen by several feet of late. Well, over half of
the districts in the state are facing or expected to be facing severe groundwater over-exploitation.

68 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Reasons for Water Stress in India

▪ Over-exploitation: The figures suggest that groundwater provides for over two-thirds of
irrigation requirements. In the last four decades, about 85% of the total addition to irrigation
has come from groundwater. This is clearly unsustainable resulting in steep depletion of the
groundwater table.
o The problem is compounded by Indian law which extends exclusive rights to
landowners over groundwater.
▪ Policy Issues: Groundwater is used to cultivate water-intensive crops like paddy and
sugarcane (promoted by Green revolution) in rain deficit states like Punjab and Maharashtra
respectively.
o State procurement policy and subsidized electricity in Punjab make it profitable
for farmers to produce rice. Similarly, farmers in Maharashtra cultivate sugarcane
because they are assured procurement.
▪ Poor Maintenance: There’s a large, growing gap between irrigation potential created and that
actually utilised, simply due to lax maintenance.
▪ No Reliable Data: Water data is often unreliable, and is collected using outdated techniques
and methodologies.
o In most segments —industrial usage, households, etc — the data is mostly
available at only the aggregate level, implying diminished utility for policymaking.
o There is no single water database for the country. In 2016, the standing
committee on water resources of the Indian parliament finally recommended
having a national groundwater database that could be updated every two years.
However, not much has been done in this regard.
▪ Rapid Urbanization: India is urbanizing rapidly. This implies heightened water demand from
households, industry and agriculture. Concretization also reduces the ground-water
replenishment.
▪ Poor Water Treatment Plants: There is gross under-investment in water treatment and reuse.
o Barely 2% of our urban areas have both sewerage systems and sewage treatment
plants.
o India's urban centers produce over 40,000 million litres of sewage daily, but only
about a fifth of the muck undergoes treatment.
▪ MGNREGA for water conservation:
o Mahatma Gandhi National Rural Employment Guarantee Act is one of the biggest
government-funded employment schemes in the world.
o The huge workforce employed under the MGNREGA has enabled the government to
introduce water conservation as a project under the Act.
o The government aims to improve groundwater harvesting and build water conservation
and storage mechanisms through MGNREGA.

69 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 29 : Ensuring Food Security in India

Key Points :
• Explain what is food security
• Initiatives for bringing food security
• States performing well can be added
• Public distribution system and related aspects can be added
• National Food security act (NFSA) can be added

Introduction : Food is our common ground, a universal experience”.

Food security globally is to ensure that all people, at all times, should get access to the basic food for
their active and healthy life and is characterized by availability, access, utilization and stability of food.
Though the Indian Constitution does not have any explicit provision regarding right to food, the
fundamental right to life enshrined in Article 21 of the Constitution may be interpreted to include right to
live with human dignity, which may include the right to food and other basic necessities. During natural
calamity such as drought, production of food grains get decreased, creating a shortage of food in the
affected areas. The prices get increased due to shortage of food. People cannot afford to buy food and if
such a calamity happens in a very wide spread area or is stretched over a longer time period, it might
cause a situation of starvation. Massive starvation might take a turn into a famine.
A Famine is characterised by widespread deaths due to starvation and epidemics caused by forced use of
contaminated water or decaying food and loss of body resistance due to weakening from starvation.
Government of India enacted National Food Security Act (NFSA) in July, 2013 which gives legal entitlement
to 67% of the population (75% in rural areas and 50% in urban areas) to receive highly subsidized
foodgrains. Under the Act, foodgrain is allocated @ 5 kg per person per month for priority households
category and @ 35 kg per family per month for AAY families at a highly subsidized prices of Rs. 1/-, Rs. 2/-
and Rs. 3/- per kg for nutri-cereals, wheat and rice respectively. Coverage under the Act is based on the
population figures of Census, 2011. The Act is now being implemented in all 36 States/UTs and covers
about 81.35 crore persons. The annual allocation of foodgrain under National Food Security Act and
Other Welfare Schemes is about 610 Lakh Metric Tons.

NITI Aayog recently revised the National Food security act(NFSA). The NFSA provides a legal right to
persons belonging to “eligible households” to receive food grains at subsidised price– rice at Rs

70 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

3/kg, wheat at Rs 2/kg and coarse grain at Rs 1/kg — under the Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS).
These are called central issue prices (CIPs). A revision of CIPs is one of the issues that have been discussed.
The other issues are updating of the population coverage under the NFSA, and beneficiary identification
criteria. “Eligible households” comprises two categories — “priority households”, and families covered by
the Antyodaya Anna Yojana (AAY). Priority households are entitled to receive 5 kg of foodgrains per person
per month, whereas AAY households are entitled to 35 kg per month at the same prices.
On the other hand, if the rural-urban coverage ratio remains at 75-50, then the total number of people
covered will increase from the existing 81.35 crore to 89.52 crore —an increase of 8.17 crore. This estimate
by the NITI Aayog is based on the projected 2020 population and will result in an additional subsidy
requirement of Rs 14,800 crore.
Also Numerous countries are experiencing high food price inflation at the retail level, reflecting lingering
supply disruptions due to COVID-19 social distancing measures, currency devaluations, and other factors.
Rising food prices have a greater impact on people in low- and middle-income countries since they spend a
larger share of their income on food than people in high-income countries.
Conclusion : Therefore at the country level, the World Bank Group is working with governments and
international partners to closely monitor domestic food and agricultural supply chains, track how the loss
of employment and income is impacting people’s ability to buy food, and ensure that food systems
continue to function despite COVID-19 challenges. In India Even the Economic Survey of 2020-21 had
recommended a revision in the CIPs(central issued prices).The revised prices cannot exceed the minimum
support price for wheat and coarse grains, and the derived minimum support price for rice.

Possible Titles :
• Ensuring food security to 130 crores Indian population is a major task
• Food security in modern era
• Role of Govt of India and state govts in ensuring food security
• Food availability and food security
Additional Information :
Challenges of food security in India

• Population – Although a major part of the Indian population is engaged in agricultural activities, the
availability of food for all is a challenge due to the increasing population of the country
• Poverty – This is one of the biggest challenges which need to be overcome in order to attain the
desired food security in the country. The percentage of people living below the poverty line (BPL) is
extremely high. Know about the Poverty Estimation in India at the linked article
• Climatic Change – Farming and agricultural activities have been severely affected by climatic
change over the past few years. Some regions face floods while some experience drought. Similar
changes have severely affected livestock, forestry, fisheries and aquaculture
• Inadequate food distribution – The balance between the food distribution has been varied in urban
and rural areas
• Biofuels – The growth of the biofuel market has reduced the land used for growing food crops
• Corruption – Diverting the grains to open market to get better margin, selling poor quality grains at
ration shops, the irregular opening of the shops adds to the issue of food insecurity
• Inadequate storage facilities – Inadequate and improper storage facilities for grains, which are
often stored outside under tarps that provide little protection from humidity and pests

71 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Lack of Awareness – Lack of education and training on new techniques, technologies and
agricultural products. Traditional farming methods are slightly more time consuming and delay the
production of food grains, etc.
• Unmonitored nutrition programmes – Emphasis must be given on introducing and enacting well-
monitored nutrition programmes

Title 30 : Words are sharper than two edged sword

Key Points :
• Explain the title properly
• Understand the demand of the question
• Quote some important personalities
• Connect it with philosophical understandings
Introduction : The words you speak becomes the house you live in “.
Words are much more powerful and influential than any weapon and it is a 'weapon of future' that must
not be misused. Prehistoric men were able to hunt in groups and obtain food through cooperation. The
group dynamics of humans improved once they settled in a place and started practicing agriculture. The
need to identify objects and communicate increased once division of labor came into being. As
inventions and the need for cooperation increased, the need for more signs or words to identify objects,
actions and thoughts increased. Without words, it would be difficult to start wars, incite riots and violence.
It would also be difficult to buy a vegetable in the market, express ideas or invent new things for the
benefit of mankind.
Powerful oratory is one of the key examples which demonstrates the possibility of destruction or
development that could happen because of the influence of words. Words are sharper than a two edged
sword as they can turn millions of men into potent and dangerous weapons. In contrast, a two edged
sword is dangerous only when it is in the hand of a skilled swordsman.
Words have a longstanding effect on the minds of a listener. They can make the listener his friend or his
enemy. From daily household occurrences to nationwide struggle, words are influential in making a long
lasting impact. The sarcastic remarks or kind compliments to your friends and family to powerful speeches
at national and international forums, the sinew of words can be seen by the effect they have on the
listener(s). It is aptly recognised in the story of Akbar and Birbal where the latter responded to the most
important organ of the body as the 'tongue'.
There were are also great leaders like Gandhi and Martin Luther King who used words to inspire people to
fight for freedom and justice. ”Do or die” call by the Mahatma inspired the entire nation during the quit
India movement. “I have a dream” speech delivered by King has inspired people of USA to ensure justice
for all in USA. Winston Churchill inspired the small Island of Great Britain to stand up to Hitler and win the
second world war through his words “I have nothing to offer but blood, toil, tears and sweat.” Abraham
Lincoln captured the imagination of people through his Gettysburg address. Leaders like Nehru through
speeches like ‘tryst with destiny’ , inspired the entire nation to strive for success after a painful partition
and freedom from colonial rule.
Conclusion : Therefore one should understand "Words could wound or words could heal. In interpersonal
relations as well, the choice of words can make or break any relationship. When one is angry, the phrase
“please leave me alone” is a thousand times better than “get lost” or “get out of my sight”. Similarly , “I
have a great deal of affection for you” sounds much better than a simple “I care for you” . Once words are
used, they can never be taken back.

72 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 31 : Destiny of our country is shaped in our classrooms

Key Points :
• Highlight the education system of India
• Future of students and career can be highlighted
• New education policy of 2020 can be connected
• Initiatives by GOI for 100% literacy can be added
Introduction : If it does not challenge you, it does not change you”.
Classrooms are the temples of learning. Along with one’s family, society and surroundings, classrooms
help shape the kind of individual one becomes. They are the window to success and the key to unlocking a
child’s potential. They help introduce children to the world around them, help identify their talent, hone it
and sculpt it in the best possible manner. The ancient Indus Valley Civilisation, for instance, was
renowned all over Central Asia and had established strong trading relations with Central Asian
civilisations of Mesopotamia, Babylon, etc. This was primarily possible because of the classrooms of the
time.
Though the classic definition of a classroom continues to change, however, its underlying principle helps us
define it in the following manner—a centre of learning. While it has taken the shape of concrete rooms
with amenities like desks, blackboard, laboratories and e-classrooms in the present time, it can be
presumed to have had a somewhat archaic structure thousands of years ago. The classrooms of the
colonial times also played a role in the propagation of the nationalistic fervour that permeated the
freedom struggle. This development took place despite the fact that the educational system was designed
by the British to aid their colonial rule by cutting down on administrative expenditure. The British wanted a
class of Indians who might be interpreters between British and the millions whom they governed; a class of
persons Indians in blood and colour, but English in taste, in opinion, in morals, and in intellect, as
reiterated by Macaulay.

Gross enrollment ratio

Quality education

National education policy 2020

Free education and its status

School dropouts and efforts to protect

The destiny of India is being shaped in her classroom” has been pointed out by the Education Commission
(1964-65) and to that it may safely be added that the destiny of these classroom is being shaped in the
institution of education with committed teachers. Prof. Humayun Kabir rightly stated “Without good
teachers, even the best of system is bound to fail. With good teachers, even the defects of system can be
largely overcome.” So the teacher is of paramount importance in any system of education. They form a
critical component and play a crucial role in the development of education system as a whole. Enlightened,
emancipated and empowered teachers lead communities and nations in their march towards better and
higher quality of life.
Conclusion : Therefor Education is a task tremendous in nature and must not be roughly handle. On
education depends the very shape of a country’s future and this warrants a sincere and honest trail at the
73 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

hands of those who really matter. Teachers’ accountability which means, “ Theory that teachers and
school system should take responsibility for improvement in pupil achievement and that teacher
effectiveness by this criterion should be measured by extern al agencies.”
Possible Titles :
• Education is the means of reaching masses and achieving growth
• A man without education have no value
• A teacher creates a good leader i.e a student
• Transformation in Indian education system amid NEP 2020
Additional Information :
Primary Education System in India The National Council of Educational Research and Training (NCERT) is the
apex body for school education in India. The NCERT provides support and technical assistance to a number
of schools in India and oversees many aspects of enforcement of education policies. In India, the various
bodies governing school education system are:
• The state government boards, in which the majority of Indian children are enrolled.
• The Central Board of Secondary Education (CBSE) board.
• The Council for the Indian School Certificate Examinations (CISCE) board.
• Islamic Madrasah schools, whose boards are controlled by local state governments, or autonomous, or
affiliated with Darul Uloom Deoband.
• Autonomous schools like Woodstock School, Auroville, Patha Bhavan and Ananda Marga Gurukula.
Status of Primary Education in India
• Enrolment: Primary school enrolment in India has been a success story, largely due to various programs
and drives to increase enrolment even in remote areas. Enrolment has reached at least 96 % since 2009,
and girls make up 56% of new students between 2007 and 2013.
• Access to schools- Improvements to infrastructure has led to better access to schools. India now has 1.4
million schools and 7.7 million teachers so that 98 per cent of habitations have a lower primary school
(class I-V) within one km and 92 per cent have an upper primary school (class VI-VIII) within a 3 Km walking
distance.
• MDG Goal 2- India is on the path of achieving the Millennium Development Goal of universal primary
education by 2015.

Title 32 : Explain Israel Palestine Conflict

Key Points :

• Give the historical perspectives of conflict

• Wars and solution thereon can be highlighted
• Jews and present status can be highlighted
• Israel and Arab countries conflict can be added
Introduction : There is no Israel Palestine war, it is only global war on terrorism”.
The history of the Palestinian-Israeli conflict is elastic; it changes dramatically depending on who is telling
it and where they start the story. The Israeli-Palestinian conflict is the ongoing struggle between Israelis
74 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

and Palestinians that began in the early 20th century. The conflict is wide-ranging, and the term is also
used in reference to the earlier phases of the same conflict, between the Zionist yishuv and the Arab
population living in Palestine under Ottoman and then British rule. It forms part of the wider Arab-Israeli
conflict.
After more than 50 years of war, terrorism, peace negotiation and human suffering, Israel and Palestine
remain as far from a peaceful settlement as ever. The entire Middle Eastern region remains a cauldron
waiting to reach the boiling point, a potent mixture of religious extremism, (Jewish, Christian and Islamic),
mixed with oil and munitions. Many attempts have been made to broker a two-state solution, involving the
creation of an independent Palestinian state alongside an independent Jewish state or next to the State of
Israel (after Israel’s establishment in 1948).

In 2007 a majority of both Israelis and Palestinians, according to a number of polls, preferred the two-state
solution over any other solution as a means of resolving the conflict. Moreover, a considerable majority of
the Jewish public sees the Palestinians’ demand for an independent state as just, and thinks Israel can
agree to the establishment of such a state. A majority of Palestinians and Israelis view the West Bank and
Gaza Strip as an acceptable location of the hypothetical Palestinian state in a two-state solution. However,
there are significant areas of disagreement over the shape of any final agreement and also regarding the
level of credibility each side sees in the other in upholding basic commitments.
About 726,000 Palestinians were expelled or fled their homes in 1948 in the war that followed the
creation of Israel, and additional Palestinians fled in 1967. There are now about 4 million Palestinian
refugees. Many of them live in crowded refugee camps in poor conditions in the West Bank and Gaza, in
Jordan, Syria, Lebanon and Iraq. Palestinians demand that these refugees should have the right to return to
their homes in Israel under UN General Assembly Resolution.

75 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

The US has been playing a significant role as the mediator in the Israel-Palestine. However, its credibility as
a mediator had long been questioned by Palestinians. The United States has been criticized by the OIC
(Organization of Islamic cooperation) and other Arab organizations, for vetoing most Security Council
decisions critical of Israel. It should also be noted that USA has more Jews than that of USA .

Therefore the current solution for Israel and Palestine suggests that Palestinians ought to have their own
state, separate from Israel. In this way a ‘Two-State’ solution might be reached. The method by which
such a solution could be implemented involves a technical division of land with walls, earth mounds, road
blocks and fences. This chapter discusses the so-called ‘practical limitations’ of a ‘Two-State’ solution.
Notably it questions whether a Palestinian State is a viable option. Policymakers seek to divide Israel and
Palestine into two separate states so that each may exercise supreme authority over its territory,
without interference from the other. The means by which mutual non-interference is achieved between
states is through a principle of so-called ‘recognition’.

Possible Titles :

• Israel Palestine conflict; Its impact on India

• Arab world is always important to India; Explain
• Need of interference during a war is a sign of strength ! Comment
• India Israel relation in modern era

Additional Information :

• The British, after the First World War, established a colony in Palestine maintaining that they would
rule the area until the Palestinians were ready to govern themselves. This was called Mandatory
Palestine as it was according to the League of Nations mandate.
• Even before this time, there was a massive influx of Jews from Europe into Palestine in the hope of
creating their homeland after being expelled from it for centuries.
• Meanwhile, in the 1920s and 1930s, the Jewish population in Palestine increased by hundreds of
thousands, facilitated by the British (who were honouring the Balfour Declaration).
• During this time, tensions between the growing Jewish communities and the Arabs were increasing.
• In 1936, the Palestinian Arabs revolted against the British as a result of the Palestinian Arabs
viewing themselves increasingly as a nation.
• This revolt was suppressed by the British with help from Jewish militias.
• After the revolt, however, the British issued a white paper that limited Jewish immigration into
Palestine and called for the establishment of a joint Jewish-Arab state in Palestine within ten years.
• During the course of World War II, many Jews escaping Europe from the Holocaust were brought to
Palestine illegally (because of the immigration limit) by Jewish organisations.
• Tensions escalated and the British handed over the problem to the newly established United
Nations.
• In 1947, the UN voted to establish separate Palestinian and Jewish states in the region dividing
Palestine. This plan was rejected by the Arabs.
Formation of the state of Israel

• In May 1948, Israel was declared an independent state with David Ben Gurion as the Prime Minister.
• Following this declaration, in 1948, the Arab-Israeli War broke out with five Arab states, Iraq, Syria,
Lebanon, Jordan and Egypt invading Israel.
• A ceasefire was announced in 1949 and as part of the agreement, the West Bank was given to
Jordan and the Gaza Strip became part of Egypt. Israel, having won the war, though, now controlled
76 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

more area than they would have under the UN plan. East Jerusalem was under the control of
Jordan. Over 700000 Palestinians fled the region and became refugees in neighbouring Arab
countries. The Palestinians call this war the Nabka, or catastrophe, as they became stateless.
• Tensions escalated again in 1956 when Gamal Abdel Nasser of Egypt nationalised the Suez Canal.
This led to the Suez Crisis. Israel attacked the Sinai Peninsula and retook the canal with British and
French support.

Title: 33 Mucormycosis is a deadly fungal infection; Explain its impact in India

Key Points :

• Explain what is mucormycosis

• Symptoms and spread can be added
• Black fungus and states impacted can be highlighted
• Treatment and vaccination can be added
Introduction : A critic is to an author as fungus to an oak”.
Human to human transmitted disease is the game of corona virus disease (COVID-19) transmission and it
had been declared an emergency global pandemic that caused major disastrous in respiratory system to
more than five million people and killing more than half a billion deaths across the globe. A fungal
pathogen called Aspergillus cause devastating disease in immune compromised hosts. These hosts include
haematological malignancies due to fungus being air borne, they cause wreck to lungs guarding frontline
defence. Severe viral pulmonary have risen and given birth to pulmonary aspergilliosis (IPA).
The common symptoms of black fungus are fever, pain or redness around the eyes/nose, coughing,
headache, shortness of breath, blood vomit, altered mental status, sinusitis, blackish discolouration over
bridge of nose/palate, local pain on the cheek bone, one-sided facial pain, numbness or swelling, blurred
or double vision with pain, loosening of teeth, jaw involvement, chest pain, pleural effusion, thrombosis,
necrosis, skin lesion, and worsening of respiratory symptoms.

It has been understood that black fungus called mucormycosis is complicating the treatment and recovery
of COVID-19 patients. There were several reports of patients with invasive aspergillosis and positive
growth of Aspergillusfumigatus and Aspergillus-ag in endotracheal aspirate. Many patients tested has two
week history of COVID-19 before and after admission in ICU, a CT scan a valuable tool for corona patients

77 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

revealed, slight mold infections in chest region, but slight reversible halo, ground glass opacities also
observed in some. Patients with severe influenza or halo or reversible halo show pulmonary mold leading
to mucormycosis.
It has been discovered that mucormycosis has common agents such as Rhizpisspp, Mucorspp. Genera of
Mucorales, varies from country to country. Even though mucormycosis is a rare disease, certain groups are
more vulnerable to it. What predisposes patients is uncontrolled diabetes mellitus, immunosuppression by
steroids, prolonged ICU stay, and comorbidities — post transplant/malignancy, voriconazole therapy.
Doctors advise people to use masks if in the vicinity of dusty construction sites, wear long-sleeved shirts,
shoes, long trousers and gloves while handling manure, soil or moss. It is of utmost importance to maintain
high standards of personal hygiene.
Conclusion : As India is in the middle of the second coronavirus wave, it is facing another challenge in the
form of mucormycosis, commonly referred to as Black Fungus. The cases of mucormycosis in Covid-
19 positive patients are on the rise and some states and Union Territories have already declared it an
epidemic. Therefore Black fungus has now become epidemic and therefore it is very important to take all
necessary measures to prevent it from spreading. We need to invent new methods based on our past
experiences if want to control this disease.”
Possible Titles :

• Black fungus and impact thereon

• Covid pandemic and black fungus ; Explain the consequences
• Black fungus is now epidemic; Comment
• Medical infrastructure needed for facing covid and black fungus
Additional Information :

Mucormycosis
Mucormycosis is a rare but serious infection that is caused by a group of moulds called mucormycetes.
Colloquially termed ‘Black Fungus’, it was previously known as zygomycosis.

• Mucormycosis largely affects people who have health problems or use medicines that depress the
body’s ability to combat germs and illness. It reduces the ability to fight environmental pathogens.
• It most commonly afflicts the sinuses or the lungs after inhaling fungal spores from the air. It can
also happen on the skin after a burn, cut or other type of skin wound through which the fungus
enters the skin. It can also affect the brain.
• People having co-morbities, variconazole therapy, uncontrolled diabetes mellitus,
immunosuppression by steroids or prolonged ICU stay can get predisposed to the fungal infection.
• Warning signs include headache, fever, coughing, blood vomits, breathlessness and altered mental
status.

Mucormycosis Treatment
Mucormycosis is treated with prescription antifungal medicines, generally amphotericin B, posaconazole,
or isavuconazole.

• To maintain sufficient systemic hydration, normal saline (IV) has to be infused before infusion of
amphotericin B and antifungal therapy, for at least 4-6 weeks.
• Doctors advise to control diabetes, reduce steroid use, and discontinue immunomodulating drugs.

78 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Eventually, surgery may be required to remove the infected part. This can cause difficulties for
patients who would need to come to terms with loss of function due to a missing jaw or an eye.
• For recovered coronavirus patients, it is important to monitor blood glucose level and control
hyperglycemia. The use of steroids should also be prudent.

Title 34 : Beauty of world lies in diversity of people

Key Points :

• Explain the statement

• Diversity and culture ; historical perspectives can be added
• Connect it with rich culture of India
• Need of cultural connect and protection in 21st centaury
Introduction : Understanding language and culture builds the bridges”.
Cultural diversity is, what generally refers to a reality of coexistence of diverse knowledge, beliefs, arts,
morals, laws, customs, religions, languages, abilities and disabilities, genders, ethnicities, races,
nationalities, sexual orientations, etc., of human beings. The human condition has itself become
multicultural and interactive. For example, over 500 groups which the group population is more than
100,000 are commonly identified as ethnic groups across the world, let alone those groups which the
group population is less than 100,000.
Because of globalization, the interdependence between countries has increased manifold. To survive in a
globally competitive environment organizations now require to trade at international level. But, at the
same time, it is worth noting that the organizations need to map the culture, if they want to get success in
their trading at international level.
Culture is mentioned and discussed by theorists, policy makers, educators, and the public when they
examine and explain many issues, but various stakeholders do not always refer to the same thing. Culture
can be used to label “other” people, but it also can serve the purpose of respecting people’s differences
and avoiding assimilation and coercion.

79 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Language is essential for a culture to survive as it reflects the way that people see the world. Many
essential meanings of a culture are embedded in the language that it uses. Additionally, language connects
with power and resources. In many societies, social status, a sense of belonging, and access to resources
are largely influenced by people’s competence in the dominant language in the society.
Started from pioneering movements in the name of fighting for cultural diversity, such as the civil rights
movements, recognizing different cultures and identities is a major approach to acknowledge and rectify
past injustices as contributions of some groups and individuals are denied or ignored in many societies,
alongside with denial of their cultures and identities.
India is known across world for its diversity. It is home to largest number of different socio-cultural groups
based on race, religion, language etc. When India got independence, many political thinkers had
commented that democracy in India will not survive because it’s too diverse to be united as a single nation.
However they have been subsequently proved wrong. The difference India from other diverse nations is
its unity that has stayed despite various conflicts that exist in the society.

Therefore, National unity and integrity have been maintained even through sharp economic and social
inequalities have obstructed the emergence of egalitarian social relations. It is this synthesis which has
made India a unique mosque of cultures. Thus, India present seemingly multicultural situation within in the
framework of a single integrated cultural whole. Apart from the tribal societies, many of whom still live in
the pre-religious state of animism and magic, the Indian population consists of the Hindus (82.41%),
Muslims (11.6%), Christians (2.32%), Sikhs (1.99%), Buddhists (0.77%) and Jains (0.41%).

Possible Titles :

• Rich culture and heritage is the salient feature of our society

• Unity is diversity is the objective of Indian society

Additional Information :

India’s varied diversity among its people can be attributed to many reasons:-
1) Geographical factors- India’s geography covers a massive area spreading across different terrains. With
the Himalayas in the north, temperate lands in the south, forest lands of the north-east and the arid deserts
of the West, India’s terrains covers a large spectrum. This difference in terrain led to emergence of different
ethnic groups.
2) Historical factors- The practise of the Varna system since the Later Vedic Age(1100-550BCE) led to
emergence of the caste system in the Indian subcontinent.
3)Various Kingdoms and foreign rulers- Various parts of India has been ruled by different kingdoms since
time immemorial. Different rulers brought with them different policies and laws which led to the emergence
different cultures. Various invasions by rulers like Alexander, Islamic rulers, British made India a melting pot
of different cultures and religions as they brought with them different cultures of foreign lands.

India also faces its share of problems because of its diversity.

1) Communalism- India have suffered because of riots between different religions. Ethnic violence and caste
wars are a sub part of the problem.
2) Internal disturbance- Problems like Maoism and Naxalism in the tribal areas are a part of the law and
order problem pertaining to the issue.
3) Secessionist problems- After independence, India faced secessionist problems like the Khalistan
movement. Even today anti-India feelings are rife in some parts of the Nagaland and Kashmir.
4) Governance- The presence of so many groups makes governance and working at ground level

80 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

challenging. The vastness in diversity makes any generalisation out of the equation and thus makes
implementation of government schemes slow and difficult.

Advantages of diversity-
1) Rich culture- India’s rich diversity leads to innovation and admixture of different ideas from various parts
of the country.
2) Role model for democracy- India as a democracy has functioned smoothly in its 68 years of its existence.
Despite of so many differences, India has acted as a vanguard of democracy for other countries.
3) Tourism- India’s multi-ethnic and multi-religious culture is an attraction to the outer world. This gives
India an advantage in the sphere of tourism.
4) Soft power- India shines as an example because of its secular-modern tag and tolerance towards
different groups. This gives India’ soft power a boost in international groupings.

Title 35 : Sun Halo

Key Points :

• Explain what is sun halo

• Geographical phenomena behind can be added
• Observations in India can be added
• What are events of sun halo so far
Introduction : Sun is the super natural power available “.
Sun Halo the phenomenon popularly known as the 22 degree circular halo of the sun or occasionally the
Moon (also called a moon ring or winter halo), occurs when the sun’s or moon’s rays get
deflected/refracted through the hexagonal ice crystals present in cirrus clouds. India's tech hub
witnessed an optical phenomenon - Sun Halo or a rainbow-coloured ring around the sun across Bengaluru
on 24 May 2021, which brightened up the day with several people on social media sharing pictures and
funny captions with it. Bengaluru residents were left awed by the rainbow-coloured halo surrounding the
sun as the striking circular rainbow ring was reportedly visible from most parts of the capital of Karnataka.
Light can be considered as photon particles or electromagnetic waves, either of which travel along paths
called rays. To first order, light rays are straight lines within a uniform transparent medium such as air or
water, but can reflect (bounce back) or refract (bend) at an interface between two media. Gradual
refraction (curved ray paths) can also occur within a single medium containing a smooth variation of
optical properties.
Circular halos specifically are produced by cirrus clouds, which are thin, detached, hair-like clouds. These
clouds are formed very high up in the atmosphere, at a height of over 20,000 feet. The halo phenomena
happen when the light is reflected and refracted by ice crystals and may split into colours because of
dispersion, according to the UK based Atmospheric Optics, a knowledge-sharing website. It further
explained that the crystals behave like prisms and mirrors, refracting and reflecting light between their
faces, sending shafts of light in particular directions. Atmospheric optical phenomena like halos were used
as part of weather lore, which was an empirical means of weather forecasting before meteorology was
developed. They often indicate that rain will fall within the next 24 hours, since the cirrostratus clouds that
cause them can signify an approaching frontal system.
Just like a rainbow, a halo is visible when viewed from the right angle - sometimes appearing just white
but often with colours of the spectrum also clearly present. They are the collective glints of millions of
crystals that happen to have the right orientation and angular position to direct their refracted light into
your eye.

81 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

The optical phenomenon is a result of ice crystals present in the atmosphere that appears covering the sun
when refracted by sunlight. The rare occurrence takes place due to the dispersion of light. The
phenomenon seen in Hyderabad and Bengaluru is not the first as similar rings were spotted in Tamil Nadu's
Rameswaram last year as well.
Conclusion : Therefore The clouds contain millions of tiny ice crystals, which refract, split and even reflect
the light to give an impression of a circular rainbow ring. Just like a rainbow, a halo is visible when viewed
from the right angle — sometimes appearing just white but often with colours of the spectrum also clearly
present.

Possible Titles :

• Explain Sun Halo and geography involved

• Sun Halo seen in news has got some geographical significance. Explain

Title 36 : Explain Palk bay fishing conflict

Key Points :

• Connect it with India Sri Lanka fisherman issue

• Issue of kachateevu island can be added
• Geographical phenomena involved can be added
• Palk bay fisheries and issues around can be added
Introduction : The Palk bay, which is 137 kilometers in length and varies from 64 to 137 Kilometers in
width, is divided by the International Maritime Boundary Line (IMBL). Bordering it are five Indian districts
and three Sri Lankan districts. The narrow strip of water, separating the state of Tamil Nadu in India from
the Northern Province of Sri Lanka, has historically provided rich fishing grounds for both countries.
However, the region has become a highly contested site in recent decades, with the conflict taking on a
new dimension since the end of the Sri Lankan Civil War in 2009. Multiple issues have compounded to
bring tensions to a near crisis point, with serious ramifications for internal and bilateral relations. These
issues include ongoing disagreement over the territorial rights to the island of Kachchatheevu, frequent
poaching by Indian fisherman in Sri Lankan waters, and the damaging economic and environmental effects
of trawling.
The intimate ties between fishermen and the sea have affected the history, economy, and culture of both
countries. Historically, the shallow waters of the Palk Bay and geographical contiguity between India and
Sri Lanka facilitated the movement of ideas, goods, and men. The bonds of ethnicity, language, and
religion helped fishermen lead lives of harmonious coexistence for several centuries. Frequent migrations
between India and Sri Lanka through the Palk Bay took place. Intermarriages were common. However, over
the last several decades, internal and bilateral relations have suffered from a range of issues from coastal
insecurity to overfishing.
Since the conflict’s end in 2009, tensions have risen around the livelihood of Sri Lankan Tamil fishermen.
Many fishing villages, converted into high-security zones during the civil war, continue to be under army
control. Further, while Tamil fishermen find the current presence of Indian trawlers to be a major
hindrance, the navy has not handled the poaching consistently, causing significant frustration. In India,
the fisheries dispute chiefly began with an internal debate about sovereignty related to ceding of the island
of Kachchatheevu to Sri Lanka—a situation that proceeded to exacerbate the tension between fishermen
practicing traditional fishing and those using trawlers. The livelihoods of their populations and the bay’s

82 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

marine ecology are being threatened, evident by the ongoing disagreement over Kachchatheevu and the
economic and environmental effects of increased trawling on both sides of the IMBL. A severe side effect
of introduction of trawlers has been the untold damage to marine ecology and, specifically, fish stocks.
Trawlers have since been referred to as the “hoovers of the shelf bottom” and “bulldozers mowing down
fish and other benthic species.” After their introduction, the Indian side of the Palk Bay quickly became
devoid of fish.
India and Sri Lanka should collaborate to convert the contested territory into a common heritage of mutual
benefit. Immediate actions should be taken to begin the phaseout of trawling and identify other fishing
practices in waters. Through incentives and persuasion, fishermen from the Palk Bay could be
encouraged to switch over to deep sea fishing in the Indian exclusive economic zone and in international
waters. The first step for arriving at an amicable solution is to recognize that in addition to New Delhi and
Colombo, there are other stakeholders to engage, including the governments of the Northern Province and
Tamil Nadu and the fishing communities in both countries.
Conclusion : The success of diplomacy lies in converting a crisis into an opportunity. If New Delhi and
Tamil Nadu are determined, they can create a win-win scenario in the Palk Bay. With renewed
commitment, India and Sri Lanka have a chance to bring stakeholders together, halt the damaging effects
of trawling, and secure the livelihoods of their people.

Possible Titles :

• Explain India Srilanka relations

• Fisherman conflict between India and Srilanka is neverending
• Role of India in Srilankas stability
• India Srilanka relations in contemporary times

Title 37 : India and UNSC

Key Points :

• Importance of UNSC
• Indian historical connect with United Nations Organization
• Issue of permanent membership and status of India
• Reforming multilateral platforms
Introduction : Peace is not made in the council table or by treaties, but in the hearts of men”. India will
sit in the 15-nation UNSC for the 2021-22 term as a non-permanent member. It is the eighth time that the
country has had a seat on the powerful horseshoe table. The Security Council is one of the UN’s six main
organs, and is aimed at maintaining international peace and security. The Security Council consists of five
permanent members (China, France, Russian Federation, United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern
Ireland and United States of America) and 10 non-permanent members elected by the General Assembly
for a term of two years. The permanent members have the veto rights whereas the non-permanent
members have no veto rights.
India had last assumed the role of a non-permanent member at the UNSC in 2011-12. Prior to that, it was a
non-permanent member for 1950-51, 1967-68, 1972-73, 1977-78, 1984- 85 and 1991-92. On January 1,
India, Norway, Kenya, Ireland and Mexico will join non-permanent members Estonia, Niger, Saint Vincent
and the Grenadines, Tunisia and Vietnam and the five permanent members China, France, Russia, U.K. and
the U.S. India will be UNSC President in August 2021 and will preside over the council again for a month in

83 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

2022. The presidency of the council is held by each of the members in turn for one month, following the
English alphabetical order of the member states’ names.
India’s message will be to ensure “how do we let diversity flourish in a united framework, which is in
many ways the United Nations itself”. India will emphasise on a greater need for cooperation in the
council, where because of paralysis of decision making, urgent requirements do not get properly focused.
India will also underscore the importance of respect for rule of law and international law. India outlined
counter-terrorism; peacekeeping; maritime security; reformed multilateralism; technology; women, youth
and developmental issues, especially in the context of peace-building, as India’s priorities for the UNSC
tenure. India would be a strong voice for the developing world in the UNSC. For instance, India has always
maintained that Africa should have a say in decisions pertaining to it and not have other countries alone
decide. Similarly, India favors an Afghan led, Afghan owned and Afghan controlled process.
Conclusion : Therefore Rapidly evolving technology has broader consequences for humankind and it must
be intelligently harnessed by the international community. The world needs a shared vision of the direction
of technological progress to ensure technology remains a force for good. It is to be understood that world
is one family when it comes to protection and security.

Possible Titles :

• Explain India and its contribution in UNSC

• Is UNSC successful in maintaining world peace

Title 38 : Internal Security means war against your own population

Key Points :

• Explain what is the need of internal security

• Internal security aspects involved
• Radicalisation , extremism and terrorism can be explained
• Challenges of internal security can be added
Introduction : Internal security is nothing but the war against your own population”.
In the world of policy making and implementation, there is but little scope for a long term view on a
state's policy, be it internal or foreign, as policy-makers are pressed for time to respond to present
realities. The dynamism of India in this regard is only too intense. It is not easy to govern a country with
such diversity and culture as India. Aspirations vary and expectations of the common people from the
Indian state are high. The internal security challenges in India, which has the greatest impact on state
security, are and poverty unemployment inequalities . Mired in , the consequences of poverty and
unemployment are the armed internal challenges like Naxalism and Northeastern insurgencies. These are
few examples where the conflict between the development and extremism is clearly visible. Major issues
of internal security are
Terrorism in the hinterland of the country.
Cross-Border terrorism in Jammu & Kashmir.
Insurgency in the North Eastern States.
Left Wing Extremism in India involves various reasons such as Electoral politics was dominated by the
landowners and the land reforms that were promised were not being taken up in the expected spirit. The

84 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

old exploitative structure had continued in a different garb. This led to a lot of disillusionment and
frustration among the masses. They could recollect the prophecies of the early leftist leaders and
revolutionaries that the political independence of India from British rule would in effect mean a change of
exploiters and the socio-economic structure would remain the same and that an armed revolution will be
needed to end the exploitation.
The Naxalbari incident could be seen as the trigger that launched the transformation of a primarily
political and socio-economic agrarian movement into an armed struggle. The incident was a fall-out of the
underground efforts undertaken by the radical hardline Communist leaders like Charu Majumdar, Jangal
Santhal and Kanu Sanyal who were able to motivate and mobilise the landless peasants to forcibly occupy
the land belonging to the landlords whom they called “class enemies”.
While the goal of the left extremists was to actualise their own vision of the State through 'revolution',
they chose to usher that revolution by enlisting the support of the deprived and exploited sections of
society particularly in areas where such sections constituted a significant part of the population. Breeding
grounds are most glaring in forest areas predominantly inhabited by tribal populations who thus become
the main instruments and victims of left extremist violence.
Conclusion : The need of the hour is to protect the extreme areas that face issues of Maoism, naxallism etc
which are defined as red corridor areas. The strategies such as SAMADHAN , greyhound policing etc
should be more utilised and has to curb the insurgencies. Less killing more fear must be the strategy
ultimately in order to reduce the casualities.

Additional Information
Other issues of internal security
Drug Trafficking: Proximity to the largest producers of heroin and hashish-the Golden Triangle and Golden
Crescent (Afghanistan-Pakistan-Iran) -has made India's border vulnerable to drug trafficking. Trafficking of
drugs takes place overwhelmingly through land borders followed by sea and air routes
Human Trafficking: Human trafficking in India, although illegal under Indian law, remains a significant
problem. People are frequently illegally trafficked through India for the purposes of commercial sexual
exploitation and forced/bonded labour. Although no reliable study of forced and bonded labour has been
completed, NGOs estimate this problem affects 20 to 65 million Indians.
Left-Wing Extremism: It is one of the major security threats faced by the nation, which prevents
developmental processes in the least developed regions of the country and misguide the people through
its propaganda.
Insurgency in the Northeast: Inter-tribal conflicts, unemployed youth, illegal migration from across the
border has provided a breeding ground for non-state actors to run insurgency like an industry in the
region.
Terrorism: South Asia Terrorism Portal has listed 180 terrorist groups that have operated within India over
the last 20 years, many of them co-listed as transnational terror networks operating in or from the
neighbouring South-Asian countries such as Bangladesh, Nepal and Pakistan.
Civil Society Organisations: Serious charges of misuse and misappropriation of funds received as grants-in-
aid from governments, foreign donors and their involvement in riling up discontentment in the local
communities against developmental projects has raised questions on these organisations working as
foreign policy tool of foreign governments.

85 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Possible Titles :

• India’s internal security is the most powerful one. Explain

• Explain the various steps involved taken by personnel in India’s internal security

Title 39 : Fastag is now mandatory; Explain the various aspects involved in this arena

Key points :

• Explain what is fastag

• Its need can be added
• Advantages can be added
• Technology involved can be added
Introduction : Cruise through toll plazas”.
The Indian government has made it mandatory for all vehicles to use FASTag, an electronic toll collection.
FASTags are rechargeable tags that are used in toll booths for the collection of tolls from vehicles using the
national highways. FASTAgs are basically stickers enabled with RFID (Radio Frequency Identification)
technology, that are stuck to the windowpanes of vehicles so that automatic deduction of toll can happen
in toll booths, without having the vehicle to stop. It is a simple to use, reloadable tag which enables
automatic deduction of toll charges and lets you pass through the toll plaza without stopping for the cash
transaction.
It is linked to a prepaid account from which the applicable toll amount is deducted. The tag employs
RadioFrequency Identification (RFID) technology and is affixed on the vehicle's windscreen after the tag
account is active. FASTags are issued by 24 certified banks on point of sale (PoS) locations, at toll plazas or
banks‘ sales offices.
FASTag will help to reduce the waiting time at the plaza. Accommodating the increasing traffic without
additional lanes. Eliminating the acceleration and idling, harmful vehicular emissions, and air using FASTag.
It also Reduces congestion around plazas, Pollution reduction, save fuel for the future which will also help
to reduce the operating cost of the vehicles, provide customers the flexibility of paying their plaza bills with
RFID Tag, Reduce cash handling which aids in enhanced audit control by centralizing user accounts and
Enhancing data collection, information such as vehicle count of the day.
Radio-frequency identification (RFID), It refers to a technology whereby digital data encoded in RFID tags
or smart labels are captured by a reader via radio waves. It is similar to barcoding in that data from a tag or
label are captured by a device that stores the data in a database. RFID, however, can be read outside the
line-ofsight, whereas barcodes must be aligned with an optical scanner. It belongs to a group of
technologies referred to as Automatic Identification and Data Capture (AIDC). AIDC methods
automatically identify objects, collect data about them, and enter those data directly into computer
systems with little or no human intervention. At a simple level, RFID systems consist of three components:
an RFID tag or smart label, an RFID reader, and an antenna.
The Ministry of Road Transport & Highways has decided that all lanes in the fee plazas on National
Highways (NH) shall be declared as ―FASTag lane of the fee plaza‖ w.e.f midnight of 15th/16th February
2021. Therefore, as per NH Fee Rules 2008, any vehicle not fitted with FASTag or vehicle without valid,
functional FASTagentering into the FASTag lane of the fee plaza shall pay a fee equivalent to two times of
the fee applicable to that category. This has been done to further promote fee payment through digital

86 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

mode, reduce waiting time and fuel consumption, and provide for a seamless passage through the fee
plazas.
Conclusion : Therefore though fastag has got various advantages , some issues are to be addressed that is
There could be technical issues like the sensor not reading the tag properly. Technical glitches could also
see a user being wrongly charged. They have not necessarily reduced the waiting time in the toll booths
significantly because of some teething issues like people trying to pay by cash in the FASTag lanes, etc.
FASTags can be bought directly from the NHAI or from banks. Those sold by NHAI are bankneutral, that
means they can be recharged from any bank. However, those sold by banks are not, which means they
have to be recharged from the same bank.

Title 40 : Sino India disengagement in recent times

Key Points :

• Explain what are the border disputes between both the nations
• Why this dispute arises
• Pakistan factor can be added
• Common interests and organizations can be added
Introduction : The face-off between India and China in Galwan valley raises questions about Chinese
incursion and interests in the valley. In early days of May 2020, the PLA settled with tents, trenches, and
all requisite equipment into Indian claimed territory, consequent to India having built a several hundred
kilometers long road, which connected to their airbase. In the first major breakthrough in talks to resolve
the nine-month military standoff along the Line of Actual Control (LAC) in Ladakh, China‘s Defence
Ministry announced that Chinese and Indian troops on the southern and northern shores of Pangong Tso
began ―synchronized and organized disengagement‖ in line with the consensus reached between Corps
Commanders.
In 2020, India faced the most serious national security crisis since the Kargil War in 1999. India-China
reported the first such violent clash since 1975, even though over the past few years there have been
frequent stand-offs along the disputed border. There are several reasons for these incursions but India and
China blame each other. The Galwan River has always been peaceful but it has now become a hotspot due
to its location at LAC. At this place, the LAC is closest to that newly built road by India along the Shyok
River to Daulet Beg Oldi (DBO). This decision of India of building the infrastructure seems to have annoyed
China because the Chinese media categorically said that the Galwan Valley is Chinese territory.
Moreover, India has faced a humiliating defeat in 1962 war with China and claims that China occupies
38,000 km of Indian territory. Talks in the last three decades could not resolve these boundary issues. The
Indian claimed Aksai Chin is controlled by China. This area is strategically important for China because it
connects Xinjiang and Tibet There have been similar standoffs between India and China in Doklam
plateau, in 2017 which lasted for more than two months. When China started building a road in the
region which was claimed by Bhutan, India objected to it. The Chinese remained firm and within six
months, they built a military complex there.
Both India and China have the ability to solve this dispute through mutual talks and as the Chinese media
have not given any coverage to this operation, there may be a chance that the option of talks is left open.
Moreover, both countries are interested in strengthening their economies and avoiding military escalation
and have an admirable record of maintaining peace and stability in this disputed region.
China and Pakistan both have political and military objectives that are achievable. Both have been
carrying out combined combat training since 2011, including in air, and on ground. Keeping Pakistan factor

87 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

aside China has a strong objection on the building of a feeder road in Galwan Valley by India.This has
triggered PLA’s present moves (Sawhney, 2020). This objection and movement of PLA should be
understood in relation to any possible war plan. This feeder road is meant to link up Galwan valley with the
224 km long Durbuk-Shyok-Daulat Beg Oldie road and the bridge. Moreover, in the military talks on June
6, 2020, the Chinese kept their incursions in the Galwan Valley off the table. This shows that for China, the
importance of the Galwan Valley is connected with other objectives in Ladakh.
Conclusion : Through diplomatic talks, China wants India to adhere to Wuhan consensus, and revoke the
new constitutional status of Ladakh. This demand for revoking the status of Ladakh includes the revocation
of the status of Jammu and Kashmir, cleverly inbuilt. If India agrees to this demand, the PLA would
withdraw troops, tanks, and artillery guns. Its defenses and constructed roads would remain as they are.
Two of the main stumbling blocks in finding a permanent resolution are lack of trust and no clarity on
intent. The situation in Depsang Plains continues to be a concern. Any permanent resolution will include
first, disengagement of troops from the frontlines from all friction points, then de-escalation that will entail
sending the troops from the depth areas to their original bases.

Possible Titles :

• India China relations in present times

• Explain the border disputes between India and China

Title 41 : BR Ambedkar has awakened Dalit consciousness

Key Points :

• Brief history of BR Ambedkar can be added

• His steps and involvement in uplifting Dalits can be added
• Struggle and solution thereon can be highlighted
• Ambedkar and his contribution towards constitution can be added
Introduction : Dr. B.R. Ambedkar popularly known as Dr. Babasaheb Bhimrao Ramji Ambedkar was a
multifaceted personality, an intellectual, a philosopher, a patriot, a social reformer, a champion of dalits,
a scholar, a writer, constitution maker, an economist, an eminent lawyer and a feminist. He earned unique
distinction of being India's first monetary economist who prudently analysed the problems of Indian rupee.
He was protagonist of industrial modernization and favored industrialization based on economic model
along with core socialistic values of Gandhian economy. He favored skill development, land reforms and
technological up gradation in agriculture. He targeted centralized nature of fiscal federalism and pursued
cooperative approach.
Dr. Ambedkar dedicated his life for the uplifting of Dalits. He was opposed to the theory of caste based
superiority and social discrimination. He worked relentlessly for the rights of the depressed class. He was a
scholar as much as a “man of action”. He gave an inspiring self-confidence to the Dalits, untouchables and
women. He was in the favour of education and equal rights to everyone. He has been regarded as a ray of
hope, for downtrodden in India. He emerged as the leader of the underprivileged and even separately
represented them at the round table conferences in 1930s. It was after his signing of the Poona Pact with
Gandhi which ensured great number of seats for the depressed class eventually becoming one of the
most important constituents of the Indian polity.
Dr. Ambedkar views were consistently been inspiring the oppressed, depressed and the downtrodden
classes to challenge the dominant strands of political articulations in the country. According to Raja Sekhar

88 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Vundru who calls Dr. Ambedkar as the other father (Father of Indian Constitution) said: “Dr. Ambedkar gave
millions of untouchables an identity of their own. He is now regarded as a great Indian, a person relevant for
all times to come. He dedicated his life for the uplifting of Dalits. He made a path for legal rights to enact the
laws in connection with progress of dalits which could positively change their lives. He always led by example.
He showed his followers, through the way he lived his own life, that education and hard work alone held the
key to their liberation. Dr. Ambedkar said, “You can change your lot, but do not flock to temples hoping
for justice to come to you in heaven. There is justice to be found on earth if you can fight for it. This idea
gave them a new courage and a sense of self respect that they had never known before.
As a social democrat Dr. Ambedkar stressed on a much broader notion of stable reconstruction of our
country with inclusive growth and cultural integration in the Nation without caste discrimination. As the
major architect of the Indian constitution, Dr. Ambedkar constructed the safeguards for establishing a
more equitable society to millions of oppressed and depressed classes. He has popularly known as the
pioneer who initiated the liberation movement of roughly 65 million untouchables of India.
Conclusion : Therefore his political and literary contribution to the awakening of the Dalit Consciousness is
immense and he is universally accepted as the father of the Dalit Consciousness. Also Being the chairman
of the drafting committee of Indian Constitution, Dr B.R. Ambedkar provided certain constitutional
provisions to protect the rights of Dalits in social, economic, educational, employment, and political
fields, in the form of positive discriminations or preferential treatments or reservation policy.

Possible Titles :

• Role of Dr. Ambedkar in making new India

• Dr. Ambedkar is the king of weaker sections . Comment

Title 42 : Is India a soft state

Key Points :

• Explain what is soft state

• India’s commitments can be added
• Secular state and soft power can be added
• Current status of India’s attitude and commitment can be added
Introduction : The term ‘soft state’ was introduced by Gunnar Myrdal, while comparing South Asian
countries with European countries. According to him, South Asian countries follow the policy of soft state.
The policy of ‘soft state’ means a lenient attitude of state towards social deviance. Soft states do not take
hard decisions, even if the situation demands. This soft state policy weakens the capacity of the state in
enforcing rule of law. Not taking hard decisions increases the crime rate, violence, corruption etc. In India,
this policy is being followed in the post-independence period. as a result of destruction of strong local
powers during the colonial period. Myrdal says that effective governments follow strict enforcement of
rule of law.
India, being a secular state has always faced difficulty in maintaining its integrity every now and then. But
still, the unity among people and the prevailing brotherhood in the country have kept us intact despite
being the most diversified country. We the people of India are basically very generous. We like our friends
and we love our enemies. Call it the teachings of Mahatma Ghandi or the modern form of Gandhigiri,
compared to other nations, people in our country are not so rebellious (or are they?). Our Government
always extends hands of friendship but never fastens its belt to initiate a war.

89 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

So far India has been labeled as a soft state. We have failed to protect our national interests on several
occasions. Thanks to the petty politics and indecisiveness of our leadership, time and again our security
forces have been the victim of apathy of our leadership. Imagine looking back fearfully each time you enter
a temple, looking suspiciously at your fellow passengers while travelling by train. It is this reaction that a
terrorist gloats on. To strike fear is the utmost target in his mind. When we succumb to that fear and
terror, his goal is achieved. As long as we show compassion for the accused, we will not achieve the goal
of ridding our country of terrorism.
The Indian police have such a distinguished record of being a terror in UP. Our policemen rub chilli powder
into the eyes of prisoners. And if they do not sing as our policemen would want them to, they are hung
upside down. Sadly, these brutalities are frequently committed in a country which is proud of its human
rights awareness and constitutional guarantees.
India even after being counted among one of the richest countries in terms of resources, is still not
competent in International Trade. The best brains of the country are outsourced by other developed
nations, and the nation lacks people who can change things. US, one of the major importers of India’s best
brains’ is the best economy because those Indians who are instrumental in the multinationals in US are
involved. And the irony of fate; India’s economy is governed by the whims of US Multinational companies.
Conclusion : Hence The nation can transcend only if there is peace, and it is the high time to terminate this
nuisance of terrorism to their roots. Besides terrorism, India has numerous other problems that make it
weak at its foundation. The moment the country thinks of developing something it faces the tough reality.
Building infrastructure is of immense importance for India but the pathetic condition of the poor gains
priority. It is difficult to turn away from reality, high population, illiteracy, unemployment, social
marginalization, poverty, highly appalling condition of public health and much more make our country
weak.

Possible Titles :

• India and its steps towards soft state

• Peace and war are the two sides of a nations perception to sustain

Title 43 : Maternal deaths amid changes in health system

Key Points :

• Highlight the significance of women health

• Explain what is stillbirth
• Suggestions can be added
• India and world performances can be highlighted
Introduction : The right to health requires countries to invest in maternal, reproductive and child health.
Progress in maternal and child health depends on improvements in a range of areas both within and
beyond the health sector. Discrimination is a formidable barrier to improvements in maternal and child
health. Discrimination encompasses not only direct, physical exclusion, but unequal access, the stigma
that results in self-exclusion, lack of courtesy and mistreatment by service providers, and loss of control
over fertility, including through lack of access to contraception.
The annual number of female deaths from any cause related to or aggravated by pregnancy or its
management (excluding accidental or incidental causes) during pregnancy and childbirth or within 42

90 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

days of termination of pregnancy, irrespective of the duration and site of the pregnancy. According to the
study published in the Lancet Global Health Journal, the failure of the health system to cope with COVID-19
pandemic resulted in an increase in maternal deaths and stillbirths. A stillbirth is the death or loss of a baby
before or during delivery. Both miscarriage and stillbirth describe pregnancy loss, but they differ according
to when the loss occurs. In the United States, a miscarriage is usually defined as loss of a baby before the
20th week of pregnancy, and a stillbirth is loss of a baby at or after 20 weeks of pregnancy.
Policy makers and healthcare leaders must urgently investigate robust strategies for preserving safe and
respectful maternity care, especially during the ongoing global emergency. Immediate action is required to
avoid rolling back decades of investment in reducing mother and infant mortality in low-resource settings.
In the Indian context, an analysis of HMIS data by Population Foundation of India shows that during the
months of national lockdown last year between April and June, compared to the same period in 2019,
there was a 27% drop in pregnant women receiving four or more antenatal check-ups, a 28% decline in
institutional deliveries and 22% decline in prenatal services.
The impact was high among the marginalised across various settings such as in Nepal where hospital
deliveries decreased most markedly among disadvantaged groups; and in the U.K., where 88% of pregnant
women, who died during the first wave of the pandemic, were from black and minority ethnic groups.
Countries have an obligation to monitor the performance of private health care organizations, including
private insurers, to ensure that services that are essential to women’s health are not excluded. These
include prenatal assessment, attended birth, postnatal care and family planning
Conclusion : Therefore Investing in the health of women and children is a vital part of the right to health,
encompassing reproductive and maternal health (prenatal and postnatal), and child health care., Social
and Cultural Rights (ICESCR) requires States to take the necessary actions “for the reduction of the
stillbirth-rate and of infant mortality and for the healthy development of the child”. Improving maternal,
reproductive and child health not only helps to secure the right to health, but reduces poverty and
stimulates economic growth.

Possible Titles :

• Sometimes the strength of motherhood is greater than natural laws

• Life does not come with manual, it comes with mother

Title 44 : Digitization of land records in India

Key Points :

• Why digitization of land records

• Process and implementation so far can be added
• Highlight the significance of land and ownership
• Literacy in rural areas and issues thereon can be highlighted
Introduction : Land includes benefits arising out of land and things attached to the earth, or permanently
fastened to anything attached to the earth. The subject land falls under entry 18 of the state list in
schedule VII of the Constitution of India. Ownership of land in India lies in the name of the individual
rather than the state. As a consequence, varied land records management systems were adopted by each
state in accordance with their historical underpinnings. Notwithstanding the fact that these systems are
diverse in form, they are frequented by the same array of problems such as outdated and incomplete land

91 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

records, presumptive titles , irregularity in updating land records, deed registration system, involvement
of multiple agencies and many more.
The issues pertaining to land records management once plagued even the most advanced countries like
the United States of America, the United Kingdom, Australia and Canada. In order to tackle them, a system
of conclusive title, also known as Torrens System, was developed by Sir Robert Richard Torrens, who was
the third Premier of South Australia in 1858.
With an ultimate objective of virtual management of land records in the country, the Government of India
launched the scheme of computerization of land records in 1988-898 . However, there was a highly skewed
progress and the lack of system of conclusive title because
1. Old, incomplete and tattered land records that did not reflect ground reality
2. Indian Registration Act, 1908, that provided for the registration of deeds and documents and conferred
only presumptive titles and
3. The system of title guarantee or indemnification that was not applicable in a presumptive title set-up.
The Government of India then decided to pivot to a new, centrally-sponsored scheme known as National
Land Records Modernization Programme (NLRMP) in August 2008, by merging existing schemes of
Computerization of Land Records and Strengthening of Revenue Administration and Updating of Land
Records.
Unique Land Parcel Identification Number (ULPIN) The ULPIN System will have 14 digits - Alpha-numeric
unique ID for each land parcel. The Unique IDs based on Geo reference coordinate of vertices of the parcel
would be of international standard and compliance of the Electronic Commerce Code Management
Association (ECCMA) standard and Open Geospatial Consortium (OGC) standards and it will provide
compatibility so that all states can adopt it easily. Proper land statistics and land accounting through ULPIN
will help develop land bank and lead towards Integrated Land Information Management System (ILIMS).
Benefits are to ensure uniqueness in all transactions and keep the land records always up-to-date; a link of
all property transactions get established; delivery of citizen services of land records through the single
window; sharing of land records data across departments, financial institutions and all stakeholders; and
standardization at data and application level would bring in effective integration and interoperability
across departments. The pilot test has been successfully carried out in 11 States namely Bihar, Haryana,
Jharkhand, Odisha, Gujarat, Maharashtra, Karnataka, Madhya Pradesh, Sikkim, Andhra Pradesh and
Goa.
The main aims of DILRMP(Digital India Land Records Modernisation Programme) are to usher in a system
of updated land records, automated and automatic mutation, integration between textual and spatial
records, inter-connectivity between revenue and registration, to replace the present deeds registration
and presumptive title system with that of conclusive titling with title guarantee. The State
Governments/UT Administrations will implement the programme with financial and technical supports
from the Dept. of Land Resources, Government of India. The district will be taken as the unit of
implementation, where all activities under the programme will converge.
The major challenges which girdle the digitization of land records under DILRMP include1. Land without
title: Indigenous people who have customary land holdings do not have their lands recorded in the
government land records management system. In such a scenario, these people are deprived of their
lawful claim over the land. 2. Discrepancies in records: The digitized land records have discrepancies in the
ownership of the land, survey numbers, sub-division numbers and classification of crops/ land18.
According to government statistics, in Kakinada (Andhra Pradesh), after the computerisation of land

92 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

records, the revenue officials received 12,71,455 petitions for rectification of online records, of which
12,41,636 had been attended to and 1,29,799 were rejected due to lack of proper documents.
Conclusion : The primary objective of DILRMP is to transit from the system of presumptive title to
conclusive title. In the conclusive title system, the ownership is proved by way of existing entries in the
registers maintained by the government. If this system has to succeed, it is vital to include accurate
information about every single property transaction with zero tampering of land records. However, the
above-mentioned challenges are a bottleneck in the successful implementation of the ambitious Digital
India Land Records Modernisation Programme.

Possible Titles :

• Land records are the must evidences to protect ones land

• Peace is much more precious than a piece of land

Title 45 : Innovation and economic growth

Key Points :

• Explain what is innovation

• Economic growth parameters can be added
• Highlight the Indian perspective of growth
• Mention the future challenges and suggestions in conclusion
Introduction : Creativity is thinking of new things, innovations is doing new things”.
The innovation, R&D expenditures and the investments in technology are premises for ensuring
competitiveness and progress, and through them a sustainable economic growth. A sustained level of
education of the workforce, increasing investments in research area, the creation of the new products and
the facile access of investors to stock markets, firstly, will ensure the development of the private and public
sectors, and secondly, will improve the living conditions of the population. There exist a long term
relationship between economic growth and innovation. The advantages offered by the globalization, the
development of information technology and media represent the premises for economic growth and for
the improvement of country’s economic growth.
Fundamentally there are two way of increasing output of economy that is increase the number of input
which go through the productive process and think new ways in which we can get more output from the
same number of inputs and this can be possible through innovation. The importance of innovation,
entrepreneurship and faster technology in economic growth of a country is significant. Innovation means
improvement over previous method (Technology) that is being used currently which in turn means better
use of resources and also faster and cleaner technology.
With innovation it impacts lives of millions of people who can access to technology which was previously
available to only handful of people. One example is the spread of mobile phones across globe and even
better is the internet revolution. Entrepreneurship has to be viewed in relation to faster technology and
innovation. Also, establishment of startups lead to increased opportunities of employment, better use of
resources and an economy which is consumption driven reducing its dependence on external trade for the
growth of its economy.

93 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

start up india

Atal innovation mission

Role of NITI Aayog

Youth and skill development

Fundings in Research and development

Entrepreneurship no longer belongs to the big corporates or established family businesses. If we look at
examples in India in last 10 years with the spread of Internet we have had many new startups which
captured this spread of internet in the country and led to establishment of startups dealing in e-shopping,
e-ticketing and ordering food through internet.
The next phase of entrepreneurship will expand into areas of public services delivery and infrastructure,
bringing the efficiency and discipline of the private sector. We have to make sure that not only new
startups come up in the country but also survives and contributes in the growth and development of the
country in the long term.
The government has come up with Atal Innovation Mission (AIM), which is mandated to strengthen the
entrepreneurship and innovation ecosystem in India. Also, it is necessary that there is minimum
interference of government in the process of establishment of start-ups. Other initiatives such as startup
India, stand up India etc promote the concept of innovation among entrepreneurs. Government from the
small scale is trying to attract the innovations by providing loans under MUDRA yojana.
Therefore the role of innovation, entrepreneurship and faster technology deployment have become sine
qua non for improving competitiveness and service delivery to sustain growth and development in long
run. Flipkart, amazon, and other e commerce sites available today earning crores are the result of
innovation. It not only boost economy but also create employment at large .

Possible Titles :

• Innovation is the key to succeed

• Innovation and research are the key pillars of economic growth
• A nations identity presently is known by its innovation
• Advancements in science pushes towards achieving economic growth
Additional Information :

• Science and innovation cut across the whole economy and is important to every industry.
• India, like Australia, needs the outputs from science and innovation to advance productivity and
maintain economic growth. Science and innovation also hold solutions to many shared challenges,
ranging from managing water to delivering infrastructure, health and education services over
distances.
• India is emerging as a global hub for research and development.
• While a world leader in some areas, Australia's performance internationally in innovation and
commercialisation is not as strong as it could be.

94 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Australia has much to gain from engaging with India in science and innovation. Pairing Australia's
research and development base with India's scale and record of frugal innovation could be a
productive partnership. Collaboration also helps facilitate deeper engagement across all sectors of
the economy.
• Scientific achievement and collaboration enhances Australia's reputation, has an important soft
diplomacy role and strengthens our credentials as a quality education provider.
• Australia should build on successful research collaborations and seek to promote engagement
between our start-up networks. Scaling up the AISRF should be central to these efforts.
• Government support and funding is often crucial to success, especially in a time-consuming and
challenging environment like India.

Title 46 : Right to information and good governance

Key Points :

• Explain what is RTI

• Need of RTI in present times
• Central government taking over RTI
• Concept of governance and RTI can be highlighted
Introduction : “Where a society has chosen to accept democracy as its creedal faith, it is elementary that
the citizens ought to know what their government is doing.”
Right to Information (RTI) in India was developed through Judicial pronouncements thereby distinguishing
itself as a Fundamental Right under Article 19 (1) (a). After a gradual period of time, realizing the
importance of this right to know, this right was established in 2005 as a full-fledged statute in the name of
“The Right to Information Act, 2005”. This RTI Act became a pioneer tool to the citizens of India for
promoting, protecting and defending their Right to know.
In India, till 2005, the citizens had no access to any information which was dealt by a Public Authority.
Matters effecting public interest was not easy for a common man to get accessibility. Thus, without getting
relevant information it was difficult for a citizen to participate in any social, political or economical debate
concerning the issues or interest of the country. In the International arena, the need to disseminate
information was hugely felt and the first ever RTI law was enacted by Sweden in 1766, largely motivated by
the parliament’s interest in access to information held by the King.
Corruption is an evil which is eating the vitality of the administrative system in India resulting in various
social, political and economical degradations. It is a fact that corruption is a crime that is done under the
veil protection of administration and governance. But this Act somehow became the barrier of such
corrupt barter system. RTI Act brings the two most important tools ‘transparency and accountability’
together for eradicating the evil that becomes hindrance to good governance. The Act envisages the
harmonization of public interests with the right to information.

95 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Good governance basically has four elements: Transparency, Accountability, Predictability and
Participation. These criterions refer to the availability of information to the general public and clarity about
functioning of Governmental institutions. Right to information helps in fulfilling these objectives. Good
governance and right to information are complimentary to each other. Good governance is characterized
by- political accountability, availability of freedom, bureaucratic accountability, availability of information,
effectiveness, efficiency, law abiding citizen and cooperation between Government and society.
Conclusion : Therefore Information is the currency that every citizen requires to participate in democracy.
The greater the access of the citizen to information, the greater would be the responsiveness of
Government towards its people. It should be noted that despite launching various schemes and measures
for empowering and developing rural India, the majority of rural India is still recognized by high incidence
of poverty and illiteracy, widespread disease, considerable unemployment, prevalent malnutrition level
among children, miserable rural infrastructure like roads, electricity, primary health, drinking water,
traditional way of farming, lack of irrigation facilities and many other such socio political problems.

Possible Titles :

• RTI is the best source to ensure transparency

• RTI then and RTI now; Comment

96 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Additional Information

Title 47 : Endangered animals and protection thereon

Key Points :

• Define what is endangered animals

• Eco system and various sections under it
• Connect it with Ethics and animals
• Indian laws and protection mechanisms can be highlighted
Introduction : The time is always right to do what is right”.
An endangered species is defined as any species of organism that faces a high risk of extinction within a
portion or the entirety of its geographic range. The endangered species concept, however, is a human
construct subject to debate and interpretation. Many organizations use varying criteria to determine what
merits listing a species as endangered. The most widely recognized of these organizations are the
International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS).
As human populations have increased dramatically over the last few hundred years, mirrored by similarly
expanding pressures on the natural world, a strong movement concerned with the well-being of nature has
grown in response. At its core, this environmental movement seeks to promote the sustainable harvest
of natural resources, to preserve natural landscapes, and to protect biological diversity. Integral to these
central principles is the preservation of species, for species provide humanity with renewable natural
resources, shape and animate natural landscapes, and bind together complex natural systems.
Critically endangered is the highest risk category assigned by the IUCN (International Union for
Conservation of Nature) Red List to wild species. There are five quantitative criteria to determine whether
a taxon is threatened. A taxon is critically endangered when the best available evidence indicates that it
meets any of the following criteria:

97 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

1. Populations have declined or will decrease, by greater than 80% over the last 10 years or
three generations.
2. Have a restricted geographical range.
3. Small population size of less than 250 individuals and continuing decline at 25% in 3 years or
one generation.
4. Very small or restricted population of fewer than 50 mature individuals.
5. High probability of extinction in the wild.

Biodiversity is the very basis of the life on Earth. Without it, the functioning of ecosystems, which provide
us with products and services, could not be possible. Oxygen, food, fresh water, fertile soil, medicines,
shelter, protection from storms and floods, stable climate and recreation - all have their source in nature
and healthy ecosystems. Biodiversity is extremely complex, dynamic and varied. Its innumerable plants,
animals and microbes physically and chemically unite the atmosphere (the mixture of gases around the
Earth), geosphere (the solid part of the Earth), and hydrosphere (the Earth's water, ice and water vapour)
into one environmental system that makes it possible for millions of species, including human, to exist. But
at the same time, no other feature of the Earth has been so dramatically influenced by human activities. By
changing biodiversity, human wellbeing and the well being of every other living creature is very severely
affected.

In India the Critically Endangered list includes 10 mammals, 15 birds, 6 reptiles, 19 species of amphibians,
14 fishes etc. ZSI (Zoological Survey of India) is a national centre responsible for exploring the biodiversity
of India. It was established to undertake surveys in all the biogeographic zones of the country and to
collect, identify and inventorise its faunal biodiversity. Its Headquarters is located at Calcutta, with 16
Regional and Field Stations placed in different parts of the country.
Conclusion : Therefore India has a remarkable assemblage of biological resources in its diverse habitats
and ecosystems that has made it one of the 12-mega diversity countries of the world and one of the four in
Asia. India has two hotspots out of 25 world’s biologically richest and most threatened ecosystems
namely Western Ghats and Eastern Himalayas. India accounts for 7.31% of faunal species and 10.78% of
floral species of the world with 18% of world’s human population and 18% of world’s cattle population.

Possible Titles :

• Protection of animals is the right and duty

• Nothing is more priceless than protecting our animals
• Remembering is must for an endangered species and so protect them
• Explain various provisions in India and worldwide for protecting the endangered species
Additional Information :
What are migratory species? Why protect them?
1. Migratory species are those animals that move from one habitat to another during different times
of the year, due to various factors such as food, sunlight, temperature, climate, etc.

98 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

2. The movement between habitats, can sometimes exceed thousands of miles/kilometres for some
migratory birds and mammals. A migratory route can involve nesting and also requires the availability of
habitats before and after each migration.
COP:
1. The Conference of the Parties (COP) is the principal decision making body of the Convention as set
out in Article VII of the CMS text.
2. It meets once every three years and sets the budget and priorities of the following three years (the
triennium).
3. It also decides on the amendment of the Appendices and considers reports submitted by the Parties,
the Scientific Council and the Agreements established under the Convention. It also has the task of
recommending to Parties whether they should conclude further regional Agreements for the conservation
of particular species or groups of species.
COP 13:
1. The Thirteenth Meeting of the Conference of the Parties to the Convention on the Conservation of
Migratory Species of Wild Animals (CMS COP13) together with the associated meetings of the Standing
Committee will be held in Gandhinagar from 15 to 22 February 2020.
2. Theme: “Migratory species connect the planet and together we welcome them home”

Title 48 : Digital economy in a new take

Key points :

• Highlight the essence of digital economy

• Schemes and programs can be highlighted
• Rural and urban divide in this regard can be added
• Digital literacy and levels thereon can be added
Introduction : The digital economy must be build on decent work which gives humans dignity”.
Digital Economy refers to the full range of economic, social and cultural activities supported by the
Internet and related information and communications technologies. Digital payments, Make In India,
Start-Up India, Skill India are among the key drivers of the digital economy. Technology is not deterministic.
It creates both opportunities and challenges. It is up to governments, in close dialogue with other
stakeholders, to shape the digital economy by defining the rules of the game. This in turn requires a
reasonable sense of the kind of digital future that is desirable. Policymakers need to make choices that can
help reverse current trends towards widening inequalities and power imbalances wrought by the digital
economy.
By 2025, it is highly likely that India will be the largest mobile market in the world. India is developing a
“mobile-first” digital culture, with smartphones fuelling a boom in ecommerce and other forms of
business. Also International companies are looking to increase their investment in India’s digital economy.
Improved telecom infrastructure as well as affordable smartphones now gives the opportunity to benefit
from services such as banking and retail. According to industry experts, India has the potential to grow to
USD 2 to 3 to 4 trillion digital economy by 2022. Digital skilling has lot of potential as India has rich talent
pool that can be used to meet global demand.

99 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

financial inclusion

credit and loan facility

PM Jan dhan yojna

No frills accounts

UPI and other digital transactions

In most developing countries, market opportunities may lie especially in local and/or regional digital goods
and services markets. Policy can seek to incentivize different clusters within a region to develop
complementary and deep technical knowledge bases. Governments could focus less on hackathons and
bootcamps or high-profile projects (such as technology parks), and more on fostering tacit entrepreneurial
knowledge creation through mentorship programmes, vocational training, apprenticeships and internships.
Blockchain technologies are a form of distributed ledger technologies that allow multiple parties to engage
in secure, trusted transactions without any intermediary. It is best known as the technology behind
cryptocurrencies, but it is also of relevance for many other domains of importance to developing countries.
Data privacy and data security require special attention. Various security arrangements are important to
protect against deliberate acts of data misuse. Laws and regulations are needed to counter theft of
personal data, to set rules for what and how personal data can be collected, used, transferred or removed,
and to ensure that data-driven business models generate gains for society as a whole. The European
Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, which took effect in May 2018, is currently the most
comprehensive approach to data protection, with global implications.
Conclusion : Therefore the world economy is transforming due to the rapid evolution and growing use of
information and communications technologies (ICTs). Although the pace of digital transformation varies,
all countries are being affected. Digital revolution must include communities and regions that were
previously not part of information and communication technology (ICT) advancement. Government must
formulate new electronics policy, software product policy and a framework for data security and
protection. Ensure simpler tax compliance regime in order to further India's Global ranking in ease of
doing business. The need for internet and mobile application training aimed at less educated and the low-
income groups.

Possible Titles :

• Explain Digital transactions and services available

• India is able to financially connect digitally
• Use of digital India in economy is a greater transformation of India
• Financial literacy in modern day is mandatory digitally

100 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Additional Information :

Title 49 : Malnutrition and elimination thereon

Key Points :

• Explain the term what is malnutrition

• Steps taken by Govt of India to eliminate it
• Role of different sections in this regard
• Way forward with suitable suggestions can be added
Introduction : If you cant feed 100 people , the just feed one”.
Malnutrition also called malnourishment is a condition resulting from eating a diet that contains either
insufficient or too much of nutrients as a result of which health problems ensue. The nutrients involved
are calories, carbohydrates, vitamins, proteins or minerals. Undernutrition during pregnancy, or before

101 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

two years of age may cause permanent mental and physical development problems. Hunger and
malnutrition is caused by a large number of factors, of which availability and access to a balanced diet is
quite important. NSSO data shows that per capita cereal consumption in India is lower than the desired
norm and it has shown a decline over time.
Malnutrition is one of the leading causes of death and diseases in children under-five years of age globally.
It adversely affects cognitive development and learning capacities among children, thereby resulting in
decreased productivity in the booming years. According to a study by Lancet, 68 per cent of the under-5
deaths in India can be attributed to malnutrition. India is home to nearly half of the world’s “wasted or
acute malnourished” children in the world. Wasting is a critical health condition where a child is nine times
more likely to die as compared to a healthy child.
The partial closure of Anganwadi Centres (AWCs) along with disruptions in supply chains due to
lockdowns has resulted in halting of mid-day meals scheme, reduced access to take home ration and
restricted mobility to health care services. However for those who are around or below the poverty line,
this has to be understood as a distress phenomenon, as with marginal increase in their incomes over time
they are forced to cut down on their food consumption to meet other pressing demands that were not
considered important in the past. For instance, as more schools open, the poor too wish to send their
children to schools, where expenses are incurred on clothes, books, etc. despite the school fees being met
by government.

These expenses would thus become a new item on the household budget, and food expenditure may be
curtailed to make room for it. Fighting sickness leads to another chunk of essential expenses, for which
opportunities did not exist in the past, as there were no doctors in the vicinity. The share of fuel and light
in total consumer expenditure has risen from under 6 per cent to 10 per cent in both rural and urban
areas.
According to a study, the challenges induced by COVID-19 are expected to push another four million
children into acute malnutrition. This is also evident from India’s ranking of 94th out of 107 countries on
the Global Hunger Index 2020. Acute malnutrition is a complex socio-cultural problem that lies at the
interplay of inequitable access to nutritious foods and health services, sub-optimal infant, and young child-
feeding practices (IYCF) low maternal education, low capacities of field functionaries in detection

102 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

malnutrition, poor access to clean water and sanitation, poor hygiene practices, o food insecurity and o
unpreparedness for emergencies.
Conclusion : Therefore there is a need to adopt sustainable solutions aimed at integrated management of
acute malnutrition in tandem with mitigating the impact of COVID-19. Issues like Low status of women in
Indian society, their early marriage, low weight at pregnancy and illiteracy leading to low weight of new
born babies should be addressed properly. Poor childcare practices, such as not immediately starting
breastfeeding after birth, no exclusively breastfeeding for the first five months, irregular and insufficient
complementary feeding afterwards, and lack of quick disposal of child’s excreta should also be avoided .

Possible Titles :
• Hunger is the major issue presently
• Poverty and hunger always follow each other
• Malnutrition and steps of Govt of India to control it
• India and steps for eliminating hunger
Additional Information :

103 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 50 : Role of Jawaharlal nehru in shaping new India

Key Points :
• Briefly explain the personality of Nehru
• Historical perspectives and contributions can be elaborated
• Various economic contributions can be added
• Role set by the leader can be elaborated
Introduction : The policy of being too cautious is the greatest risk of all”.
Jawahar Lal Nehru (1889-1964) was the first Prime Minister of India and a control figure in Indian Politics
before and after independence. He emerged as the paramount leader of the Indian independence
movement under the tutelage of Mahatma Gandhi and ruled India from its establishment as an
independent nation in 1947 until his death in 1964. He is considered to be the architect of the modern Indian
nation state: a sovereign, socialist, secular and democratic republic. He was also known as Pandit Nehru
due to his roots with the Kashmiri Pandit Community while many Indian children knew him as " Uncle
Nehru."
Historically Jawahar Lal Nehru's place in history would be assured by the leadership role he played in the
anti-imperialist struggle. He would have in all humility and sincerity given due credit to all who gave of their
best and identified themselves heart and soul with the freedom movement and an account of whose
collective effort India gained liberation from the British Rule. Nehru who had reluctantly heeded Gandhi's
call for immediate independence, for he had desired to support the Allied war effort during the second world
war came out of a lengthy prison term to a much altered political landscape. The Muslim league under his
old congress colleague and now bête noire, Muhammad Ali Jinnah had come to dominate Muslim Politics
in India Negotiations between Nehru and Jinnah for power sharing failed and gave way to the independence
and bloody partition of India in 1947.
Nehru's political success, in other words cannot be said to be without any historical consequence. The
Nehruvian ideology of anti- imperialist democratic socialism had indeed served as a guarantee against the
selling out of national economic bargaining power" vis-à-vis the advanced nations and the international
financial agencies. It has also led to a considerable sharing of the fruits of economic growth with the
disadvantaged sections of the Indian society.
Nehru was a great admirer of the role of science and technology in the nation-building process and
economic reconstruction of the postcolonial society. In this area he did not agree with Gandhi. He was
responsible for installation of national laboratories and cosmopolitan centres. Yet the success was limited.
India is a land of villages. His approach could not help the villages and villagers. But one cannot deny his
contribution to this area.
Nehru was the Prime Minister of India for about seventeen years and people had succinct opportunity to
Judge him from close quarters . Most of the people think that Nehru always acted like a good democrat and
never flouted the opinions of his companions in the ruling party. Some people, like Ambedkar had some
grudge against him, when Ambedkar resigned from the Nehru Cabinet in 1956, he expressed his displeasure
with Nehru, one of the reasons for his resignation, he later said, was Nehru's undemocratic functioning. In
the final analysis Democracy meant Jawahar Lal ' Self- discipline of the community.
Conclusion : Therefore Nehru’s unusual ability to think, reflect and contemplate vigorously, effectively and
intensively was second to none. He is not with us for the last ‘fifty years’. But the impact of Nehruvian
strategy on economic planning based on equity and social justice continue to be the focal theme of the
nation-building process in India. It should be noted that Nehru was not an original thinker on many socio-
political ideas. But his views on these areas had an international approval.

104 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Possible Titles :
• The first Prime minister is the architect of new India
• Role Of Jawarhal lal nehru in India’s independence
• Role of JL Nehru in non alignment movement
• Role of JL Nehru in making of Indian constitution
Must Know :

Title 51 : Blue economy as a booster for development of India

Key points:
• What is blue economy
• Statistics related to India’s coastal area
• Worlds strategy on blue economy
• Various schemes introduced by GOI
Introduction: The term Blue Economy refers to utilization of a country’s coast-line, inland waterways, and
sea connectivity globally for more sustainable and broad-based economic development. India’s Blue
Economy initiatives are expected to help in generating new growth nodes, help lessen regional imbalances,
provide sustainable productive livelihoods, help address nutritional deficiencies, and facilitate managing
climate change. The concept was introduced by Gunter Pauli in his 2010 book- “The Blue Economy: 10
years, 100 innovations, 100 million jobs”. The application of blue economy concept to the marine sphere

105 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

took place at the Rio +20, United Nations Conference on Sustainable Development held in Rio de Janeiro in
2012. The benefits of focussing on blue economy and its future projections are discussed below.
Blue economy is all about economic activities dependent on marine resources. It comprises of various
verticals like aquaculture, maritime tourism, blue-biotechnology, ocean energy, marine mining, offshore
oil and gas etc. They also could encourage new business formation. These initiatives are also consistent
India’s Act East policy as there is substantial potential for knowledge sharing and learning by cooperating
with Japan, Indonesia, Philippines, and Vietnam which have high level of competency in several areas of
Blue economy, including seaweed cultivation. India should consider collecting and publishing data on the
Blue Economy which should be harnessed for policy- relevant research to assist the policymakers and to
those implementing the Blue Economy program.
With blue economy there can be some of the following advantages Food Security -Blue economy has a
major role in securing food security for the people. The fisheries sector including aquaculture and aquatic
plants, contributes sizable proteins, fats and calories supply which supports food security situation in a
country. Demand for Protein- Demand for protein can be effectively addressed by the blue economy.
Rising Coastal Tourism -Coastal tourism, a major sector of blue economy, presents huge potential for job
creation and economic growth. Sea angling, bird watching, boating at sea, dolphin watching, scuba diving,
swimming in the sea and other related activities around the sea are some of those emerging segments of
coastal tourism. Hotels, motels, water sport, cruise and restaurants are potential segments for expansion
and growth in the coastal tourism sector. Surging of Seaborne Trade -Sea is a cost-effective and carbon
friendly mode of transportation for global trade. About 90 per cent of world trade is conducted through
the sea routes.
“O-SMART” scheme by govt. will provide necessary scientific and technological background required for
implementation of various aspects of Blue Economy. India endorses the growth of the Blue Economy in 17
sustainable, inclusive and people centred manner through the framework of the Indian Ocean Rim
Association (IORA). India’s National Vision for Blue Economy is clearly articulated in the term “SAGAR”-
Security and Growth for All in the Region.
The Sagarmala Program initiated in July 2015, is among the most prominent initiatives to benefit from the
Blue Economy. Development of Coastal Economic Zones (CEZ) under Sagarmala would become a
microcosm of the blue economy, wherein industries and townships. Pradhan Mantri Matsya Sampada
Yojana to establish a robust fisheries management framework.
Therefore, India’s Blue Economy initiatives are expected to help in generating new growth nodes, help
lessen regional imbalances, provide sustainable productive livelihoods, help address nutritional
deficiencies, and facilitate managing climate change. They also could encourage new business formation.
The proposals of BIMSTEC and World bank should be taken into consideration by the govt of India and
enable blue economy as a wonderful source of revenue in the future.
Additional Information:
• Blue economy development is a gigantic step towards economic prosperity.
• It will boost the GDP, not just by exploitation of under-water resources but by developing it as a platform
for infrastructure expansion into the ocean, especially when there is a shortage of space on land.
• The idea is to expand port activities on the sea rather than on land.
• There is possible re-calibration of its growth potential, first, by improving the measurement of its
contribution to the economy and then through strategic policy interventions to enhance its contribution to
manufacturing and services.
106 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• A time-bound action plan can be set using the SMART (Specific, Measurable, Achievable, Realistic, Time-
tested) formula.
• A graded policy intervention will be the first part of implementation.
• For the success of the idea, a dedicated national-level institution, skilled in such state-of-the-art analytical
approaches, will have to be given this responsibility.
• Blue economy' is the integration of ocean economy development with values of social inclusion and
environmental sustainability, along with dynamic and innovative business models.
• For India, however, blue economy extends beyond being merely an economic and environmental
proposition. It presents India with an unprecedented opportunity to meet its national objectives, strengthen
connectivity with neighbours, and exert influence in the surrounding regions.
Possible titles:
1. Blue economy as a future of India’s growth
2. Vast coastline and still not generating vast economic output
3. Large coast line is always a blessing for a nation
4. Briefly analyse India’s blue economy and the scope in future

Tile 52: Funding in the elections has to become more transparent

Key points :

• Elections spending’s
• Role of election commission
• Curbing of black money
• Electoral bonds
• Various committees and commissions appointed for monitoring
• Representation of peoples act
Introduction :
“ leadership is not about the next election , its about the next generation “ .
Elections is the best part of democracy where the majority party will assume the power . In a state the
election has to be conducted by an external body which ensures the free and fair elections meaning the
election free of fraud, free of intimidation , and that’s what is the essential feature of elections day. Indian
election which is held once in every 5years costs heavy money . Right from issuing tickets upto the election
campaigning money dominates the Indian election. One of the primary sources of this funding is voluntary
contributions made by individuals. Besides this, corporates pay hefty donations to parties in different
forms. Foreign aid is another source. The methods of curbing black money, recent initiatives of the
government of India are discussed below.
Section 29B of the Representation of the People Act (RPA) entitles parties to accept voluntary
contributions by any person or company, except a Government Company, Section 29C of the RPA
mandates political parties to declare donations that exceed 20,000 rupees. Such a declaration is made by
making a report and submitting the same to the EC. Failure to do so on time disentitles a party from tax
relief under the Income Tax Act, 1961 , Corporate Funding: In India, donations by corporate bodies are

107 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

governed under the Companies Act, 2013. Section 182 of the Act provides that. A company needs to be at
least three years old to be able to donate to a political party. Companies can donate up to 7.5% of average
net profits made during three simultaneous preceding financial years. Such contributions must be
disclosed in the company’s balance sheet.
Introduction of Electoral Bonds: The government notified the Electoral Bond Scheme on 2nd January, 2018
to establish and cleanse the system of political funding in the country.An electoral bond is a bearer
instrument like a Promissory Note. It can be purchased by any citizen of India or a body incorporated in
India to donate to the political party of their choice. Donor’s name is not there on the bond. These bonds
can be used for making donations to the political parties registered under Section 29A of the
Representation of the People Act, 1951 and which have secured not less than one per cent of the votes
polled in the last general election to the House of the People or a Legislative Assembly.

The various comittees appointed for the purpose of monitoring election funding are Indrajit gupta
committee 1998, law commission report on electoral reforms , national commission to review the
working of constitution etc.

Conclusion : The former chief election commissioner TS Krishnamurthy have recommended for the
setup of national election fund in order to make all the funding’s come in one account, the
demonetization strategy of recent government also aims at the elimination of fake and black money. In
the present times the tendency of the people must also transform by voting to an individual by his
charisma , not by selling his “vote for note” . we should believe in the sayings “ Voting is not only our
right, it is our power. When we vote, we take back our power to chose, to speak up and to stand with
those who support us and each other.

Additional Information :
• Santhanam Committee report on Prevention of Corruption (1964) and the Wanchoo Direct Taxes
Inquiry Committee (1971) shed light on problem of black money seeping into the political system. In
1969, Indira Gandhi banned corporate donations to parties, the vacuum so created drove the
funding of political campaigns underground and further facilitated the entry of black money.
• In the second phase covering the period between 1990 and 2003, several electoral reforms were
initiated including recommendations by Dinesh Goswami Committee such as state funding in the
form of limited support in kind (vehicle fuel, rental charges for microphones, the issuance of voter
identity slips, electoral rolls) in 1990, in addition to suggesting a ban on corporate donations to
political parties. Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) set up a Task Force in 1993.
• The period ranging from 2003 to 2017 constitutes the third phase in the evolution of India’s political
finance system, characterised by greater efforts towards transparency. Election and Other Related

108 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Laws (Amendment) Act, passed in 2003, made company and individual contributions to a political
party 100% tax-deductible, incentivizing companies/individual donors to donate openly by cheque.
• It must be noted that some of the common sources of funding of candidates in India include their
political party, personal resources, donations from friends and family, and contributions from
representatives of the private sector. While, in case of parties, funding comes from individuals and
organizations. There is no state funding of parties yet.
According to the 255th Law Commission of India Report titled Electoral Reforms, the need for electoral
finance reforms is derived from the following concerns:
1. Financial superiority results in electoral advantage or “winnability” factor and so richer candidates
and parties have better chances of winning elections, as also articulated in Kanwar Lal Gupta v. Amar
Nath Chawla case.
2. Individual or political party with poor financial strength are prevented from contesting elections on an
equal footing.
3. Openness in political finance reporting reduces the prevalence of black money, bribery and crony
capitalism in electoral politics.
4. Elected officials face dangerous financial pressures as a result of quid pro quo that transpires between
big donors and parties/candidates, making it essential to reduce the space for policy capture.
5. Huge contributions though legal, can result in “institutional corruption” which may compromise the
political morality norms of a republican democracy. Candidates/parties become less accountable to
voters if they are too closely tied to financiers or even alter their views and convictions in a way that
attracts most funding.

Title 53 : Egalitarianism is essential in contemporary India

Key points :
• Explain what is the meaning of term in these type of essays
• Concept of equality can be highlighted
• Fundamental Rights and other sources of equality
• Government schemes
• Various laws and acts can be added
Introduction :
“Without equality there cannot be liberty “
An egalitarian favours equality in this way , People should get the same, or be treated the same, or be
treated as equals, in some respect. An alternative view expands on this last-mentioned option: People
should be treated as equals, should treat one another as equals, should relate as equals, or enjoy an
equality of social status of some sort. Egalitarian doctrines tend to rest on a background idea that all
human persons are equal in fundamental worth or moral status. Ambedkar’s conception of an Indian
nation consisting of Puruskrut (privileged) and Bahiskrut Bharat (excluded India) helps us comprehend the
riddle of nationalism and its ideological framework—the rhetorical claim for social equality that sustains
spatial practices of exclusion. The methods of excluded sections in the society such as Dalits , women ,
minorities etc and the laws for creating equality are discussed below.
Equality in a society can be arised in terms of social, gender , economic , political etc. in Indian context
Dalits and adivasis were underprivileged once because of the presence of verna system. This division
among the people was done since from the ancient time, and they are as follows till now also:
Brahmins – Priests, Teachers, and Scholars
109 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Kshatriyas – Rulers and Warriors

Vaishyas – Farmers, Merchants, and Traders
Shudras – Labourers
Later this Varna system got divided into the caste system, and then after their arisen 3000 castes and the
25000 sub-caste, and this division was among the occupation then after the birth of the child was seen.

India is secular, democratic and socialist country. Now in modern era everything has changed but also
everything has not changed, we can say this for caste system because today also we can see caste system
with some changes in our county like Hindu, Muslim, Christians, or general, ST/SC, OBC. Now a person can
opt any occupation which he likes. Now everybody can interacts with every other person .Inter-caste
marriages are allowed. All people are equal before Law, women status is improving but then also we can
see caste system. We can take a example, if a child is born in a Hindu family then from the starting only he
is told about his caste and religion and everything is taught to him according to it only, and the same is true
for the other religions too. Everywhere (cities, villages) we can we this, it is the main thing which
distinguishes one person from another. In modern India, the term caste is used for Jat and for Varna. The
caste system was there even at the World War-I, at the time of war for Independence and even today in a
modified form.
There is presently a setup of separate commission for scheduled castes, scheduled tribes , minorities,
women etc . who are independently working for the protection of their rights. Also for the economic
development government have created minimum wages act, equal pay for equal work, maintenance of
work place ethics etc.
Conclusion : Therefore egalitarianism is a central path to achieve justice in any nation and also in India. We
may have different religions, languages, castes etc but we are all connected on the same line human
beings. Government should still raise the status of the deprived sections by empowering them with the
financial, mental and health supports. God has made man without any caste or religion it is we who divide
it into different caste and religions. So the concept of “We must still go high by suppressing Me” for
achieving egalitarianism .
Additional information :
• Other words associated with egalitarianism : Equality; Egalitarianism; Non-egalitarianism; Liberty;
Justice; Moral equality; Inequalities; Luck egalitarianism; Material equality; Libertarianism
• The goal of egalitarianism is to achieve in theory and policy a specific framework of socio-political
arrangement that will bring about the elimination of socioeconomic inequalities. The foundation of

110 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

such a goal is the ideal of an equal moral worth that demands that humans be treated equally
except that there is an overriding justification for allowing inequalities.
• The affirmation of the natural inequality of humans has always been taken for granted. For the
Greeks, human beings are fundamentally and innately so different that they are locked into
different personalities and ways of life.
• What makes egalitarianism however highly problematic as a theory is not only that it has at its
center a conception of equality that goes deeper than what other normative political theories are
ready to admit, but such a concept of equality is conceptually too confusing to mean just one thing.
For instance, it is so easy to characterize egalitarianism, as Isaiah Berlin did, as an advocacy for a
radical or absolute understanding of equality.
• The idea of equality simultaneously binds these definitions together and makes egalitarianism
implicitly elusive. In other words, the idea of equality can be seen as a trans-conceptual concept
because its significance is concurrent and intersects other critical ideas like liberty, rights, property,
and justice.
• “Equality” (or “equal”) signifies correspondence between a group of different objects, persons,
processes or circumstances that have the same qualities in at least one respect, but not all respects,
i.e., regarding one specific feature, with differences in other features. “Equality” needs to thus be
distinguished from “identity” – this concept signifying that one and the same object corresponds to
itself in all its features: an object that can be referred to through various individual terms, proper
names, or descriptions.

Title 54 : Central bank is not Centralised

Key points :
• Role of central bank in India
• Its slight history can be added
• Concept of monetised deficit should be brought
• Disputed acts such as section 7
• Inflationary control mechanisms
Introduction :
For any country the monetary policy control authority vests with its central bank. Similarly for India RBI(
Reserve bank of India ) plays that role in preparing, publishing and maintaining the entire reserves of the
nation . RBI which was established in the year 1935 have a function that it acts as a banker to the central
govt, meaning it lends money to the govt whenever necessary by adjusting the reserves or by printing new
notes. Reserve Bank of India was nationalised in the year 1949. The general superintendence and direction
of the Bank is entrusted to Central Board of Directors of 20 members, the Governor and four Deputy
Governors, one Government official from the Ministry of Finance. The function of issuer of currency which
later result into a conflict between central govt and RBI are discussed below.
The Reserve Bank has a separate Issue Department which is entrusted with the issue of currency notes.
The assets and liabilities of the Issue Department are kept separate from those of the Banking Department.
Originally, the assets of the Issue Department were to consist of not less than two-fifths of gold coin, gold
bullion or sterling securities provided the amount of gold was not less than Rs. 40 crores in value. The
remaining three-fifths of the assets might be held in rupee coins, Government of India rupee securities,
eligible bills of exchange and promissory notes payable in India .
Deficit financing refers to means of financing the deliberate excess of expenditure over income through
printing of currency notes or through borrowings. The term is also generally used to refer to the financing
of a planned deficit whether operated by a government in its domestic affairs or with reference to balance
of payment deficit. RBI doe deficit financing during inflation, Economic crisis , during wars etc. so it means

111 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

that deficit financing during the economic crisis can be an acceptable measure. In the course of time
central govt will also ask RBI to fund them more during the normal scenario. If RBI prints more notes
without the increase in production of gods and services it may result into hyper inflation and India may
become another Venezuela . Section 7 of the RBI Act has come into spotlight amid the war between the
Central government and the Reserve Bank of India (RBI). The provision in the RBI Act empowers the
government to issue directions to the RBI. This section has never been used in till now. It was not used
even when the country was close to default in the dark days of 1991, nor in the aftermath of the 2008
global financial crisis. It is not clear how this Section operates since it has never been used. This is how it
resulted into a conflict between central govt and RBI
Conclusion : For the economic control of the country both the fiscal policy prepared by central govt and
monetary policy prepared by RBI must go hand in hand . if any one of the wing tries to dominate the other
it impacts the economy in a big scale . the perception on Indian economy which is like an “ One eyed man
in a blind land” should change and the decisions must always impact the notion “Nation first and Nation
Last”.
Additional Information :
• In many countries the world over, the central bank has been given the mandate to preserve price
stability as its single or primary objective, and been granted autonomy from government to make
sure that short-term political considerations do not interfere with achieving this objective.
Accountability to the legislature and the public at large balance the central bank’s autonomy.
• Transparency – the third element of the modern paradigm of central banking – is important for
holding the central bank to account, and for making monetary policy efficient by shaping inflation
expectations.
• Coordination of monetary and fiscal policy. If the fiscal authorities know the central bank’s policy
reaction function and its formal or informal analytical model, they can anticipate the monetary
policy response to a given fiscal action and adjust the action accordingly. In principle, coordination
between monetary and fiscal policy can thus be achieved without negotiations between the
monetary and the fiscal authorities, and the central bank can take advantage of being the first
mover (by establishing a credible reaction function), which is important to avoid undermining its
price stability objective.
• Macroeconomic management challenges. In low-income countries the dependence on selected
commodity exports can make them highly susceptible to terms-of-trade shocks, the predominant
role of the primary sector can lead to large fluctuations in output, demand and government
revenues (in part simply as a result of fluctuations in the weather), and the volatility of aid flows
can be a further huge challenge in trying to stabilise output.

Tile: 55 National register of citizens is need of national integration ? Examine

Key points :

• Assam accord
• Citizenship provisions in constitution
• Citizenship amendment bill and act
• Schedule 6 of Indian constitution
Introduction: Illegal immigration has been the major problem in India since many years . the immigration
from the country like Bangladesh has been into a serious concern. The Indian state which gets more
effected is Assam . The National Register of Citizens (NRC) holds all the important information of the Indian

112 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

citizens of Assam required for their identification. National Register of Citizens, 1951 is a register prepared
after the conduct of the Census of 1951 in respect of each village, showing the houses or holdings in a
serial order and indicating against each house or holding the number and names of persons staying
therein. The NRC was published only once in 1951.The later impacts of NRC , the need of citizenship
amendment , Assam accord etc are discussed below.
During the year 1985, the Assam Accord was signed between the All Assam Students Union (AASU), the All
Assam Gana Sangram Parishad and the then Central Government led by Rajiv Gandhi to bring stability in
the state. The provisions of the Assam Accord were:

Any foreigner will be given full citizenship including the right to vote if he/she had come to Assam
between 1951 and 1961

The foreigners who had migrated to Assam between 1961 and 1971 will be given all the rights of
citizenship except the right to vote, which would be denied for a period of ten years and those who
entered Assam after the year 1971 would be deported.
With the introduction of final NRC on 31st August 2019 at 10 a.m. for the completion of the 1951 NRC
update, a lot of controversies were created and even some law-makers openly came out for criticizing this
document. As per the reports, an M.L.A of Assam belonging to the political party All India United
Democratic Front (AIUDF) was found out of the NRC. On this regard, he expressed that there are thousands
of genuine Indians, especially the Bengali Hindus are left out of the final NRC list whereas the illegal
foreigners made an entry to the final list. Even re-verification of this draft list was rejected by the Supreme
Court.
A person should require the following criteria for NRC such as , Any persons whose names appeared in the
NRC of 1972 or in any of the Electoral Rolls till the date of 24th March 1971 (midnight) as well as their
descendants, Persons who had registered themselves as per the rules of the Central Government with the
Foreigners Registration Regional Officer (FRRO) and are not considered illegal migrants or foreigners by any
authority, Any person who had migrated to Assam on or after 1st January 1966 but before 25th March
1971, People who are original inhabitants of Assam and their children and descendants who are citizens of
India provided their citizenship is ascertained beyond a reasonable doubt by the registering authority,
Persons who can provide any one of the documents issued up to midnight of 24 March 1971 as mentioned
in the list of documents admissible for citizenship.
Conclusion: People who found themselves on the first list that was released on January 1, 2018, didn’t find
their names in the second. Even the family of a former President of India did not mention on the list.
Expelling them to Bangladesh is not an option since Dhaka has never accepted that they are its citizens or
that there is a problem of illegal immigration. In the absence of a formal agreement, India cannot forcibly
push the illegal migrants back into Bangladesh. India, as a country which follows the ideology of
‘Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam’, should not be hasty in taking decisions that can disenfranchise her citizens –
contradicting its centuries-followed values. The need of the hour is that Union Government should clearly
chart out the course of action regarding the fate of excluded people from final NRC data and political
parties should refrain from colouring the entire NRC process through electoral prospects that may
snowball in to communal violence.

Additional Information :
NRC (National Register of Citizens) update process is going on for the State and draft final list is published
on 30thJuly, 2018), the legacy data will pinpoint the root of the families. Final NRC will be a document of
genuine Indian citizens and it will be published on 30th December, 2018. NRC authority and Central and
State governments repeatedly assured that no genuine Indian Citizen‘s names will be excluded from the
Final NRC. All these are addressed in the later part of this work.

113 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

The Assam Movement (1979-1985) popularly known as the ‗Assam Agitation‘is the primary episode in the
history of Assam. Its main focus was on expelling illegal immigrants from the territory of the state through
a constitutional process. The Assam Movement started in 1979 and was led by the All Assam Students
Union (AASU) and the All Assam Gana Sangram Parishad (AAGSP) and it lasted for a period of around 5
years. With reference to Sanjib Baruah‘s analysis via his publication ―Immigration, ethnic conflict, and
politic turmoil-Assam, 1979-1985‖, the agitation and the order of its chronological events can be broadly
classified into the following phases:
• Festival of Protests (from June‘1979 to Nov‘1980)
• Series of conflicts with the administration (from Dec‘1980 to Jan‘1983)
• Breakdown of Law and Order (Feb‘1983)
• Conflicts between the State and the Movement (from Mar‘1983 to May,1984) and accommodation (from
June,1984 to Dec‘1985)

• The All Assam Student‘s Union (AASU), the All Assam Gana Sangram Parishad (AAGSP) and the Central
Government (Government of India) arrived at a common consensus module, placed and signed on
15thAugust 1985 at New Delhi, known as ―The Assam Accord‖- a historic document for the people of
Assam / North east India.
• A gist of the above definition of ―Assamese people‖, is discussed here for easy references. The
Assamese people are an Indo-Aryanethnic group native to the East Indian state of Assam who speaks
the Assamese language as their mother tongue. This region is home to over 220 separate ethnic groups
and more than 30 of them are in Assam, which has over 70 per cent of the region‘s population.
• “Assamese People”definition rocked the Assembly when the Speaker in his two-page report, which he
read out, stated that 1951 Census Report defined indigenous people of Assam thus: ―Indigenous
person of Assam means a person belonging to the State of Assam and speaking the Assamese language
or any tribal dialect of Assam, or in the case of Cachar the language of the region.

TITLE : 56 Honour killings

Key points :
• Meaning of honour killing
• Recent cases
• IPC provisions
• Reasons of honour killings
• Violation to secular character of Indian constitution
• Creating a discriminated society
• Role of supreme court
• Khap panchayats

Introduction :
“ Violence against women is not cultural but it is criminal”- Hillary Clinton.
Human Rights Watch states, “Honor killings are acts of vengeance, usually death, committed by male
family members against female family members, who are held to have brought dis-honour upon the
family.” In another definition of honour killing it is stated as the murder or forced suicide of a person by
his/her family or relatives once they have become suspicious that the person concerned has done
something wrong and thus has brought disgrace to the family. The term ‘honour killing’ was introduced by

114 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

a Dutch Turkey expert in 1978 to separate such killings from other kinds of killing in the families and
communities. It is also referred to as “Customary killing”. The north Indian states such as Haryana,
Rajasthan ,Bihar etc are the major victims of such homicide. West Bengal is such an Indian state which
does not experience the honour killing as there was a presence of Social reformers.
The United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA) estimates that the annual worldwide number of “Honour
killing” victims may be as high as 5,000 women. In some countries, like Egypt males or the husbands have
been given the legal right to beat and they could even kill their wives if they suspect them of committing
adultery. The dishonor is normally the result of one of the following behaviours,:

• dressing in an unacceptable manner

• wanting to terminate or prevent an arranged marriage or desiring to marry by own choice,
• engaging in heterosexual sexual acts outside marriage, or even due to a non-sexual relationship
perceived as inappropriate, and
• engaging in homosexual acts. Women and girls are killed at a much higher rate than men.

The universal declaration of human rights 1948 eliminates such concept and the 1979 convention aims at
elimination of all types of crimes against women including Honour killings. IPC section 302 punishes a person
involved into such hineas crime . the constitution of India under article 14, 15, 19, 21, etc protects the intrest
of women . five members of a family in the Indian capital, Delhi, have been sentenced to death for the brutal
murder of a young couple in 2010. It was found out that the couple has been tortured and electrocuted by
the family members of girl who objected their affair on the basis of different castes. The girl’s parents, uncle,
aunt and a cousin were arrested the day after the crime. In 2011, the honourable Supreme Court of India
said that people involved in honour killings will get the death penalty. Khap panchayats in the states of
Haryana and Rajasthan have given a sentence against the victiom for being involved into inter caste or inter
religion matrimonial affair.

Honour killing is different from the dowry deaths that are also a very common practice in India as, in the
case of dowry deaths, the perpetrators of that action claim that they have not been given enough material
rewards for accepting the woman into the family. In that case there is a lot of harassment from the in-laws
and more times than one, it has been noted that the wife commits suicide rather than being killed by the in-
laws, though it has to be said that she has been mentally killed, if not physically. We have had a tradition of
honour killing.

115 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Conclusion : despite having the strict laws and rule in the country the rate or cases of honour killing are
increasing in the nation everyday. In the recent times the states of Telangana and tamil nadu have
experienced such a actions. The need of the hour is the change in mental perception among the parents and
elders has to change and welcome the decision of children . therefore it should be questioned Is it honour
killing or killing the honour.

“ You may kill Him or Her but you cannot kill It”

It is love !

Additional Information :

• Refusal of an arranged marriage: The member of the family be it a male or female member of the
family, if refuses to accept the marriage arranged by the family, they would be triggered to be killed
for the welfare of the family. It is a kind of shame the family members feel when the person does not
accept the marriage arranged by the family.
• Seeking a divorce: The victim of honor killing would be a married party and would have been divorced
due to family issues in their marital life. Seeking divorce by the member would bring down the prestige
of the family where they feel the victim would rather die than being alive and they themselves kill the
person.
• Allegations and rumors about family members: The victim may be subjected to allegations or wrong
talks by the neighbors or other members in the society. In that case knowing the true fact or not, the
members of the family for their status and prestige would kill the member. Killing the victim according
to them brings an additional prestige and status to the family.
• Homo-sexuality: It has become natural where love comes between the people of the same sex. When
a couple of the same sex wants to live together the family or the society does not permit it and in turn
creates more and more allegations and triggers the members of the family.

116 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Victims of rape: In a society where women should be protected, they are being raped. In that case it
is the duty of the family to accept such victims but the family feels it as a shame and feels the life of
the girl is gone and she is completely useless to the society and the family and thus she would be killed
by them.
Inter-caste marriage: Marriage done by the victim with another person of the different caste brings
down the caste of the party who seek their caste as their soul and important than their member of
the family. In such case, the member who is of higher caste would kill the victim than living by lowering
their caste. In case where the victim is of lower caste, and the caste is the heart and soul of their
prestige, they do not care about the victim and would kill them despite of the fact that they belong to
their family. Not only their family members become the victim the other party with whom they want
to live also becomes a victim.

Title 57 : Crypto currency

Key points
• What is crypto currency
• What are its advantages
• How it impacts the global economy
• Way forward
A cryptocurrency is a digital or virtual currency that uses cryptography for security and is generally based on
blockchain technology, a distributed ledger en-forced by a disparate network of computers. Bitcoin is the
most popular cryptocurrency in the world. Since 2009 blockchain technology has gained momentum. Not
only because of the tremendous spike in Bitcoin’s worth, but also through an increased awareness of its
importance and greater trust among the investors. The impact of cryptocurrency , its historical evidences
and the uses are discussed below.

In 2008, Satoshi Nakamoto published a white paper ‘Bitcoin- a peer to peer electronic cash system’. While,
Bitcoin was the first and remains the most popular cryptocurrency, others saw its potential and soon jumped
on the bandwagon. Many cryptocurrency have been attempting to replicate bitcoin’s success, some with
better results than others. In the year 2017, a record of 800 altcoins (alternate coins- different variants of
bitcoin) has been made, this market does not seem to be slowing down. Some of the altcoins are Ether(ETH),

117 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Litecoin(LTC), Dogecoin(DOGE), MONERO(XMR), DASH(Dash), Ripple(XRP), Tether(USDT), BitShares(BTS)

etc.
In recent past, major banking institutions and technology companies such as Intel, Barclays or Walmart
have invested their time and money into the promise of cryptocurrencies like Bitcoin and Ethereum. This has
led to countries with weakening currencies to adopt digital currency to take the place of traditional notes
that have depreciated. Some of these early adopter countries include Brazil, Colombia, Turkey and
Venezuela. Wealthy countries are also exploring adopting cryptocurrency as legal tender. According to a
report by Bloomberg, the central banks of Japan, European Union and Holland are currently conducting
research projects and trials on digital currencies.
India’s regulatory approach towards emerging technology needs to be bifocal: keep its focus on risks, but
without losing sight of the long-term potential and benefits of innovation. A large part of the current ham-
handed approach is due to the fear of the unknown. This can be solved by providing room for innovation
inside safe, secure and lowrisk environments. Nearly $1 million worth of crypto-currencies such as Bitcoin,
Etherium and Ripple are bought and sold daily from Indian exchanges, industry players claim, with the overall
industry believed to be worth $1.5 billion and having about 5 million investors. Further, more than half of
these investors are believed to be in the age group of 18 to 25.
Conclusion : Therefore the use of crypto currencies have increased worldwide while some countries like
china and Russia have banned it. It must be noted that banning of a currency is not a solution since it may
create a dark web and enter into illegal transactions. The nations must think of it in a reasonable sense and
increase the security and literacy towards this type of circulations .

Additional Information :
• Cryptocurrency is the name given to a system that uses cryptography to allow the secure transfer
and exchange of digital tokens in a distributed and decentralised manner. These tokens can be traded
at market rates for fiat currencies. The first cryptocurrency was Bitcoin, which began trading in
January 2009.
• Until the invention of Bitcoin, it was impossible for two parties to transact electronically without
employing a trusted third party intermediary. The reason was a conundrum known to computer
scientists as the ‘double spending problem’, which has plagued attempts to create electronic cash
since the dawn of the Internet.
• Cryptocurrencies do not have central banks to regulate the money supply or oversee financial
institutions, but no one should neglect the importance of cryptocurrency governance institutions.
We focus our discussion on two separate but interrelated ways that cryptocurrencies can be said to
be governed.
• Rules for what are considered valid cryptocurrency transactions are embedded in the peer-to-peer
software that cryptocurrency miners and users run. One valid kind of transaction is the creation of
new coins out of thin air. Not everyone can execute this kind of transaction – miners compete for the
right to execute one of these transactions per block (on Bitcoin, every ten minutes or so). When a
miner discovers a valid hash for a block, they can claim the new coins.
• The division of Bitcoin software into a ‘reference client’ and so-called ‘alt-clients’ also has implications
for Bitcoin’s evolution. The community looks to the Bitcoin Core team for leadership as to the
direction of the network. An alternative approach would be for the community to agree on the
specification for the network, and then let independent teams write clients that implement the
specification.
• Early news reports on Bitcoin focused on its use on the online black marketplace Silk Road. These
reports propagated the misconception that Bitcoin transactions are anonymous. In fact, Bitcoin’s
ledger (called the block chain) is a completely public document. There is therefore a publicly
118 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

accessible record of every Bitcoin transaction ever made. Bitcoin transactions occur between Bitcoin
addresses, which are strings of random numbers and letters (a cryptographic hash of the address’s
public key). While there is no meaningful name attached to a transaction on the block chain, Bitcoin
addresses function as pseudonyms for users. If a Bitcoin address can be identified as belonging to a
particular individual, then all of the transactions on the block chain using that address can be
attributed to that individual.

Title 58: Sedition and the concept of freedom of speech

Key points :

• What is sedition
• Various sedition laws provided under IPC and elsewhere
• Cases related to it
• States and universities which impact more with this provision can be highlighted

Introduction : Freedom of speech is one of the most important principles of democracy. Democracy relies
on disagreements provided they do not cross the boundaries of civil discourse. The Universal Declaration
of Human Rights, 1948, in its Preamble and Article 19 declared freedom of speech as a basic fundamental
right. Article 19(1) (a) of the Constitution of India guarantees freedom of speech and expression to all
citizens. However, this freedom is subjected to certain restrictions (Article 19(2)) namely, interests of the
sovereignty and integrity of India, the security of the State, friendly relations with foreign States, public
order, decency or morality or in relation to contempt of court, defamation or incitement to an offence. The
offence of sedition is provided under section 124A of the Indian Penal Code (IPC), 1860. The relevance of
this section in an independent and democratic nation is the subject of continuous debate. Those opposing
it see this provision as a relic of colonial legacy and thereby unsuited in a democracy. The other side of
sedition, its relevance in the contemporary times are discussed below.

Sedition was drafted by Lord Thomas Babington Macaulay and became a part of the Indian Penal
Code (IPC) in 1870. It was then used as a tool to oppress the freedom movement and suppress all
forms of dissent by Indians against the British rule. Stalwarts of the Indian freedom struggle such
as Mahatma Gandhi and Bal Gangadhar Tilak were also victims of this oppressive law. One should
also be aware that UK which brought the concept of sedition in India also later repealed it . Two
high courts had found it unconstitutional after Independence, as it violated the freedom of speech
and expression. The Constitution was amended to include ‘public order’ as one of the ‘r easonable
restrictions’ on which free speech could be abridged by law. Thereafter, the Supreme Court, in
Kedar Nath Singh v. State of Bihar (1962) upheld its validity. At the same time, it limited its
application to acts that involve “intention or tendency to create disorder” or incitement to
violence.

In recent times, the resort to this section is seen as disturbingly frequent. Activists, cartoonists and
intellectuals have been arrested under this section, drawing criticism from liberals that it is being
used to suppress dissent and silence critics. Authorities and the police who invoke this section
defend the measure as a necessary step to prevent public disorder and anti -national activities.

119 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Jawaharlal Nehru University students and activists, Manipur jour nalist Kishorchandra Wangkhem
are prominent among those booked recently.

One should also understand that Offence of hate speech affects the State indirectly by disturbing
public tranquility, while sedition is an offence directly against the State. To quali fy as sedition, the
impugned expression must threaten the sovereignty and integrity of India and security of the
State. Since it has been made a distinct offence under section 124A, it would not be advisable to
place expressions exciting disaffection against the State under the proposed section on hate
speech.

Conclusion : Govt of the day should never use it as a tool to suppress the opposition and it must
only be on the grounds of national integration. The concept of fundamental rights and sedition
should reach the public especially the students from their early academics and the reasons of
utilising it should be listed by the govt timely. the “The Criminal Law (Amendment) Bill, 2018”
suggested insertion of Section 153C (prohibiting incitement to hatred) an d Section 505A (causing
fear, alarm or provocation of violence in certain cases) in the IPC.

Additional Information:
• Free speech is one of the most significant principles of democracy. The purpose of this freedom is to
allow an individual to attain self-fulfilment, assist in discovery of truth, strengthen the capacity of a person
to take decisions and facilitate a balance between stability and social change.
• The freedom of speech and expression is the first and foremost human right, the first condition of liberty,
mother of all liberties, as it makes the life meaningful. This freedom is termed as an essence of free society.
The Universal Declaration of Human Rights, 1948, in its Preamble and Article 19 declared freedom of
speech as a basic fundamental right.
• The freedom of speech often poses difficult questions, like the extent to which State can regulate
individual conduct. Since, individual‘s autonomy is the foundation of this freedom; any restriction on it is
subject to great scrutiny. However, reasonable restrictions can always be imposed on this right in order to
ensure its responsible exercise and to ensure that it is equally available to all citizens. According to Article
19(3) of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights 1966 (ICCPR), this freedom may be
subjected to restrictions, provided they are prescribed by law and are necessary for respecting the rights or
reputation of others or for the protection of national security, public order, public health or morals.
• According to the National Crime Records Bureau 35 cases of sedition (all over India) were reported in
2016. The courts have stressed on the importance of contextualising the restrictions while ascertaining the
permissibility of expression. Balancing freedom of expression with collective national interest is one of the
key ingredients of this law though it is argued that this law is a colonial vestige, the Indian courts have
upheld its constitutionality.

Title 59 : India Pakistan relations

Key points:
• Division and later impacts
• Wars happened between both nations
• Peace agreements signed
• Water treaties

120 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Surgical strikes
Introduction :
“ India and Pakistan walked into a bar and by fourth drink they forgotten they were fighting a war”
This has to be the motive between both the nations relations “No war only Friendship”. The relations
between both the nations begins with the partition which happened on religious grounds. India
normatively and constitutionally ensconced secularity, albeit with Hindu majoritarianism, whereas
Pakistan, despite having relative ethnonational diversity, opted for an overwhelming Islamic character for
nation-building and security concerns a “Hindu” enemy. Pakistan stands for Punjab Afghanistan Kashmir
Islamabad and tan means an Area. Here Jammu Kashmir is always considered to be the internal part of
Pakistan and so they wanted to occupy it from the beginning which led to to serious and catastrophic wars
and the later agreements for peace which are discussed below.
India has followed a consistent and principled policy towards Pakistan i.e.: in keeping with its
“Neighbourhood First Policy”, India seeks normal neighbourly relations with Pakistan in an environment
free from terror, hostility and violence. The relations got detoriated from the beginning itself where in
1947 a war broke out for Jammu and Kashmir issue. again in the year 1965 another major war took place
between both the nations for Jammu Kashmir region in which India won and post the war there was a
peace agreement between both the nations known as Tashkent agreement signed in USSR by lal bahadur
shastri and Ayub khan. In 1971 a war took place between both the nations which is also known as
Bangladesh liberation war in which India won and Bangladesh got its independence. In 1984 to eliminate
Pakistani annexation of Jammu Kashmir Indian army conducted operation Meghdoot and in 1987
Operation Rajiv. Finally Lahore agreement was signed between both the nations for peace in 1999 but in
the same year Kargil war broke out in which India won with a title “Operation Vijay”.
Terrorism emanating from territories under Pakistan's control remains a core concern in bilateral relations.
India has consistently stressed the need for Pakistan to take credible, irreversible and verifiable action to
end cross border terrorism against India and fulfil its assurances, given to India at the highest level in
January 2004 and reiterated several times, that territory under its control would not be allowed to be used
for terrorism against India in any manner. Pulwama cross-border terror attack: In a heinous and despicable
act of cross border terror attack on the convey of Indian security forces (CRPF) in Pulwama, Jammu &
Kashmir on 14 February 2019, 40 security personnel were martyred. This terrorist act was perpetrated by
Jaish- eMohammed (JeM), a Pakistan-based and supported terrorist organisation proscribed by the United
Nations and other countries, which is led by UN designated and internationally proscribed terrorist
Masood Azhar.
In the recent times Vice-President of India Shri M. Venkaiah Naidu along with Punjab Chief Minister Shri
Amarinder Singh laid the foundation stone for Kartarpur Corridor on 26 November 2018 at Baba Dera
Nanak. Union Ministers Smt. Harsimrat Kaur Badal and Shri Hardeep Singh Puri represented Government
of India at the ground breaking ceremony of Pakistan’s part of Kartarpur Corridor on 28 November 2018 at
Kartarpur Sahib.
Therefore, presently though there is no major war between both the nations but insurgency becomes the
major factor affecting relations. the need of the hour is to increase peace talks and continue diplomacy
with sports, travel , trade and tourism .
Additional Information :
Kashmir dispute as a decider factor of India-Pakistan relations and the role of external dynamics – It is
clear from above that today’s society is always product of its past history and decides its future destiny.
India and Pakistan both are outcome of such intense rivalries, several forces like socio-political and
religious which have history of unique relations in the international politics when slavery rule of British raj
came to an end and India got its independence in 19477 .

121 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

In 1947 the British government had left India and Pakistan with many disputes, skirmishes and number of
military conflicts and they, as of now, have fought four wars in 1947, 1965, 1971 and 1999. In this
connection, the study looks into their foreign policies to utilize the rivalry between then the two great
powers for strengthening their power. Water division was another source of dispute between India and
Pakistan relations.
The history of IndiaPakistan Water conflicts traces back to the partition of the country into two parts
namely India and Pakistan in 1947. Due to geographical partition Indus river system has also been
distributed among two nations where India enjoys the position of being an Upstream and Pakistan as
downstream country.
The Indus Rivers system comprises of six rivers, three of them are western rivers; Indus, Jhelum and
Chenab and other three are eastern rivers; Sutlej, the Beas and the Ravi12. There were several issues in the
sharing of Indus and its other rivers water, so in 1960 Indus Treaty brokered by World Bank was signed by
Indian Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru and Pakistan President Mohammad Ayub Khan because Pakistani
feel that India is upstream country and source of the rivers are in India, it could potentially create the
problems due to lack of water like droughts and famines in their country.

Topic 60 : women in armed forces

Key points:
• Selection of women in armed forces
• Gender equality
• Women quotes
• Awareness on army among women
Introduction:Only strong women can make a beautiful society. We are talking about “Strong
Women” which does not mean that to understand their muscle power. We are talking about their logical
ability which will give her the self-confidence to do anything in life. Our society needs to take initiatives to
work and support for “Women’s Empowerment”. World war II, Vietnam war and technological revolutions
affected intake of male recruits in Europe, Asian armies and USA that led to induction of women soldiers to
fill the vacancies. In India the need of women entry into armed forces has been the debate since the ancient period
but is not achieved at full since it becomes non-traditional. Indian army service selections, empowered women,
historical evidences are discussed below.
Main body: The induction of women in Indian Army started with the Grant of Short Service Commission
(SSC) for 5 years in the year 1991. Then the time limit for them to serve in the army has been increased
over the years and is presently at 14 years.The Indian Military Nursing Services is a part of Armed Forces
Medical Services (AFMS) of the Indian Army, first formed under British rule in 1888.There was an increase
in the participation of the women in the Indian freedom struggle more particularly after 1930s. By 1940s
the need was felt for organizing a women’s wing in the congress. Vijaylakshmi Pandit, Aruna Asaf Ali,
Mridula Sarabhai and Sucheta Kriplani took the leadership in organizing a women’s wing of the Congress
which would lead to better organized cooperation of the women folk.
“Tum mujhe khoon do, main tumhe Azadi doonga!” after this slogan raised by subash Chandra bose
there came into force The Rani of Jhansi Regiment was the Women's Regiment of the Indian National
Army, the armed force formed by Indian nationalists in 1942 in Southeast Asia. It was one of the very few
all-female combat regiments of the Second World War on any side. Led by Captain Lakshmi Sahgal.
Conclusion : padmavathi bandopadhyay the first Indian woman air marshal, mitali the forts woman to
receive sena medal, divya ajith kumar the first woman to win sword of honour award, niveditha choudary
the first woman from Indianair force to summit the Mt Everest, Priya semwal the first jawan wife to join
the Indian army, gunjan saxena the first woman to fly in combat zone, and many more such achiever’s in
Indian armed forces proved that the women are nowhere less in comparison to the male and they are also
a part of nation protection and building “ new India”.

122 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 61 : India – Bangladesh relations

Key Points:
• Independence od Bangladesh
• Various agreements between both the countries
• River issues
• Head of the nation visits
Know the neighbour, intensify the positive relations
Broadly one can understand that India is the nation which fought on behalf of east Pakistan and assured
independence to Bangladesh. India was the first country to recognize Bangladesh as a separate and
independent state and established diplomatic relations with the country immediately after its
independence in December 1971. The relationship between India and Bangladesh is anchored in history,
culture, language and shared values of secularism, democracy, and countless other commonalities
between the two countries. It is based on sovereignty, equality, trust, understanding and win-win
partnership that goes far beyond a strategic partnership. In the last couple of years, the relationship has
been further strengthened including through cooperation in new and high-technology areas.
India and Bangladesh share 54 common rivers. The Ganga Waters Treaty was signed on December 12,
1996 for water sharing of river Ganga during lean season (January 1-May 31). The 37th Joint Rivers
Commission (JRC) meeting was held in New Delhi from March 17-20, 2010. In the last technical level
meeting held in Kolkata in February 2012, both sides exchanged data at Dalia in Bangladesh and
Gazaldoba in India.
India and Bangladesh share 4096.7 km. of border, which is the longest land boundary that India shares
with any of its neighbours. The India-Bangladesh Land Boundary Agreement (LBA) came into force
following the exchange of instruments of ratification in June 2015. On July 31, 2015 the enclaves of
India and Bangladesh in each other’s countries were exchanged and strip maps were signed. Residents of
these erstwhile enclaves, who opted to retain their Indian citizenship made a final movement to India by
November 30, 2015. In the recent times bandhan express was started between Kolkata to Khulna in
Bangladesh which will become the second train between both the nations after Maitri express.
The first Trade Agreement between India and Bangladesh was signed in 1972. The India-Bangladesh
Trade Agreement was last renewed in PM’s visit in June 2015 for a period of 5 years with a provision for
auto renewal. There are a number of other trade related agreements that have been signed between
both countries. Bilateral trade between India and Bangladesh has grown steadily over the last decade. In
the five years, total trade between the two countries has grown by more than 17%. India’s exports to
Bangladesh in the period July 2019 – March 2020 stood at $8.2bn and imports from Bangladesh during
FY 2019-20 stood at $1.26 bn. More details on bilateral trade statistics are on the website of High
Commission. India has provided duty free quota free access to Bangladesh on all tariff lines except
tobacco and alcohol under South Asian Free Trade Area (SAFTA) since 2011. Four Border Haats, two each
in Tripura and Meghalaya, have been established for the benefit of bordering communities. Additional
Border Haats on the India-Bangladesh border are under consideration.
The shared history and commonality of language, cultural exchanges form an important bond of
friendship between the people of two countries. Special emphasis has been laid on promotion of
exchanges in the fields of music, theatre, art, painting, books, etc. in the recent times Bangladesh
bhavan was constructed at shantiniketan in west Bengal.
The relations between both the nations has always been positive and the need is to continue it for the
years and decades to come. the rise of Pakistan’s Sponsored terrorism activities can be countered by

123 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Bangladesh tool by Indian govt. India should strengthen its base in south Asian region and the concept of
neighbours countries first (as said by PM Modi) will fulfil with Bangladesh tie ups.

Possible titles :
1. Land border issues between India and Bangladesh
2. India Bangladesh; are they evergreen friends
3. Bangladesh as a major bordering conflict for India
4. India Bangladesh relations; the positives and negatives
5. Hydro Diplomacy between India and Bangladesh
6. Teesta river dispute

Title 62 : India Russia Relations

Key points :
• Background of relations
• Trade and technology can be highlighted
• Recent visits of head of nations should be added
• Proxy wars concepts can slightly be added
Introduction : The relations between both the nations dates back to the period of independence. In the
period immediately following independence the goal for India was attaining economic self-sufficiency
through investment in heavy industry. The Soviet Union invested in several new enterprises in the areas
of heavy machine-building, mining, energy production and steel plants. During India’s second Five Year
Plan, of the sixteen heavy industry projects set up, eight were initiated with the help of the Soviet Union.
This included the establishment of the world famous IIT Bombay. India got reliable, affordable and good
quality military supplies and crucial products like oil and oil products, fertilizers, metals etc. India’s
emerging Public Sector (PSUs) was scripted with Soviet help. India’s relationship with USSR helped India
in many ways to become more self-reliance. The other aspects of relations including trade, defence etc
are discussed below.
A watershed moment in relations between India and the Soviet Union was the signing of the Treaty of
Peace and Friendship in August 1971. The substantive relationship was cemented when the two
countries signed the Declaration on the India-Russia Strategic Partnership in October 2000. Both the
countries have institutionalized dialogue mechanisms that report to two leaderships. These are the Inter
Governmental Commission on Trade, Economic, Scientific, Technological and Cultural Cooperation
(IRIGCTEC), co-chaired by the External Affairs Minister of India and the Deputy Prime Minister of Russia
and the Inter-Governmental Commission on Military and Military Technical Cooperation (IRIGC-MTC) co-
chaired by the Defence Ministers of both countries. The defence facet of the relationship is one of the
strongest pillars of the India-Russia relationship and has withstood the test of time. India, with Russia’s
cooperation, has achieved capacity building in strategic areas through acquisitions and development of
weapons. The relationship is evolving from the traditional buyer-seller one to that of joint production
and development, with emphasis on technology sharing. Russia is committed to becoming a partner in
the ‘Make in India’ programme. India is the largest buyer of Russian military equipment and, at the same
time, Russia is India’s principal defence partner.
The first-ever Tri Services Exercise, Indra, that India has ever held with any country was held with in
Vladivostok, in keeping with the close cooperation between our two countries in the defence sector.

124 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Several steps are being taken to increase training of officers in each other’s Institutions and more
military exchanges. The Indo-Russian defence deal has crossed the $ 16 billion mark in February
2020.The announcement was made by the Russian Embassy. The defence deal includes the supply of S-
400 air defence systems and production of Kalashnikov rifles and Kamov helicopters. India and Russia
signed 14 MoUs during DEFEXPO 2020 in Lucknow. India has plans to buy 200 Ka-226 helicopters.
Russia’s state-run Rosoboron export has inked deals with the Defence Research and Development
Organisation (DRDO) for advanced pyrotechnic ignition systems. Rosoboron export has also signed
memorandum of understanding with Hindustan Aeronautical (for export of spares and services) and
BHEL(for land systems).
Rosatom is building six units of nuclear reactors at the Kudankulam site in Tamil Nadu. Two units are
already operational and the next four are in different stages of implementation. This is in line with the
“Strategic Vision” document signed in 2014 between President Putin and Prime Minister Narendra Modi.
Both the countries cooperate closely within the United Nations, BRICS and G-20 groupings, as well as in
the various structures in the Asia Pacific region such as ASEAN and East Asia Summit Forum. Russia
supported India’s membership to the SCO and India was admitted as a full member of SCO in 2017.
Conclusion : Russia had always been a good ally of India and the need is to maintain the friendship
beyond 2020. The relations range from deep sea exploration to building knowledge based economies
based on science and technology, innovation, robotics and artificial intelligence, focussing on
infrastructure, skill development, agriculture, shipbuilding, railways, aviation and greater connectivity,
especially people-topeople contacts.

Title 63 : India Israel relations

Key points :
• Brief historical evidences of the relations
• Technology, defence and trade
• I for I , I with I slogan
• Heads of nation visits
Introduction: India and Israel , the birth pangs of this relationship were painful, it has metaphorically
become a strapping young lad ready for a great future. It is well accepted that Jews from Israel reached
India’s shores of the Malabar (now the state of Kerala) in 562 BCE. They were admitted by the local ruler
without conditions attached ‘as long as the world and moon exist’. Ever since India’s Jewish community
has lived and prospered there without any persecution and in the full freedom. India became
independent on 15 August 1947 and Israel on 14 May 1948. The brief relations on how they improved
historically over the period of time are discussed below.
They share common bedrock of parliamentary democracy, common law structures, liberal educational
systems, knowledge of the English language and a history of British colonialism. India and Israel as
functioning democracies have survived in a sea of hostility surrounded by implacable adversaries and a
heavily militarised security environment. Both nations have fought wars in every decade of their
existence. Both countries face external and internal security threats in the form of terror attacks from
radical Islamic groups. At the same time they are havens of stability in the chaotic region which stretches
from North Africa, the Maghreb, to the Hindu Kush mountain range which has always defined the
dangerous region of Afghanistan, Pakistan and Iran. The Palestinian question has engaged Indian leaders
since the national movement. It was Mahatma Gandhi who in the early 1920s first spoke of Indian
support to the Palestinian cause which after Independence translated itself into the staunch support
that India gave to the PLO and to the creation of Palestinian State. India and West Asian countries have
had a history of struggle against colonialism. It should also be understood that Israel assisted India
during the Kargil war of 1999 by its intelligence agency known as Mosaid. In 2017 Narendra Modi
125 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

became the first Prime Minister to visit Israel and there continued the head of the nations visits very
frequently. In the present times the relations between two nations can be understood in broad
dimensions which are collectively aiming at economic development.
Agricultural Partnership and Water Conservation: Arid land technology, biotechnology and a joint action
plan to research India specific and export-oriented seeds deserve attention. Israel has tackled its rain
deficiency by developing technology solutions for waste water management, purification, desalination
techniques and water reuse in agriculture and industry. The Israeli dairy industry with its proven know-
how and design, technology and genetic material can revolutionize the dairy industry in India.
Defence collaboration: The India-Israel equation in defence has acquired strategic dimensions but there
is need and opportunity to make it “more broad-based” through production and manufacturing
partnerships. India and Israel jointly developed a missile known as Barack -8 , Israeli defence industries
are well inclined towards joint ventures to give a boost to the ‘Make in India’ campaign.
Conclusion: Mutual respect to each others culture , strength in economy, common fight against
terrorism , methods of becoming Independent from foreign powers makes the India Israel relation
unique. The need of the hour is to maintain the same pace and also increase defence corporations ,
increase investments especially in making Indian agriculture more modernise like on Israeli lines and
sharing mutual interest in strengthening bilateral ties will surely make the motive of PM Modi “ I for I , I
with I ” i.e. India for Israel and India with Israel “ come true.

Possible titles:
1. I for I , I with I
2. Israel as a best ally of India since Kargil war
3. Elucidate the defence co operations between India and Israel
4. India Israel trade relations

Title 64 : Mob lynching and controlling mechanism

This essay should include

• What is mob lynching?
• What are cause of mob lynching?
• Controlling mechanism for mob lynching.
• Conclusion.
The Manipur Law defined mob lynching’s as “any act or series of acts of violence or aiding, abetting such
act/acts thereof, whether spontaneous or planned, by a mob on the grounds of religion, race, caste, sex,
place of birth, language, dietary practices, sexual orientation, political affiliation, ethnicity or any other
related grounds.” The murder of 15-year-old Junaid in a running train in Haryana shocked the country. In
the unfamiliar parts of the nation, there are continuous mobs, lynching incidents.
What is the reason?
Reason behind the mob lynching is mainly consider various aspect of society, administrative and
technological (mainly social media). Some of them are, Poor Implementation of
minority’s laws, No law on mob lynching at national level, Lack of accountability and conviction, Votebank
politics, Police failure, Social media menace i.e. fake news, High Unemployment rate. To address problem
of mob lynching honorable Supreme Court give guidelines in 2018. Some of them are that The state
governments shall designate a senior police officer in each district for taking measures to prevent incidents

126 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

of mob violence and lynching, The state governments shall immediately identify districts, sub-divisions and
villages where instances of lynching and mob violence have been reported in the recent past, The nodal
officers shall bring to the notice of the Director General of Police (DGP) any inter-district co-ordination
issues for devising a strategy to tackle lynching and mob violence-related issues, It shall be the duty of
every police officer to cause a mob to disperse, which, in his opinion, has a tendency to cause violence in
the disguise of vigilantism or otherwise.
The Central and the state governments should broadcast on radio and television and other media
platforms including the official websites that lynching and mob violence of any kind shall invite serious
consequence under the law, Curb and stop the dissemination of irresponsible and explosive messages,
videos and other material on various social media platforms which have a tendency to incite mob violence.
Register FIR under relevant provisions of law against persons who disseminate such messages, State
governments shall prepare a lynching/mob violence victim compensation scheme, Ensure that there is no
further
harassment of the family members of the victims, If a police officer or an officer of the district
administration fails to do his/her duty, the same will be considered as an act of deliberate negligence for
which an appropriate action must be taken against him/her.
Recent law made by the Manipur, Rajasthan, west Bengal government are good steps towards end of this
menace . There should be a national law against mob lynching which not ensure preventive measure
against lynching but also ensure better rehabilitation for victims along with a standard definition of mob
lynching which will be universally accepted.
Further to control mob lynching there is need to work upon steps like Laws should be followed in a sincere
manner, to prevent such incidents, quick steps should be taken by taking initial steps, Criminals should be
ensured the strictest punishment by not providing political support to them, Implementation of preventive
measures is not possible in every situation, so the police should be allowed to take appropriate steps in
such a situation, The technical and skill of police forces should be upgraded, as well as the number of
police forces should also be increased, Expert legalists should be arranged so that criminals do not escape
by taking advantage of the shortcomings of the law, Rumors spread by social media contribute the most to
such incidents, which play a big role in gathering the crowd, so there is a dire need to rein in them

Title 65: Censorship and its Necessity

Essay should include

• What is Censorship?
• Pros and cons of censorship and its necessity.
• Various government regulation.
• Conclusion/way forward.
Censorship refers to regulation and suppression of speech and writing perceived to be detrimental to the
public good. It includes the review of media content that can be deemed pornographic, politically
offensive, or a security threat. It also includes official prohibition or restriction of any type of expression
believed to threaten the political, social, or moral order. It can be imposed by a government authority,
sometimes by a religious authority and occasionally by private organizations.
Censorship has its own cost and benefit .On positive side although censorship is viewed negatively, it is not
evil all the time; it has some positive aspects as well. Censorship prevents disharmony in society by
prevention of disclosure of objectionable content that can lead to communal discord, preserves the
security of the state, maintains morality in the society, prohibits the spread of false beliefs or rumors, and
curbs access to harmful activities by preventing their public display and others. On negative side
Censorship also leads to excess restriction on freedom of speech and expression (Article 19).

127 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Most of the time it is used to silence those who are critical of those who are in power. Thus, it may harm
healthy debate and criticism in society. In this way, it gives prominence and authority to a single group of
people. It often becomes an instrument of harassment of those seeking free speech. In present time
necessity of censorship can be seen at various front. At Political front, Many times governments do not
allow the publication of certain kinds of information on the grounds of being critical of it or some political
party in the ruling. On social front, the disclosure of some kinds of information may create social
disharmony due to which they are held back or censored. On ethical ground, Any content that is
considered to be violating the moral code of conduct in society is censored. This may include pornographic
content, content promoting racial and gender inequality or discrimination and others.
On relious ground, any type of information that may hurt the religious feelings of some community in
society is often held back. Countries that have particular state religion also tend to restrict such speech and
expression in any form that may be blasphemous.
.Censorship in India is not a new concept it can be seen through British Rule
like Metcalfe act (1835), Vernacular Press Act, 1878. After independence it continued through various law
and provision like, Article 19(1) came with certain reasonable restrictions, Central Board of Film Censors
(CBFC, renamed as Central Board of Film Certification in 1983) under Cinematograph Act of 1952, Section
124A of Indian panel code, Cable Television Network Rules, 1994,Information Technology Act, 2000(“IT
Act”) Section 69A and recent provision to monitor the content on the OTT (Over the Top) platforms, the
Ministry of Information and Broadcasting (MIB) recently notified the Information Technology (Guidelines
for Intermediaries and Digital Media Ethics Code) Rules 2021 (Rules). The Supreme Court of India in the
K.A. Abbas vs the Union of India case upheld restrictions on public exhibition under Cinematograph Act,
1952, and rejected a petition that challenged the Act’s powers of censorship. And Constitutionality of
censorship was also held in S.Rangarajan v. P. Jagjivan Ram. The Court opined that cinema caters for a
mass audience who are generally not selective about what they watch. It cannot be allowed to function in
a free market place just as does the newspapers and magazines. Censorship by prior restraint is, therefore,
not only desirable but also necessary.
To address the various concern regarding censorship there is need to Amendment of criminal laws in India
in compliance with international principles to preserve freedom of speech and expression. Proper
discussion with all the stakeholders before introducing and modifying any particular law on censorship.
Rules and procedures should be created which are proactive and non-punitive to address hate speech etc.
The process may involve raising public awareness, combating indecent misinformation and improving
protection to protect a community at risk. Artistic expression and creative freedom should not unduly be
curbed and certification should be responsive to social change.
Censorship is a coin with two faces. It has positive as well as negative sides. Given the ever-changing nature
of society, everybody should be inclusive enough to accept diverse and contrasting opinions. The very
essence of freedom of speech and expression needs to be kept alive keeping in mind the reasonable
restrictions at the same time. Proper discussion and persuasion can be the right approach in building a
healthy balance between freedom of expression and what needs to be held back.

Title 66: Depreciation of Indian rupee amid Pandemic

This will include

• What is meaning of depreciation of money and current trend.
• Cause of depreciation.
• Pros and cons.
• Steps taken by government and RBI.
Currency depreciation is a fall in the value of a currency in terms of its exchange rate versus other

128 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

currencies. Rupee depreciation means that rupee has become less valuable with respect to dollar. It
means that the rupee is now weaker than what it used to be earlier. For example: USD 1 used to equal to
Rs. 70, now USD 1 is equal to Rs. 76, implying that the rupee has depreciated relative to the dollar i.e. it
takes more rupees to purchase a dollar. Economic fundamentals, interest rate differentials, political
instability, or risk aversion can cause currency depreciation.(Here can add current trend..bcz it
continuously change)
Rising Covid-19 cases have emerged as a key concern. As several states are now
considering more stringent lockdown measures, market participants are concerned over delay in the
recovery of the economy, which was hit hard in 2020-21 by the pandemic. The strengthening of USD in
line with expectations of better growth in the US economy, has also put pressure on the Rupee.
RBI’s announcement of Government Securities Acquisition Programme (G-SAP) programme to infuse
liquidity has also put additional pressure on the Rupee.This is being read as a sort of quantitative easing
policy the global central banks had followed, in which the RBI will support the government’s elevated
borrowing programme through infusion of liquidity. Another factor that is putting additional pressure is
the decreasing support of the Foreign Portfolio Investors (FPIs), who pumped huge inflows into Indian
equity markets between October 2020 and February 2021.While the FPIs invested a net of Rs. 1.94 lakh
crore between October 2020 and February 2021 (in the Indian markets), in the month of April 2021 they
have pulled out a net of Rs 2,263 crore. Some others factor that influencing the value of currency are
Inflation, Interest rate, Trade deficit, Macroeconomic policy, Equity market etc.
Depreciation of Indian rupee effected both positively and harmful for various sector,
stakeholder of Indian economy. People importing from outside, seeking foreign education, travelling
abroad, investing abroad, medical treatment abroad etc are negatively affected by rupee depreciation.
On other hand, People exporting from India, People receiving remittances from Non Resident Indian
(NRI) Foreign tourists as travel to India are positively impacted.
To counter such depreciation RBI reduced the limit for outbound investment
and remittances from India to enhance capital outflow. To encourage capital inflows RBI has removed
administrative restrictions on investment schemes offered by banks to non-resident Indians, and
removed
ceiling on interest rates on deposit accounts held by NRIs. The government liberalised the FDI limits for
12 sectors, including oil and gas. A Bill is pending in the Parliament to revise the FDI limit to 49% in the
insurance sector. RBI increased the current overseas borrowing limit for banks from 50% to 100%, and
allowed it to be converted into rupees and hedged with the RBI at concessional rate. RBI also allowed
banks to swap fresh NRI dollar deposits with a minimum duration of 3 years with the RBI. RBI increased
the short-term emergency borrowing rates for banks. The daily holding requirements under the Cash
Reserve Ratio for banks have been modified.

129 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

The Finance Ministry increased the customs duty on importing precious metals
including gold and platinum. 20% of every lot of import of gold must be exclusively made available for
the purpose of export. Ministry of Commerce is exploring the possibility of using local currency for
trade with major trading partners. RBI allowed exporters and importers more flexibility in management
of their forward currency contracts. On international cooperation level, Government increased
its currency swap limit with Japan from USD15 billion to USD50 billion. The BRICS nations also agreed on
a USD100 billion foreign currency reserve pool as part of their plan to create a BRICS New Development
Bank. India will contribute $18 billion to this fund from its reserves. Recently decline in number of covid
Cases also a good sigh for recovery of economy.
Even though there are some temporary benefits of currency depreciation, it’s not good
for the country’s economy. A strong currency attracts domestic investors and also foreign investors and
thereby paves the way for economic development. In today's day and age, when financial networks span
continents and financial decisions and measures are made keeping in mind a global outlook, linking
nationalism and economics is a colossal mistake. Although some measures are necessary to protect
people against the adverse effects of drastic depreciation, drastic measures such as curbing imports
should be avoided as they may create more problems than they solve. Nations and governments should
realize that depreciation and appreciation are phenomena created by the immense interconnected
ecology of the global free market and stick to policies that do the simple thing: create infrastructure and
promote inclusive growth.

Title 67: India and Central Asia relation

What should be included in essay..

• Central Asia and historical ties
• What are India’s strategic interests in Central Asia?
• Area of cooperation and step taken by India to enhance ties.
• What are the challenges and opportunity?
• What step should be taken by India to improve presence in central Asia.
Central Asia is a region that stretches from the Caspian Sea in the west to China and Mongolia in the east,
from Afghanistan and Iran in the south to Russia in the north. This region consists of Kazakhstan,
Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan and Uzbekistan. All of these nations became independent in 1991
after the collapse of the USSR.
India’s relations with the Central Asian countries can be traced back to the ancient Silk Road, along which
people, goods and ideas flowed. During the period of the Kushan Empire, which spanned across the
territories of modern Central Asia and India, the people-to-people contact, cultural and economic ties were
flourishing. There may be lack of shared boundaries but after USSR dissolution, the five Central Asian
countries gained independence and India started to improve ties with them. Immediately after the
formation of the Central Asian states, New Delhi signed agreements focusing on expanding Indian trade,
investment and developmental assistance. At present, Central Asia is considered to be a part of India’s
extended neighbourhood.
130 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

India has a very wide array of interests in Central Asia covering security, energy, economic opportunities
etc. Central Asia serves as a land bridge between Asia and Europe, making it geopolitically axial for India.
Security, stability and prosperity of Central Asia is imperative for peace and economic development of
India. The region is rich in natural resources such as petroleum, natural gas, antimony, aluminium, gold,
silver, coal and uranium which can be best utilized by Indian energy requirement. Central Asia has huge
cultivable areas lying barren and without being put to any productive use, offering enormous opportunity
for cultivation of pulses. Indian agribusiness companies can setup commercial agro-industrial complexes in
Central Asia. Both India and Central Asian Republics (CARs) share many commonalities and perceptions on
various regional and world issues and can play crucial role in providing regional stability.
Both India and central Asia can work together in various area like military, energy, agriculture, trade etc. It
not only ensure better between India and central Asia but also enhance peace, prosperity and
development in the whole region. To enhance cooperation various step taken by India are International
North-South Transport Corridor (INSTC) for better connectivity, Connect Central Asia Policy(2012),
Shanghai cooperation organization, ratification the International Road Transport (TIR) Convention,
Ashgabat Agreement, Turkmenistan-Afghanistan-Pakistan-India (TAPI) pipeline etc. Along with opportunity
India-central asia relation also negative effected by various aspect like here are obstructions of physical
connectivity due to Pakistan’s hostility and Afghan instability for its desultory attitude towards Central
Asia, India’s current trade volume with Central Asia is minimal, and cannot be increased without
substantially improving transport connectivity, Politically, the Central Asian republics are highly fragile
and also face threats like terrorism, Islamic
fundamentalism etc making the region a volatile and unstable market, There are several administrative
laggards in the region such as non-availability of hard currency, banking services, and prevailing corruption
creating roadblocks in smooth bilateral relations, India’s "Look East" policy has resulted in concentrating
its economic and diplomatic resources in Southeast and East Asia, Involvement of China in Central Asia in
form of Belt and Road Initiative while posing opportunity by giving easy access to India in the region, it can
significantly undermine India’s influence in the region, Porous border and unbridled corruption along with
the proximity with regions of soaring opium production (Golden Crescent and Golden Triangle) makes the
region a powerhouse for drug and money trafficking.
Further to enhance ties India should be fully mindful of its historic Silk Route ties with Central Asia, and try
to make an entry into the largely untapped energy potential of the region. India needs to use its
instrument of economic leverages more efficiently to build closer ties with Central Asia. 'Connect Central
Asia' Policy is a very comprehensive policy which includes political, security, economic and cultural
cooperation. India should make efforts to step up multilateral engagement with Central Asian partners
using the synergy of existing forums like the SCO, Eurasian Economic Community (EEC) etc. Measures such
as relaxing of visa regimes, establishing schools and universities; strengthening tourism; Investment in
agriculture sector can significantly improve India’s position in the region. Growing synergies between the
India and CAR will promote security, stability, economic growth and development of all countries.
India-Central Asia ties have the potential to raise India’s stature in the international system. India’s
increased presence in the region would ensure stability, security, economic growth and development. This,
in turn, would enable India to realize its energy needs and address security concerns. Thus, giving equal
importance to India’s extended neighbourhood is vital for realizing its aspiration of becoming a major
power

131 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Topic 68 : Moral behaviours leading to happiness

Key points :

• Its an ethics and values based essay

• Connect it with normal values and principles
• Religious sects can be connected
• Famous quotes can be used

Introduction : “ Ethics is knowing what you have a right to do and what what is right to do”.
we use terms “ethical” and “moral” to address questions of right/wrong, good/bad is indicative of our
confusion in this area. What she is referring to is that etymologically ethical and moral simply refer to
customs or habits. “Ethical” was used in a phrase referring to excellence in habits or customs. Similarly, the
Latin derived “moral” was the modifier of a word meaning virtue or strength. The most important influence
on our contemporary meaning of “moral” was a long incubation in the Christian religion. “Moral” still
touches a religious nerve for many people and carries some of the meaning that Christian theology gave to
moral virtue. Concerning religious differences, Jews became comfortable with “ethics” as an alternative to
Christian moral theology. In the twentieth century, Protestant Christianity constructed an academic field
called “Christian Ethics.” Roman Catholics, at least until the Second Vatican Council, continued to have a
moral code based on moral theology. The preference of morals and ethics in Indian context is discussed
below.

Main body :

In the knowledge tradition of India, ethics has its origin in its religious and philosophical thinking. From
time immemorial, various religious faiths have flourished here. Every religious and every philosophical
system of India has a prominent ethical component. Ethics is the core of all these systems. In every religious
tradition, good moral conduct is considered essential for a happy and contented life. Without following the
path of righteousness no one can attain supreme goal (mokṣa) of life.

In Indian tradition, the concept of ṛta gave rise to the idea of dharma. The term dharma here does not
mean mere religion; it stands for duty, obligation and righteousness. It is a whole way of life in which ethical
values are considered supreme and everyone is expected to perform his or her duty according to his or her
social position and station in life. In Buddhism, the word dhamma is used, which is the Pāli equivalent of
the Sanskrit word dharma. The guidelines and rules regarding what is considered as appropriate behaviour
for human beings are prescribed in the Dharma Śāstras.

In the Hindu way of life, every individual is expected to perform his or her duty appropriate to his or her
caste (varṇa) and stage of life (āśrama). This division of one’s life into the four āśramas and their respective
dharmas, was designed, in principle at least, to provide fulfilment to the person in his social, moral and
spiritual aspects, and so to lead to harmony and balance in the society. The four āśramas are: brahmacarya,
stage of studentship; gṛhastha, stage of the householder; vanaprastha, life in the forest; and saṁnyāsa,
renunciation. The concept of right and wrong is the core of the Mahābhārata which emphasizes, among
others, the values of non-violence, truthfulness, absence of anger, charity, forgiveness and self realization.
It is only by performing one’s righteous duties or dharma that one can hope to attain the supreme path to
the highest good. It is dharma alone that gives both prosperity (abhyudaya) and the supreme spiritual good
(niśryas).

Conclusion :

During the middle ages, the Bhakti movement arose in India. It was an all-India movement of social reform
and spiritual awakening. It played a very important part in reawakening moral consciousness in India.

132 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Jayadeva, Nāmdev, Tulsīdās, Kabīr, Ravidās and Mīra are some of the prominent saints of this movement.
Most of these saints came from the downtrodden sections of society. Rejecting the distinctions of caste,
colour and creed, they spread the message of human equality. Hence Ethics is elucidated as well based
standards of right and wrong that prescribe what humans ought to do, usually in terms of rights,
obligations, benefits to society, fairness, or specific virtues.

Topic 69 : farmers suicides in India

Key points :
Farmer loan waiving necessity
Reasons of farmer suicide
Agrarian economy of India
World on farmer conditions
Introduction :
“ At least once in a year we need a doctor , engineer and a lawyer but each and every day we need a
farmer who is the reason behind three times food a day”.
Two thirds of India makes its living from the land. The earth is the most generous employer in this country
of a billion, that has farmed this land for more than 5000 years. 1997 witnessed the first emergence of
farm suicides in India. Rapid increase in indebtedness, was at the root of farmers taking their lives. Debt is
a reflection of a negative economy, a loosing economy. Two factors have transformed the positive
economy of agriculture into a negative economy for peasants – the rising costs of production and the
falling prices of farm commodities. More than 25,000 peasants in India have taken their lives since 1997
when the practice of seed saving was transformed under globalisation pressures and multinational seed
corporations started to take control of the seed supply. If development is to take place and become
selfsustaining, really and substantially encompassing especially the poor, it will have to start in the rural
areas in general and agriculture in particular. The events of farmer suicides and the government actions to
control them are discussed below.
Main body :
Credit is undoubtedly the most important factor in the agriculture development. In the wake of WTO
challengs, it is necessary that the credit support to agriculture be enhanced considerably if we are to
compete in the global market. Farmers have also recorded a decline in their income due to increasing input
costs and low produce. According to a study by the Centre for Research for Rural and Industrial
Development (CRRID), Chandigarh, 93 per cent farmers recorded substantial decline in their annual
income, while only 3 per cent recorded farming as profitable and 4 per cent has static earning. During
1989-99, the population of the country increased by 21.5 per cent, while the reported suicides increased
by 32.5 per cent as per the data from National Crime Records Bureau for the same period, clearly showing
higher growth in suicide rates in the country. The incidence of suicides increased from 40,000 in the year
1967 to 110,000 in the year 1999 recording an increase by 175 per cent. The state of Karnataka is said
having less crime regarding the farmer suicides. Andhra Pradesh on the other hand is said having the
highest number of farmer suicide records.
The recent government decided to stop the farmer suicides and in case of any crop failures in nation the
farmer must not feel distressed and launched a programme called PM fasalbhimayojna. There will be a

133 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

uniform premium of only 2% to be paid by farmers for all Kharif crops and 1.5% for all Rabi crops. In case of
annual commercial and horticultural crops, the premium to be paid by farmers will be only 5%. The premium
rates to be paid by farmers are very low and balance premium will be paid by the Government to provide
full insured amount to the farmers against crop loss on account of natural calamities.There is no upper limit
on Government subsidy. Even if balance premium is 90%, it will be borne by the Government.
Har Khet ko Pani “Prime Minister Krishi SinchayeeYojana”.Government of India is
committed to accord high priority to water conservation and its management. To this effect
Pradhan Mantri Krishi Sinchayee Yojana (PMKSY) has been formulated with the vision of
extending the coverage of irrigation ‘Har Khet ko pani’ and improving water use
efficiency ‘More crop per drop' in a focused manner with end to end solution on source
creation, distribution, management, field application and extension activities.

Conclusion :death is not a solution for every problem and farmers must realise the need of
their life to themselves , their family and society at large. Raghuram rajan the former
governor of RBI opined that farmer loan waiving is not the solution to control farm suicides
which may in turn result into higher fiscal deficit among the states. Loan w aiving to the
landholders has to be minimised and that of waive off to the agriculture labourites is more
necessary. The real beneficiaries are to be identified and the scope of loan waiving must
not force the farmer to invest back in loss oriented farms b ut on revenue generating areas
such as any MSME sector or children’s higher education.

Topic 70: Integration of world

Key points:
• Concept of globalisation
• World organisations and summits
• India’s participation and membership
• Climate action and terrorism at a single platform
Introduction:“ globalisation has provided a new era of togetherness”. Global integration is commonly
described as the process of interaction and integration among the countries, people, companies and
governments of the world. It is a process that is primarily driven by international trade and investment and
is aided by infrastructure and information technology improvements. Globalisation affects everything from
the environment and human well-being, through to economic development and the prosperity of
citizens.Because of globalization the economies of the world are being increasingly integrated. For example, mobile
phones and the internet have brought people closer together. The world is becoming a smaller place. Work can be
outsourced to any part of the world that has an internet connection and because of improvements in traffic
infrastructure one is able to reach one's destination in a shorter time.Various organisations in the world which
enforce the world integration are discussed below.

Main body: World integration is the comprehensive integration for peace and security, financial stability,
cooperation’s among the nations etc. The concept of Globalisation by integrating nation states within the
theme work of World Trade Organisation (WTO) is an alternative version of the ‘Theory of Comparative
Cost Advantage’ propagated by the classical economists for assuming unrestricted flow of goods between
the countries for mutual benefit, especially from Great Britain to other less developed countries or to their
colonies. The united nations organisation which has 193 member nations, world bank and international
monetary fund have 189 nations, world trade organisation which have 164 member nations, ASEAN with
10 members , east Asia summit having 18 member nations, Shanghai cooperation organisation having 8
countries, G20 , G7 nations will prove the integration of the world that is the cooperation among the
member nations in the terms of economy, politics and security.

134 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

India getting the membership of various groups such as SAARC, SCO, BRICS,NAM etc makes India also a
part of world integration.Stieglitz, Nobel Prize Winner for Economics (2001) and former Chief Economists
of the World Bank, “Globalisation is the closer integration of the countries and peoples of the world
which has been brought about by the enormous reduction of costs of transportation and
communications, and the breaking down of artificial barriers to the flow of goods and services, capital,
knowledge, and (to a lesser extent) people across borders. Creating environment for free movement of
labour between the countries of the world. More recently, the rise of social media means that national
boundaries have, in many ways become irrelevant as producers use new forms of communication and
marketing, including micro-marketing, to target international consumers. The widespread use of
smartphones has also enabled global shoppers to have easy access to 'virtual' global markets. The
emergence of footloose multinational and transnational companies (MNCs and TNCs) and the rise in the
significance of global brands such as Microsoft, Apple, Google, Sony, and McDonalds, has been central to
the emergence of globalisation. Providing an incentive for countries to specialise and benefit from the
application of the principle of advantage. Access to larger markets means that firms may experience higher
demand for their products, as well as benefit from economies of scale, which leads to a reduction in
average production costs. Avoidance of regulation by locating production in countries with less strict
regulatory regimes, such as those in many Less Developed Countries (LCDs).world integration has led to
increased flows of inward investment between countries, which has created benefits for recipient
countries. These benefits include the sharing of knowledge and technology between countries are some
major advantages of world integration.

No individual development, local perspective growth impact, MNC invasions impact on local companies are
some possible disadvantages of integration.

Conclusion: Every long journey starts with a single step. UNO, world bank and IMF initiated the journey
and it’s the responsibility of the countries to strengthen such organisations and create many such in the
future to prove the saying” world is one and the planet is earth”. It is said that arguing against the
globalisation is arguing against the concept of gravity.

Need for world integration at glance:

135 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 71 : Supply chain management in India’s agriculture

Key points :

• Define what is supply chain

• Agriculture sector brief

• Benefits of supply chain

• Picture denoting supply chain is must in these type of essays

• Dalwai committee recommendations

Introduction : Supply chains are principally concerned with the flow of products and information between
supply chain member organizations—procurement of materials, transformation of materials into finished
products, and distribution of those products to end customers. Today’s information-driven, integrated
supply chains are enabling organizations to reduce inventory and costs, add product value, extend
resources, accelerate time to market, and retain customers. Agribusiness, supply chain management
(SCM) implies managing the relationships between the businesses responsible for the efficient production
and supply of products from the farm level to the consumers to meet consumers’ requirements reliably in
terms of quantity, quality and price. In practice, this often includes the management of both horizontal
and vertical alliances and the relationships and processes between firm.

3c of supply chain management

Creators: Farmers, Food Entrepreneurs

Contributors: Middlemen, Retailers, Commodity Exchange

Consumers: Domestic And Foreign

Individual suppliers, producers and marketers who are associated through a supply chain coordinate their
value creating activities with one another and, in the process, create greater value than they can, when
they operate independently. They reduce the delivered cost of products below the cost of competing
chains and thus increase the gross margin for the working capital committed by members of the chain.
The agriculture supply chains in India and their management are now evolving to respond to the new
marketing realities thrown by the wave of globalisation and other internal changes like rise in the level of
disposable income of consumers, change in the food basket of the consumers towards high value products
like fruits, vegetables and animal protein. The new challenges of the agricultural economy of the country
have now spurred the government agencies to go in for different legal reforms for enabling and inviting
private investment in agricultural marketing infrastructure, removing different entry barriers to promote
coordinated supply chain and traceability.

Green revolution in India has given enormous results especially in north India but it also spread to south
part of India. he one-India market concept may benefit from placing agricultural marketing under the
Concurrent List (in the Seventh Schedule of the Constitution).While cultivation is limited to the land and
area of farming operations, marketing has no boundaries and needs to operate on a pan-India level to
meet demand across the country. The needs include creation of better physical infrastructure, improved
price information dissemination campaigns, and reform regulations that force farmers to sell their
produce to local monopolies.

136 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Conclusion : India is targeting to double the farmers income by 2022 and GOI (Government of India) have
appointed Ashok Dalwai committee which have also strictly recommended for the proper implementation
of supply chain management. Horticulture sector can be another big booster for the economy in the future
and the need of the hour is proper establishment of cold storages and better transportation facilities till a
good or product reaching till the consumer.

Challenges faced in India’s supply chain management:

Ways through which Supply chain management can be improved

1. Improving infrastructure through schemes like Ajeevika Grameen Express yojana, SAMPADA yojana
(building warehouses)

2. Vertical coordination of farmers through cooperatives, contract farming and retail chains would facilitate
better delivery of output, reduce market risks, provide better infrastructure, attract more public interest,
acquire better extension services, and create awareness regarding the prevailing and new technologies.

3. Customized logistics is another important immediate requirement to make logistic effective. This
reduces the cost, facilitates the maintenance of quality of the produce and fulfils the requirements of
targeted customers.

4. Information system for better coordination among different stakeholders from farmers to consumers is
the need of the hour. The internet and mobile communication can also be used to enable information and
financial transfer between the stakeholders.

5. Public private partnership is another strategic solution. Supply chain like washing, waxing, grading,
sorting, packing, pre-cooling, handling facilities, insurance, finance, transport and processing facilities
would add value to supply chain functioning.

6. Establishment of Mega Food parks : These parks will also provide the required infrastructural and
common facilities which are essential for sustenance of the industries. Quality assurance laboratories,
Ware housing including cold storages, common effluent treatment plants etc.

Possible titles:

1. Challenges in supply chain management

2. Indian agriculture and need of reforms

3. Supply chain involves the process of various conversions

4. Agriculture and consumer; identify the processes in between

137 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

INDIA@75

• This essay should include

• India achievements after independence
• Various challenges.
• Solution

Year 2022 is special for India because India going to celebrate 75th year of independence. From battle of
plassey to 15th august 1947 and then to 2022, from Theocracy to democracy: India’s journey was full many
challenges, potential and success. Recently Our Prime minister setup a high level committee to
commemorate 75 years of India’s Independence. This is revolve around five themes- Freedom struggle and
ideas, achievements, action and resolve at 75.

The strategic vision envisaged by NITI AAYOG that is INDIA@75 also a step toward recognition of
achievements and way forward for challenges face by country to achieve peace and prosperity to the
people of India. Being Agriculture as skill of nearly half of population main challenge is to Doubling
Farmer’s income by 2022. Precision farming, more encouragement of high value crops like horticulture and
female participation in agriculture are the measure area where government try to focus. PM KISAN, PM-
KSY, Pradhan mantri mahila kisan sashktikran yojana and recently passes farm laws are the steps towards
not only to ensure double income farmer but also enhance qualitative food security along with inclusive
growth.

In terms purchasing power parity (PPP) our economy stands third in the world. But the ongoing pandemic
made many challenges in front of economy. The negative growth of GDP, loose secondary sector, high
unemployment, increased Nonperforming assets (NPA), depreciation of Indian Rupee etc. are the major
challenge amid pandemic. From LPG reform in 1991 and now Atmanirbhar bharta, skill India, make in India
start up India etc. are major step taken by government to boost up economy. The policy like Jan Dhan
yojana, Banking facilities and many are helping to financial inclusion and move towards Digital economy.

The recently publish New National policy show’s India grand vision in education sector. India @75 stand
with more autonomous university, college, more skilled education and innovative education programme
for pre-primary and primary education. It promote ethical, affordable ,equal, skilled education to all. From
last two decades in world level ranking Indian universities and school seen more in number. Along with
education poverty, malnutrition, hunger are also major challenge in front of nation. These are try to curb
through NFSA 2013, Mid-day meal and ICDS.

The most important and major challenge today at eve of 75th year of independence is gender sensitivity
and demographic management. In the human development Index India stand at 131st position out of 189
countries. In the gender equality index India stand at 112nd out of 153 countries. Violence against wome,
low sex ration, low participation of women in productive economic activity, caste discrimination, mob
lynching are the major hurdles for India . To tackle this Beti Bachao Beti Padao, Indradhanushya,
saukanya Yojanaand maternity benefit etc. doing well to gender this societal base gender discrimination.

India’s achievements in space research, pharmaceutical, and in renewable energy are remarkable. It can be
seen through that India plan to launch its first man mission GAGANYAN, International solar allianc , and as
a largest producer of medicine. India show its technological competence to control Covid pandemic as
India was one of Global nation which make its own vaccine. In global politics also India present itself more
mature, proactive, philanthropist, and big brother for many nation. India’s peacekeeping forces many time
rewarded for Service before self.

138 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

But India has to go many miles to become a developed nation which is self-reliant, free from poverty, well-
nourished in each sector. Inclusive growth, more gender sensitive society, reforms in secondary sector and
journey toward sustainable development goal (SDG) will make tagore’s vision of “ Sujalam Sufalam India”
in real sense. India @75 is not our destination but a milestone where we have to look back our glorious
past and work enthusiastically towards the destiny of our nation

139 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

ARGUMENT – WRITING – Q2 IN CAPF P II Exam

FORMAT for writing an Argument

INTRODUCTION
• Brief Introduction must be written in minimum 20- maximum 40 words.
• If possible include famous quotes related to the topic.
• Must be crisp and clear.
• No need to Create a suspense.
IN FAVOUR OF THE STATEMENT
• 5 POINTS (it can written in point Wise or in para)
JUSTIFY BOTH
AGAINST TO THE STATEMENT justify both 5 points each
• 5 POINTS (it can written in point Wise or in para)
FINALLY CONCLUSION:-
• Your final opinion towards the topic.

TIPS to follow before appearing an argument

1. Aspirants should understand that there is no choice and has to answer two
2. Read the title very carefully and elaborate your thinking process
3. A small introduction should be given i.e just how you understood the TITLE
4. After the introduction the aspirant should write five points at least in favour and against separately.
5. Looking at the title aspirants should try to remember the news paper articles and especially the
television debates on a topic
6. Brain storming on each title for at least 2minutes is suggested
7. Try to bring only those points in support and against which makes a reasonable understanding
8. Make sure that each point you write in favour can also be countered easily( at maximum cases)
9. Try write a bullet point initially and then explain the point
10. Lastly a shorter conclusion should be given ,here aspirant may mention his stand on a particular topic.
11. Word limit is not Mentioned so we suggest to go for more number of points.

140 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 1 : Fracking leads to the disruption of nature

Introduction : Fracking (hydraulic fracturing) is a method of extracting natural gas from deep underground
via a drilling technique. First, a vertical well is drilled and encased in steel or cement. Then, a horizontal
well is drilled in the layer of rock that contains natural gas. After that, fracking fluid is pumped into the well
at an extremely high pressure so that it fractures the rock in a way that allows oil and gas to flow through
the cracks to the surface. This method since disrupts the nature has pros and cons as mentioned below
Pros :

• Greater access to oil and natural gas : Fracking is essential for the production of natural gas and oil
from shale formations, and with advances in fracking technology, it is becoming easier and more
accessible to access natural gas.
• Natural gas is a necessary bridge fuel to get to 100% clean energy and eliminate coal and
petroleum, and fracking is the best way to extract natural gas.
• Fracking is a safe method of extracting natural gas. The Ground Water Protection Council (GWPC),
stated, “Hydraulic fracturing has been a key technology in making shale gas an affordable addition
to the Nation’s energy supply, and the technology has proven to be a safe and effective stimulation
technique. Ground water is protected during the shale gas fracturing process by a combination of
the casing and cement that is installed when the well is drilled and the thousands of feet of rock
between the fracture zone and any fresh or treatable aquifers.”
• It reduces the taxes and burden on Government :As there is a naturally available resources the
taxes burden will be reduced and also further promote the economic growth.
• More employment opportunities can be created and it also further leads to economic growth
increase in demand in the market will be created .
• A 2020 American Petroleum Institute study found that banning fracking could be disastrous,
resulting in, among other consequences, a $1.2 reduction in 2022 GDP triggering a recession; 7.5
million lost jobs; a $3.1 million trade deficit increase through 2030; an annual household income
loss of $5,040 per year; an increase in household energy spending of $618 per year; and a return of
American dependence on imported energy sources.
Cons :

• Less Focus on Renewable Energy Sources: If we are relying on fossil fuels and we have found a way
to be able to rely on them for longer, we are going to stop our research into alternative (and
cleaner) energy sources. When we thought that the world was running out of fossil fuels, we had
really started to look into alternative energy sources such as solar energy, wind energy, and
hydropower.
• Increased Water Pollution: Although above we said that the general quality of air would be
improved if more people used gas as opposed to coal or oil, fracking could actually end up leading
to more pollution in general.
• Increased Number of Droughts: Because fracking, as mentioned above, uses so much more water
than other techniques employed to extract fossil fuels from the earth, there has been an increased
number of droughts in and around areas in which fracking has taken place.
• Increased Spread of Toxins: Fracking companies are not yet legally obliged to disclose what sort of
chemicals they are putting into their water mix – all we know is that water is being mixed with sand
and certain chemicals to make fracking easier and more efficient.
• According to Environment America Research and Policy Center, “Fracking uses vast quantities of
chemicals known to harm human health… [including at least] 5 billion pounds of hydrochloric acid,
a caustic acid; 1.2 billion pounds of petroleum distillates, which can irritate the throat, lungs and
141 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

eyes; cause dizziness and nausea; and can include toxic and cancer-causing agents; and 445 million
pounds of methanol, which is suspected of causing birth defects… People living or working nearby
can be exposed to these chemicals if they enter drinking water after a spill or if they become
airborne.”
Conclusion : According to the International Energy Agency, global fossil fuel energy demand will decrease
by 6% in 2020, the largest drop on record: “In absolute terms, the decline is unprecedented — the
equivalent of losing the entire energy demand of India, the world’s third largest energy consumer.” Earth
and its large resources cannot be compromised by promoting explorations etc.

Title 2 : Short period of discomfort is much better than going to ICU

Introduction : Vaccine diplomacy is the branch of global health diplomacy in which a nation uses the
development or delivery of vaccines to strengthen ties with other nations. The Drug Controller General of
India (DCGI) has granted the emergency-use approval for two indigenous vaccines: COVISHIELD by Serum
Institute of India and COVAXIN by Bharat Biotech. It made mandatory from children to adults to take
vaccination which have both advantages and disadvantages as discussed
Pros :
Earning long term goodwill: By financing shipments from India’s assistance programmes for cash-strapped
neighbouring countries desperately needing such assistance, India shall earn the long-term goodwill of its
immediate neighbours and across Indian ocean countries. The supply of vaccines in the times of pandemic
will definitely boost the future relations
Make India global supply centre: Beyond India's immediate neighbours, South Korea, Qatar, Bahrain,
Saudi Arabia, Morocco and South Africa have all shown inclinations to purchase vaccines from India
which is estimated to be 60% of the global supply of inoculants.

142 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

It is India's first ever adult vaccination drive: For the first time in India all sections of population are
involved in receiving the vaccine and also it does promote the concept of equality and good care in terms
of health
The digital connect of vaccine : The government has launched the Co-WIN application for the registration
of the citizens and to generate digital certificates of vaccination. The awareness and information of
vaccine need is spread across the nation along with mass publicity by celebrities . Co-WIN will facilitate
real time information of vaccine stocks and storage temperature during the COVID-19 vaccination drive.
Any vaccine after receiving will have several side effects such as fever, head ache etc. it should be
considered as a temporary reaction and not a long run indication. It is just a immediate reaction to the
new element found in the body and cannot be panicked more .
Ability to reach all across the nation ; with the large provision of pharma industry in India and licencing
to the best dealers can create a vaccine availability to big population
Promotion of Make in India : With permission and rights handed over to the companies such as Bharat
Biotech will encourage the Indian Scientists and workers and also further lead to fulfil PM Modis dream
of Make in India .
Help in reviving the economy: If India becomes the manufacturing hub to corona vaccines across the
world, it shall give a boost to the GDP of India.

Cons :
Hesitancy over vaccine receiving : Either they are common people, or the frontline workers, vaccine
hesitancy, if exists, it may obstruct the smooth implementation of the vaccination drive. The spread of
vaccine side effects are increasingly tremoring common man in India and worldwide to step back from
receiving a vaccine.
Lack of Experience is being visible : The Covid-19 Vaccination drive is India’s first ever large scale
immunisation programme. There is a lack of experience due to which the chances of mistakes are likely to
happen. More trained and experienced professional in this regard are more required
Community partnership or janbhagidari is missing where people lack one to one support and monitoring
a spread of awareness and also the responsibility of sharing information is lacking among the fellow
men.
Huge population in India which enables the government to focus more on our people and vaccinate them
first. If India suffers with such a huge population there is no nation to serve us better.
Spread of virus during vaccination , as there is a big ques visible outside the centres and there happens
more infected people staying and waiting for the turn and the spread occurs.
Shortage of vaccines is the most seen call across the nation , this create panic among the public and also
a sense of urgency to take vaccine.
Fake vaccines are also seen in few parts of the country and it generates a sense of severity and side
effects in near future.
Conclusion : India needs to balance its domestic needs with diplomatic commitments. The vaccination
drive in India commenced in January, 2021 is going to be the World's Largest Vaccination Program. India
has the challenge that while it distributes the vaccine to the world, it should ensure the much needed
vaccine supply to those in India who cannot afford it.

143 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 3 : Paternity leave to men

Introduction : Paternity leave is a short period of leave for the father to take immediately following
childbirth to help care for the child and assist the mother. Along with women men are also becoming sole
responsible for taking care of children and this leave grant has got both pros and cons as discussed below.

Pros :

Approved by central govt : The Central Civil Service (Leave Rules), 1972 allows for 15 days of paid paternity
leave before childbirth or up to 6 months from the date of the delivery of the child.

Patriarchal Society: The culture of toxic masculinity that prevails in Indian society results in hesitancy and
some amount of ridicule in doing what Indian men think is ‘women’s work’. Paternity leave – and especially
longer leaves of several weeks or months – can promote parent-child bonding, improve outcomes for
children, and even increase gender equity at home and at the workplace.

Gaining Grounds: Paternity leave is one of the many voluntary benefit employers can offer but how many
of them are generous enough? An extended paid paternity leave is still considered scarce in Asia.
Therefore, providing an extension to this non-traditional benefit will be one of the easiest ways a company
can differentiate its brand and establish themselves as a preferred employer.

Improve Employee Morale Paid paternity leave provides a form of financial relief to new fathers and
creates a positive ripple effect through families. It encourages greater engagement of a father’s role and
improves the upbringing of a child, leading to a stronger family foundation. This will indirectly improve
employee morale and create a happier workforce overall.

Increase in Productivity New talents such as the Millennials often seek greater work-life balance. Paternity
leave incentives help them to manage their role as an employee, a father and a husband. An extension to
paid paternity leave also helps them to have sufficient time to care for their new-born, leading to an
increase in employee productivity as they would have a better focus on work upon their return.

Check Declining Women Labour Force Participation: Due to the societal sexism, women are often missing
out on these critical years of work once being pressured into staying home with their children.

Cons :

Increased employer costs and potentially even costs for employees and contractors, plus the cost of
training others during the workers’ leave.

Increases Federal Government involvement, some people think this kind of legislation should be left up to
the states to decide.

Father is the earning hand in most of the families and paternity leave may make him get away from work
and may also lose pay if it is unpaid leave

The traditional Asian perception of a father’s role often caused men who took long paternity leaves to
receive disapprovals from their bosses and even criticisms from their social circles. They will suffer career
penalties over time and receive fewer promotions. This leads to a permanent damage to the employee’s
career path and he might eventually leave the workforce, resulting in a loss from the business perspective
as well, especially if the employee is a highly skilled individual.

144 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Staffing shortages. The biggest negative of offering paternity leave is losing the person during that time. As
a small business owner, you will likely have to rely on your other staff more to pick up the lost productivity
for however long that new parent is gone.

Transition back to work: Coming back from a long sabbatical and diving directly into work can be jarring.
Since child rearing will bring many sleepless nights and a slew of new experiences, it will be hard for the
new fathers on your staff to get back into the swing of things. As such, offering a transition program to
employees who come back after paternity leave could be a huge boon. You can do this by allowing
returning dads to work from home or part time until they adjust.

Conclusion : The time-use survey report released last month by the National Sample Survey Office
(NSSO) shows that Indian women spend nearly four hours more on unpaid work than men, with grim
consequences for women’s participation in the workforce. This imbalance has to be eliminated and also
create a sense of equality when it comes to children care.

Title 4 : Ban of cigarettes is the only way to protect the youngsters

Introduction : As it is seen visible everywhere that cigarette smoking is injurious to health. This is a long
run discussion continuing in India and world that there shall be a ban on this but because of addiction
and economy this step is postponed and has got both pros and cons as discussed below .
Pros :
Scientists agree that smoking is dangerous. Tobacco smoke can cause cancer, strokes and heart disease.
Smoking does not just harm the smoker – it also harms people nearby, who breathe in the smoke (this is
called “passive smoking”). Smokers choose to smoke, but people nearby do not choose to smoke
passively. People should only be exposed to harm if they understand the risks and choose to accept
them. A complete ban on smoking in public is needed to protect people from passive smoking.
The opposition is wrong to say that people choose to smoke passively. In many places, there are no non-
smoking bars or restaurants. Unless people refuse to go out with friends, they cannot avoid passive
smoking. People who work in smoky workplaces (e.g. bars) often do not freely choose this sometimes no
other jobs are available. In most countries, safety standards do not allow workers to be exposed to
unnecessary danger, even if they agree. Workers should not be exposed to other people’s smoke, since
they may not have made a free choice to do so.
A ban would encourage smokers to smoke less or give up. If smoking was banned in public places, it
would no longer be a social activity. Instead, smokers would have to leave their friends inside and go
outside to smoke. This would be particularly unpleasant when it is cold/wet. One third of smokers in
Scotland said the ban was helping them to cut down. If smoking was a less social activity, fewer people
would start smoking. In many countries, governments pay all or some of the cost of treating smoking-
related diseases. This means that governments should have a right to discourage smoking.
Smoking-related diseases rank among the greatest public health problems of the last century. There
have been 21 deaths in the past three months in the US due to vaping related lung disease. Therefore,
the ban cannot be considered as the arbitrary exercise of executive power. It is simply targeted at
controlling the another public health menace at its very genesis.
People will not smoke more at home. Smokers need to maintain a certain level of nicotine in their blood
to remain content. A ban on smoking in public would force them to smoke less while at work. Over time,
this would lower the level of nicotine they need to feel content. This would reduce how often they need
to smoke. They would therefore smoke less at home, as well as less at work.

145 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

It is more important to protect people’s health than to protect businesses. Pubs and clubs should adapt,
for example by trying to earn more money from selling food. After a ban was introduced in New South
Wales (Australia), only 9% of restaurants reported a drop in trade.
Cons :
Society accepts that adults can decide to harm themselves to some extent, so long as they do not harm
others. This is why the proposition is not arguing that people should be banned from smoking in private.
Passive smokers do choose to breathe in other people’s smoke. If they do not want to smoke passively,
they do not need to go to places where smoking is allowed. There is therefore no reason to ban smoking
in public.
If enough people want to go to non-smoking bars, companies will set up non-smoking bars. If there are
no non-smoking bars, this suggests that very few people want them. Some people are quite happy to
work in smoky places. In any case, workers should be allowed to choose to work in dangerous conditions.
This is accepted for jobs like mining, fishing and the armed forces. Individuals decide that they are better
doing this work than not having a job at all. A complete ban is not necessary to protect workers anyway –
ventilation fans can remove most smoke.
It is legal to smoke tobacco, so governments have no right to try to make people stop. It is therefore
wrong to argue that a ban on public smoking should be introduced to encourage people to give up.
Smokers fund their own healthcare through the high taxes they pay on tobacco. In any case, heavy
smokers are unlikely to give up since they are addicted to nicotine.
Banning smoking in public will encourage people to smoke more at home. This will harm other people
in their house, particularly children. This is important, since children are not old enough to choose freely
to smoke passively. Also, people smoking at home may drink more alcohol than they would if they went
to a bar. This is because they can buy it more cheaply at a supermarket or off-licence. Drinking more
alcohol may lead to other health problems.
A ban on smoking in public places would drive many bars, pubs and clubs out of business. Smokers
would not go to these places. These businesses would also earn less money from selling tobacco. In many
places, pubs and Working Men’s Clubs are important social places for communities. They also provide
jobs for people with few skills in places with little other work. It is therefore important that they survive.
Conclusion : The use of tobacco can be seen as a historical mistake as its farming holds its genesis in
British period and further commercialization after Independence. We now have the opportunity to
correct this mistake and protect the next generation from the killer tobacco industry and its next
generation evolving products.

Title 5 : Free Education and its need

Introduction: The Indian education system, for a long time, is faced with the problem of inaccessibility
and low-quality education that make Indians unemployable. Due to this, India is not able to use the
potential of its human capital. Education is one of the vital tools that help a nation to develop. The
government needs to address this issue through proactive involvement for the betterment of all Indian
citizens. Providing free education has been the long run demand which has pros and cons as below.
Pros :
Huge burden on students : Student loans are the most common type of financial aid requested by college
students. Every year, over 10 million students take out loans to cover the cost of their tuition and other
school-related expenses.

Universities with free education expand access to education : this enables the students to avail
various type of curses according to their interest and also get a dream career

146 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Countries with free education lead to a high number of educated youth that would have access to
economic and social benefits to the country. It is a part of government strategy to process education
to all irrespective of the background

Free education diminishes inequalities in every aspect : there is a class divide in the country and also
only upper castes used to get high education and access which will now be eliminated .

A more educated population would have economic and social benefits for the country : If more
Americans were living up to their potential, getting a college degree and getting better jobs, there would
be positive ripple effects. Proponents of free college argue that the change would boost the country’s
productivity and GDP as people sorted themselves into more suitable, higher-paying jobs. There are also
social benefits to having a more educated populace and helping young people find their path.

Cons :

• Taxation on other products would be increased, and the state has to bear all the cost for free
education.
• People who are well off will also lookup for free education for their children, making seats
unavailable for the needy.
• Free education leads to overcrowded institutions leading to improper guidance.
• Free education might direct students to utilize limited resources which might not be in everyone’s
hand due to the high number of seekers.
• Government expenditure is maximized and would have a hard time dealing with the situation.
• Free education invited everyone to education, but many individuals would not be interested
enough but are forced to join colleges.
• Free education could demoralize people to work hard to get good credentials.

Conclusion : Therefore with the advancement of education, India has seen an excellent development
within the field of economy. People are less unemployed and some of them are even freelancing or rather
self-employed. One of the best positive things is that child labor has gone down to an excellent extent.
There are also reservation systems available for the socially underprivileged people.

Title 6 : Lockdown and its impact on common man

Introduction : The Government of India has imposed an unprecedented lockdown , as part of a series of
steps to reduce the transmission of the Covid-19. The virus has now assumed the status of a pandemic,
impacting almost every country across the globe. In the first wave the centre takes lead in imposing
lockdown across nation while in the second wave it is the responsibility of the states to curb the spread
and use lockdown as the last option. Imposing lockdown have various pros and cons as discussed below.

Pros :

Allows people to develop themselves through online publication to academicians, that is where self
reliant will become a basic feature of personality development. In the contemporary scenario the usage of

147 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

social media and online platforms has become more popular both in spreading awareness and also
boosting the business.
Helps persons adjust their livelihood according to the need and requirements, the pandemic has proven
that life is more important than anything and should be given the top priority.
It make people to learn how to live with their families, more time is available to stay with the families, as
all business and work is made available from home .
It also helps some to develop other skill and diversify their economy, where there is a shift visible from
offline to online . e commerce and related sector has boosted the economy at large scale though other
sectors suffered
People's also gets to practice simple hygiene everywhere that is the concern of proper hygiene and diet
has become a basic requisite and strict patterns are being followed to achieve the same because health is
the top priority for everyone.
Cons :
The lockdown will hit the millions of daily wage earners, the self-employed and small businesses, and
the rural landless poor. These vulnerable segments of the workforce face the immediate problem of a
lack of income as well as hunger.
The lack of planning on the lockdown resulted in another bout of crowding, with people rushing out to
buy essential supplies and medicines.
Affects agriculture : As the lockdown has curtailed the supply chain and led to the closure of markets,
this has created anxiety amongst farmers as cereals, fruit and vegetables are ready for harvest across the
county
The poor employees and their families may face livelihood issues. The human cost of such a decision
makes it unethical. Employees and their families would have to lower their standard of living. It may
impact their fight against infectious diseases and other health issues.
The world enonomy has gone down seriously , that means not alone India rather entire world is suffering
with this pandemic . it should be noted that in the second wave of pandemic India is suffering a lot than
any other developed or developing nation economically.
Conclusion : Therefore Our governance model provides for decision-making at the Union level. But the
burden of policy execution falls upon states, as the Healthcare, sanitation, agriculture and public utilities
are administered by state governments. Thus, fiscal federalism, decentralised governance and flexibility
to the States to meet their particular needs and requirements should be a part of the fight against the
virus, including coping with the lockdown and the economic recovery to follow.

Title 7: Plastic ban should be made compulsory

Introduction : The nationwide ban on plastic bags, cups, plates, small bottles, straws and certain types of
sachets is set to begin from October 2 to eliminate single-use plastics from cities and villages that rank
among the world's most polluted. Our neighbour China's commercial hub of Shanghai is gradually
restraining the use of single-use plastics in catering services. Its island province of Hainan has vowed to
completely eliminate single-use plastic by 2025. This plastic has got both pros and cons as mentioned
Pros :
Plastics are more easy to use : One important advantage of plastics is that they are pretty convenient to
use. For instance, if you go to the supermarket, you will likely use plastic bags to carry home the things
you just bought since it is simply the most convenient way.

148 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Affordable and cheap : Compared to other packaging materials, plastics are also quite cheap. Many
industries know that and that is the reason why most of our packaging and wrappings are made out of
synthetic materials.
Seen everywhere in our daily life Plastics are prominent in all parts of our daily life. For instance, if you
go shopping in the store, you will likely use plastic bags. Moreover, if you buy a shirt, chances are that it is
made (at least partly) out of polyester, which is a synthetic material that can be regarded as plastic as
well.
Hygiene factor Plastic is also quite a hygienic material. It is less vulnerable to outside conditions like rain
compared to packaging materials that are made out of cardboard.
Light weight Another reason why plastics are so popular is that they are quite light. This is especially
important for people who do not even own a car. If you have to carry all your things from the store to
your home by using public transport or if you have to walk, you will prefer lightweight alternatives
whenever you can.
Use it multiple times ; Even though we often only use our plastic bags and other things a single time,
most plastic items are suitable for reuse. For instance, you could use your plastic bags multiple times and
therefore easily improve your ecological footprint.
Many industries rely on plastics Our industries are heavily dependent on plastics of several sorts. This is
due to the fact that plastics have many convenient properties. Moreover, since plastics have been around
for a quite long time, everyone got used to it and production and packaging processes without the use of
plastics are unimaginable in many industries in our current age.
Cons :
Negative effect on environment Plastics lead to all sorts of pollution and especially poor countries will
suffer the most since they are often flooded with plastic waste from all over the world. Therefore, we
should feel a global obligation to reduce plastic waste and to improve our ecological footprint.
Dumping A sad truth regarding our waste production is that our rich Western world gets rid of its waste
by shipping it to poor developing countries, which is also known as environmental dumping. This is
especially true for plastic waste.
Cannot sustain in the long run Due to the non-renewable character of the raw materials in the plastic
production process, the use of plastics can also be considered to be not sustainable in the long run.
Acid rain Through the burning of plastic waste and the related air pollution, also the chances for the
formation of acid rain increases significantly. Many people still think that acid rain is a rather minor
environmental issue.
Littering is another big environmental problem that can be caused by plastics. Many people just dispose
of their plastic trash right where they stand. If you have a look at the sidewalk of main streets, you will
see plenty of litter. Most of this litter will be made of some sort of plastics.
Through the emission of harmful gases into our atmosphere related to the burning of plastic waste, the
global warming issue is also exacerbated. This is due to the fact that large amounts of greenhouse gases
are emitted into our atmosphere, which are known to speed up global warming.
The use of plastics may also contribute to the endangerment and extinction of species. Since our nature
is often used as a kind of trash dump for plastic waste, many natural environments will be contaminated
and the natural living conditions of animals and plants will be adversely altered.
Conclusion : In India, with rising e-commerce purchases, the use of plastic has significantly increased.
These companies need to cut back on plastic packaging that makes up nearly 40% of India's annual plastic
consumption. On World Environment Day, 2018 the world leaders vowed to “Beat Plastic Pollution” &

149 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

eliminate its use completely.

Title 8 : Role of Political parties in transforming the nation is becoming more influential

Introduction : Political parties are organized groups of people who share a set of similar political aims and
opinions and aim to influence public policy by getting their candidates elected. The main functions of
these parties are to present their candidates and electoral campaigns to the electorate. But they also
perform many other tasks in a democratic country.
Pros :
Political parties are able to present political information to the voting population in a manner that is
readily understandable. By doing so, there is order in the country through the representation of broad
political philosophy of the group. As a result, voters become aware of every party’s stance on certain
issues.
Political parties provide balance through the accommodation of various interests and opinions.Both
political parties are organized groups with differing political views, which make it important for political
parties to make decisions that will favor not only few but also all interests and opinions to keep the
loyalty of their supporters.
Political parties prevent unexpected shifts in political trends that threaten stability in the government.
The US’ two-party system helps promote stability in the government because there will only be two
parties sharing power, which can dissolve or change coalitions immediately. Now, if voters disagree on
one political issue, they would generally understand that the candidates represent bigger issues that
need more attention. This discourages voters from giving up their support for their party. Additionally,
elected officials will have time to focus on long-term policies that benefit the public.
Political parties encourage political participation.
As a democratic nation, America allows its citizens to freely express their opinions and to support the
political party that shares their interest and opinion. Unlike China, the US government encourages the
public to participate and cast their votes at the polls. Hence, the public can contribute in making
significant changes that will benefit everyone.
With the scheme of participation different sections in the society are seen given tickets, party funding ,
campaign support etc. by the top leaders of a political party
Cons :
Political parties might have a selfish propaganda that could hurt national interest.
When political parties carry vested interests and vicious propagandas that benefit only a few and are
against other parties, it damages the country’s political environment. And when a certain group cares
more for its members rather than the entire country, it does not only harm the political atmosphere, but
also disturbs the nation’s peace and order.
Political parties could create factionalism.
A country with a party system could render political life artificial. It could create animosity between
parties, encourage jealousy and develop occasional riots and insurrection. As a result, the public is forced
to form factions because they could not agree on certain levels.
Political parties could ruin individuality.
There may be parties that expect or force the people support and share their views blindly. They might
not allow its own people to criticize their shortcomings. In short, the people may not be allowed to form
their individual opinions on certain issues because they are expected to follow what their party is telling
them.

150 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Political parties could encourage corruption.

There will be parties that distribute money to the electorate to secure votes for their candidates. Aside
from that, their candidates may be making promises only to persuade the voting population into electing
them. But once they are elected into office, they might never deliver to their promises. They might also
place those who supported them in higher positions in exchange for their votes.
Political parties could deprive the country of talented individuals who can contribute to its success.
This is because people from the opposition parties are most likely excluded from participating in the
government for the betterment of the entire nation.
Conclusion : Therefore political parties should always play a role of big brother in democracy spreading
good and always starving to enhance a good governance in the term or tenure which is being mandated
by the public keeping away all the other interests.

Title 9 : Medical Marijuana is seen in use now a days

Introduction : The Council of Scientific and Industrial Research (CSIR), the Indian Council for Medical
Research (ICMR) and the Department of Biotechnology — are getting together to promote research
in herbal drugs, some of which involve deriving new drugs from marijuana. Researchers will test whether
strains of marijuana could be effective in the treatment of breast cancer, sickle-cell anaemia as well as for
“bioequivalent” (similar in make-up and effect) to marijuana-derived drugs already approved by the
United States Food and Drug Administration (U.S. FDA). This has got advantages and disadvantages as
discussed below
Pros :
Marijuana is effective in relieving nausea and vomiting. Studies have shown that pharmaceutical
cannabis can decrease nausea caused by chemotherapy used to treat cancer and almost completely
eliminate vomiting

Marijuana can relieve the spasticity of the muscles that is sometimes associated with multiple
sclerosis and paralysis.

Marijuana can help treat appetite loss associated with conditions such as HIV/AIDS and certain types of
cancers.

Marijuana is safer than some other medications prescribed to treat the same symptoms. For example, it
may be used instead of opioids for pain management. Opioids are highly addictive and are typically not
recommended for long-term use in treating chronic pain

Cannabis does not need to be smoked to be medically beneficial. Products such as cannabidiol (CBD) oils,
topical pain relief treatments, edibles, and other non-smoking applications are now available

Marijuana has been used for centuries as a natural medicinal agent to good effect.

Cons :

Frequent marijuana use can seriously affect short-term memory which is seen in most of the medical
studies

Frequent use can impair cognitive ability.

Smoking anything, whether it's tobacco or marijuana, can seriously damage your lung tissue

151 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Marijuana carries a risk of abuse and addiction

Marijuana has been implicated in a high percentage of automobile crashes and workplace accidents.

Marijuana is illegal under federal law. It is classified as Schedule I drug in the Controlled Substances Act
(CSA), alongside heroin. This classification says that the substances have no currently accepted medicinal
value.

Conclusion : Medical marijuana remains controversial but it is gaining traction as a legitimate

recommendation for a variety of symptoms. Even though many states have legalized the use of cannabis
for medicinal purposes (and a few for recreational use), it’s going to take more moves by policymakers and
the U.S. government for it be accepted and sold nationwide.

Title 10 : Ban of nuclear weapons in the eve of ensuring peace

Introduction : Movement towards nuclear elimination may best be started through steps that seek to
reduce the salience of nuclear weapons. Human nature rebels against giving up anything to which it
attaches value. So, by reducing the worth of nuclear weapons, nations may be persuaded to eliminate their
arsenals. These nuclear weapons has both pros and cons as discussed below

Pros :

It reinforces the idea of nationalism from a border-based perspective.

The reality of human existence is that people tend to go toward the areas of the planet where the most
resources are available. This pattern of behaviour dates all of the way back to the Roman Empire and
Ancient Egypt. When governments take action to defend their borders, then they are creating a method of
organization that allows for the effective distribution of needed items to their citizens and the world
beyond.

Nuclear weapons do serve as a deterrent to a global conflict.

One of the primary reasons why there hasn’t been another global war since the 1940s is because of the
presence of nuclear weapons. Only a handful of countries possess or share this technology with others,
and most nations that do have access to this technology have fewer than 100 weapons. The destructive
capabilities in the hands of the military were put on full display over Japan at the end of World War II, and
no one wants to go through something like that again.

This technology creates a bargaining chip for countries that need it.
Israel is believed to be in possession of nuclear weapons, but their government does not officially report
this status. North Korea has independently developed this technology since then end of the Korean War,
giving it a seat at the negotiation table to the point that President Donald Trump has visited with the
leadership of the country on multiple occasions.

Nuclear weapons reduce the threat to a country’s military forces.

Today’s nuclear weapons have the ability to fly over 1,000 miles to strike a target with precision. Even the
nations with “subpar” technology in this area, such as North Korea, can fly their missiles are enough to
impact the sovereignty of another nation. The Skyfall project in Russia presents the idea of equipping a
small nuclear reactor to a missile so that it can operate almost indefinitely.

Governments can position nuclear weapons to a variety of launch locations.

Portable launch vehicles make it possible to locate nuclear weapons at almost any point on land.
Government installations allow for underground storage and launch capabilities at numerous development
sites across their country. Naval tech, including submarines, can support this firepower as well.

152 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Cons :

There will always be moral and ethical debates about the use of nuclear weapons.
We can point to the two cities in Japan that experienced a direct detonation to speak to this advantage.
The mass loss of civilian life from nuclear weapons would go far beyond what any mass shooter in the
United States would create.

Nuclear weapon detonations are directly connected to cancer development.

Ionizing radiation is a scientifically-proven carcinogen in humans. It is directly linked to most forms of
leukemia, thyroid cancer, and cancers in the breast and lungs. The time that can elapse between the
exposure to the radiation and the development of a malignancy can be anywhere between 10-40 years.

There are direct costs attributed to a government’s nuclear weapons program.

The United States spends about $35 billion every year to build, upgrade, operate, and maintain the nuclear
weapons stockpile it owns. Figures from Russia where there are a similar number of weapons are about
equal. Even third-party estimates of the expense to maintain an entire portfolio of these explosive devices
place the expense at $25 billion or higher.

Nuclear weapons devastate the environment.

The United States tested a massive hydrogen bomb on Bikini Atoll in 1954. It’s more than 65 years later,
but this location in the Marshall Islands chain is still not livable. Some of the exiled families say that they
are too fearful ever to go back. The U.S. government declared that it was safe to resettle some residents in
the 1970s, but they were removed in 1978 after officials discovered that the foods grown on the island
contained high levels of radiation.

The use of nuclear weapons creates a significant threat of terrorism.

The Nuclear Threat Initiative works to create a better world from Washington, D.C. by working to prevent
terrorism with these harmful weapons. The number of countries that are storing the dangerous materials
that could lead to atomic weaponization has decreased from 52 in 1992 to a little over 30 today. Terrorist
organizations now have easier access to the materials and knowledge needed to build these weapons as
well.

Conclusion : The issue with mutually-assured destruction is that it always leaves a lingering threat to the
general population. If two superpowers decide to trade launches, such as Russia and the United States,
then there would be global consequences to that decision. The life of a single human is more valuable than
all of the nuclear weapons in stockpiles around the globe right now.

Title 11 : Religion may do more harm than good

Introduction : Many religions had been around for thousands of years. Billions of people all over the world
rely on the value systems that are proposed by those religious movements. Believing in one religion and
having faith have got numerous advantages but also several disadvantages as discussed below
Pros :
Religion may help people to overcome insecurities
One important advantage of religion is that it can help people to overcome their insecurities. Especially
people who have quite low confidence levels are attracted to religion since they can get a feeling of
community out of it.

Can help in hard times in life

Everyone of us faces quite hard times in our lives sooner or later. While some people just push through
those times and become stronger, others struggle quite a lot and may suffer from serious mental

153 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

problems. In such a case, religion can help people to get back on track since religions often promote values
that give people stability in their lives.
May give people trust in life after death
Many people are also quite afraid of death. We as humans are often not able to accept the fact that we
will not be on this planet forever and that we have to go after a certain period of time. Therefore, many
people struggle to deal with death since they are afraid of what’s coming afterward.
Can help to promote reasonable values
If religion is practiced in a non-radical manner, chances are that some of the values that are spread by
priests and other religious people may actually benefit our society
May give people a reason to get up in the morning
Some people are also quite unsatisfied with their daily life. They have to work in a shitty job for quite long
hours and come home tired on a regular basis. Over time, this may become a real pain and many people
may lose all their motivation to get up in the morning.
Religion may help to overcome anxiety
Another advantage of religion is that it can help people to overcome their anxieties. We all have things that
we are afraid of. Yet, it is crucial to overcome our fears in order to develop our personal character and to
succeed in life. Some people are able to overcome their fears on their own.

Cons :
Religion is often misused by fundamentalists
Apart from the many important advantages of religion, there are also some issues related to this. One
problem of religion is that it is often misused by fundamentalists.
Can lead to serious discrimination of minorities
While many religions propose social acceptance amongst their members, they often also claim that
everyone who behaves not in line with the values of those religions should be socially excluded or even
discriminated against.
Religious arguments are often flawed
Another issue of religion is that the arguments made by priests or other religious people are often flawed
and can be disproved by rather simple arguments. However, especially people who are not that smart
often believe in those arguments, which may turn out in rather unpleasant outcomes for their future life.
May be used to keep people under control
Throughout the history of mankind, religions had also been used to keep the general public under control.
In fact, it was the perfect tool for political leaders to point to different religious aspects in order to keep
people under control and to sustain their power.
Suppression of freedom
In general, religion often takes away a great level of freedom of people. People are often confined in their
way of life since they have to make sure not to violate any rules that are proclaimed by their religion.

Conclusion : Therefore religion should always be used to unite people and never separate them on the
basis of belief . The idea of god itself is to spread oneness

154 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 12 : Video Gaming or online gaming has become a major addiction now a days

Introduction : Video games are a trademark commodity in our modern, technologically driven culture.
Although undoubtedly entertaining, considerable debate remains as to their relative positive or negative
impacts on individuals and society. Even though studies regarding this issue are relatively new, they can
still provide insight into the benefits and drawbacks of this popular pastime.

Pros :

According to Psychology Today, playing video games has been shown to increase players’ ability to
distinguish subtle differences in shades of gray, a phenomenon known as “visual contrast sensitivity.” They
may also improve the eyesight of the visually impaired and help players increase their ability to visually
detect the direction of movement.

Video games can improve everyday skills

Playing video games has been found to enhance hand-eye coordination, lengthen attention spans and
improve both working memory and rapid decision-making abilities.

Video games can enhance executive functioning

“Executive functioning” is the term used for a person’s ability to rapidly and efficiently solve problems.
Video games can help improve multitasking, increase mental flexibility and even reverse the mental
decline that occurs as people age.

Video games may help ease anxiety and depression

Both anecdotally and scientifically, video games have been shown to reduce symptoms of anxiety and
depression. For example, Scientific American reported that the game Tetris may actually ease the
symptoms of post-traumatic stress disorder.

Economic gain to the creators / developers and internet providers

Cons :

Video games can make people more violent

According to The Telegraph, researchers have found a direct link between violent video games and
an increase in aggressive behaviour. This applies particularly to “shoot-em-up” games that simulate
firearms.

Video games may decrease players’ ability to concentrate

A study published in Psychology of Popular Media Culture found a correlation between the length of time
individuals play video games and their ability to remain focused

155 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Video games can become addictive

A university study found that one in 10 youth gamers is “addicted;” their playing habits cause family, social,
school or psychological damage. Treatment programs combating video game addiction have cropped up
across the world, including in the United States, South Korea and the Netherlands.

Video games may increase depression and anxiety

While it’s true that video games can help combat anxiety and depression, other studies have shown that
they might cause or exacerbate these conditions instead.

Online access and providing credentials may create a security threats

Conclusion : Therefore Studies have found that video games can improve learning. When video games
have been used in the classroom, teachers see improved test scores. Games also allow students to learn
and then apply what they have learned in a real-life situation. Medical and military training programs both
use simulation-style games to teach tools and strategy.

Title 13 : Goods and services tax has become a major transformation in Indian economy

Introduction : Goods and services tax(GST) which was enacted in India in the year 2017 provides a
comprehensive gateway for simplifying and merging all the indirect taxes with a slogan “ One nation one
tax”. The agenda is seen diverted and has got both advantages and disadvantages as below

Pros :

GST eliminates the cascading effect of tax

GST is a comprehensive indirect tax that was designed to bring indirect taxation under one umbrella. More
importantly, it is going to eliminate the cascading effect of tax that was evident earlier.

Higher threshold for registration

Earlier, in the VAT structure, any business with a turnover of more than Rs 5 lakh (in most states) was liable
to pay VAT. Please note that this limit differed state-wise. Also, service tax was exempted for service
providers with a turnover of less than Rs 10 lakh.

Composition scheme for small businesses

Under GST, small businesses (with a turnover of Rs 20 to 75 lakh) can benefit as it gives an option to lower
taxes by utilizing the Composition scheme. This move has brought down the tax and compliance burden on
many small businesses.

Simple and easy online procedure

The entire process of GST (from registration to filing returns) is made online, and it is super simple. This has
been beneficial for start-ups especially, as they do not have to run from pillar to post to get different
registrations such as VAT, excise, and service tax.

The number of compliances is lesser

Earlier, there was VAT and service tax, each of which had its own returns and compliances.

156 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Cons :

Increased costs due to software purchase

Businesses have to either update their existing accounting or ERP software to GST-compliant one or buy
GST software so that they can keep their business going. But both the options lead to the increased cost of
software purchase and training of employees for efficient utilization of the new billing software.

Not being GST-compliant can attract penalties

Small and medium-sized enterprises (SME) may still not be able to grasp the nuances of the GST tax
regime. They will have to issue GST-complaint invoices, be compliant with digital record-keeping, and of
course, file timely returns. This means that the GST-complaint invoice issued must have mandatory details
such as GSTIN, place of supply, HSN codes, and others.

GST will mean an increase in operational costs

As we have already established that GST is changing the way how tax is paid, businesses will now have to
employ tax professionals to be GST-complaint. This will gradually increase costs for small businesses as
they will have to bear the additional cost of hiring experts.

GST came into effect in the middle of the financial year

As GST was implemented on the 1st of July 2017, businesses followed the old tax structure for the first 3
months (April, May, and June), and GST for the rest of the financial year. Businesses may find it hard to get
adjusted to the new tax regime, and some of them are running these tax systems parallelly, resulting in
confusion and compliance issues.

SMEs will have a higher tax burden

Smaller businesses, especially in the manufacturing sector will face difficulties under GST. Earlier, only
businesses whose turnover exceeded Rs 1.5 crore had to pay excise duty. But now any business whose
turnover exceeds Rs 20 lakh will have to pay GST.

Conclusion :

Therefore it must be understood that Change is definitely never easy. The government is trying to
smoothen the road to GST. It is important to take a leaf from global economies that have implemented GST
before us, and who overcame the teething troubles to experience the advantages of having a unified tax
system and easy input credits.

Title 14 : “It is not a lack of love, but a lack of friendship that makes unhappy marriages.”
Introduction : The character and quality of social relations based on kinship, marriage and family are of
paramount importance in all societies. The primary reason for this is that kinship, marriage and family play
a dominant role in social systems.
Pros :
Increased level of security
One important advantage of marriage is that it provides partners with an increased level of security. For
instance, if one partner dies unexpectedly, the other partner often has financial claims regarding the
shared property and other things that they have built together.

157 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Socially accepted
Another reason why so many people marry is that it is a socially accepted construct. The concept of
marriage has been invented thousands of years ago and it has been a valid social construct until now.
One can build wealth together
Another important upside of getting married is that you and your partner will be able to build wealth
together. This can include financial assets, building a business together or also building a house.
One can support each other in difficult situations in life
Your partner can also help you to overcome difficult situations in your life. Life is hard sometimes for all of
us and if you have a strong partner who supports you in those times, chances are that you will be able to
get back on track much sooner in a healthy manner.
Necessary in many cultures
In many countries all over the world, marriage is considered to be the standard approach towards long-
term relationships and many families apply quite a lot of pressure on couples to get married.
Tax advantage related to marriage in many countries
Also from a financial standpoint, getting married can make sense. This also depends on where you live. In
some countries, there are tax advantages for married couples, which may result in lower income tax
payments.
May contribute to a stable family
Marriage may also help you to create and maintain a stable and intact family. If you want to have kids,
marriage may be a good tool since your kids may be better treated by society than without marriage. This
is especially true in countries where living together with a partner without marriage is considered to be
dodgy and not acceptable.

Cons :
One may limit level of freedom
Even though there can be many advantages related to marriage, there are also many problems associated
with it. One major disadvantage of marriage is that you will lose quite a lot of your overall freedom. You
will have to make many compromises.
No other partners allowed
Another downside of getting married is that you will have no access to other partners anymore. You
promise to stay with your partner for the rest of your life and in case you meet someone who better fits
your preferences and needs, you will not be able to build up an intimate relationship with this person.
One may might get trapped in an unhappy marriage
Many people all over the world also get trapped in unhappy marriages. Over time, they lose all their
affection for their partner and the marriage. Many people just stay together since it is convenient and not
since they like each other too much.
Dependence on your partner
Another problem of marriage is that you may also become quite dependent on your partner. Quite often,
one partner works in a job to provide for the family while the other partner stays at home and takes care
of the kids.
Bad for one party in case of divorce
Marriage can also be quite problematic in case of divorce. In many cases, only one party gets custody while
the other person will only be able to see his or her kids a few times a month.

Conclusion : Marriage is the process by which two different people make their relationship public and
permanent. This call and step taken by two parties should deeply be respected and protected through out.

158 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Title 15 : Trumps administration in USA

Introduction: in the year 2017 there has been a major transformation in world politics that is where
Donald Trump assumed charge as USA president, the most powerful nation. This country’s president will
be seen by entire world , the steps and decisions will be observed to know the transformations. Though
losing the 2020 election Trump administration has both pros and cons as discussed below

Pros:
Trump has a strong sense of business and has been specialized in economics. Before diving into politics, he
has been a businessman and a television person. His business ability is expected to boost the capitalist
economy.

Trump has a confident and powerful personality which is a plus point for the field of politics. Instead of
practising nepotism towards a particular group or getting into lobbies, he chooses to be the main power
himself and promotes his strengths.

Tax cuts for companies and individuals helped in economic growth. This will not only motivate the
companies but also the employees thereon.

The unemployment rate was low under Donald Trump’s presidency until the outbreak of COVID-19. If there
is no pandemic probably the employment opportunities and business used to grow rapidly in the nation

America first America last Policy brought by Trump got popularity and attracted large number of masses.
This orative skills and straight forwardness has made trump a next level personality.

Cons:

• Trump is failed in controlling COVID-19 outbreak in the USA. As of August 2020, there 60 lakh cases &
82,000 COVID deaths in the country.
• He withdrew the USA from the Paris Agreement on Climate change mitigation. This agreement is very
important to work on environmental protection, and the withdrawal of the USA is a regressive step.
• Trump is against liberal immigration policies. This is affecting the employment of immigrants and also
IT companies in the USA.
• He initiated the US-China trade war, which affected many businesses and hence the global economy.
Farmers in the USA faced losses because China imposed restrictions on its imports from the USA.
• Racism & white supremacy has increased in Trump’s term.
• Till recently, the USA was considered as a global leader by many. But many people are in the opinion that
in Trump’s term, the USA is losing its position as a global leader.
• The US national debt has increased by approximately $6.6 trillion under Donald Trump’s presidency.

Conclusion : Therefore Trump got so much criticism in his term. However, he has supporters as well. The
coming elections will reveal whether the citizens are with him or not.

Title 16 : OTT platforms are in the new take now a days

Introduction : OTT Platforms, also known as the Over-the-top platform, are web-based services offering
video and audio streaming content. The OTT platforms allow you to pay for the type of content you want to
watch. You don’t have to deal with a cable operator, satellite connection, or other broadcast mediums. This
new technology and digitization has got both pros and cons as discussed below.

159 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Pros :

Reduced Cost is one of the Advantages of OTT Platform

There are thousands of programs you can access with a monthly subscription. Freedom to access
international web series, shows, live sports telecasts, and favourite flicks on the go is one of the greatest pros
of streaming platforms.

Crisp Sound and Picture Quality

Every OTT Platform keeps the content quality in High Definition. The higher your speed, the better will be
auditory and visual content since the service is offered online.

Instant Playback
Instant viewing is another advantage of OTT platform as you can request to view any movies or shows,
irrespective of their time of release, anytime. You can watch your favorite web series as many times as you
like.

Multi-Platform Service

OTT platforms give you enough freedom to watch your favorite content wherever you want, however you
want, and whenever you want. If you don’t have time to log on to your laptop or desktop, you can binge-
watch it on your smartphone.

Original Content
Having an account on an OTT platform like HBO means that you will need to subscribe to the authentic
services. By paying a little subscription amount, you get a wide variety of original content that can be
accessed only upon authorization.

Cons :

Biggest of Disadvantages of OTT Platform is Online Limitation

You can enjoy streaming platforms for as long as you have an internet connection. The downside of
streaming media from a website is that the media is only available online. This option limits access to the
material to people who don’t have an online presence. You are also required to have an account on
streaming platforms to be able to view your favorite program.

Poor Network can Impact your viewing

Unstable connection is another disadvantage of streaming online. As the content is in HD quality, a poor
network speed will make it rather difficult to let you watch the media uninterrupted. Streaming media
requires a stable internet connection. If you want the HD experience, you should have a minimum of 2MBPS
of internet connection, otherwise, you will experience buffering issues.

160 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Online Security

Besides HBO, Netflix, and other OTT Platforms, some are untrusted ones. Thousands of such platforms are
unsafe for you as you are vulnerable to lose your confidential information while paying for a subscription.

No Censorship
OTT platforms operate independently and without following governmental policies. There are no age
limitations for viewership either. The only purpose is to bring content that attracts more viewers on board.
One of the concerning disadvantages of OTT Platform is that there is restrictions on the content. Such
content may be harmful to underage users.

Users waste too much on OTT Platforms

Given that there are plenty of web series, movies, and shows released every week, users are more likely to
waste their time on OTT Platforms. As a web series ends, there’s another one in the recommended segments.
People spending more time on live video streaming are inclined to be addicted to online content rather than
being socially active in real life.

Conclusion: Therefore OTT platforms are taking technology to new levels and are very much accepted at
times like covid pandemic and also enable cost cut in terms of entertainment

Title 17 : Hybrid plants , vegetables and fruits are in a new trend now a days

Introduction : Hybrid plants can grow naturally, but mostly, these are grown deliberately by farmers.
Hybridization is obtained by cross-pollinating two or more varieties of the same fruit or vegetable. The pollen
from one variety is used to fertilize a similar plant of another variety, and the result is a hybrid.

Pros :

Hybrid food production is Safe

The process of hybridization is artificial but totally natural. There are no chemicals involved in the process of
hybrid farming. Moreover, the practice is safer for farmers who have specialized in hybrid farming. Crop
production is multiplied, which is also beneficial for the population.

Hybrid Foods are loaded with Nutrients

The motive of producing hybrid fruits and vegetables is primarily to improve the quality and quantity of vital
elements. This improvisation turns the food healthier and tastier. The varied fruits and vegetables are more
colourful and full of minerals necessary for growth.

Farmers don’t have to work throughout the year

Crop producers don’t have to work through the year to cultivate hybrid food. Hybrid or crossbred crops are
seasonal and are easy to grow while the rest of the process remains the same as that of the conventional
production methods.

161 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Hybrid fruits are vegetables are entirely different from Genetically Modified Organisms. According to the
NonGMO Project, GMOs are “plants or animals that have been genetically engineered with DNA from
bacteria, viruses or other plants or animals.

Higher yield that is the production to the farmer can be expected in a big number

Cons :

Expensive for both producer and buyer

Hybrid seeds are expensive for the farmer, and this situation eventually puts the retail value of the produce
to the higher side. Crop producers have to pay hugely to grow the proportional amount of fruits and
vegetables. The expenses incurred on the cultivation and maintenance till the stage of ripening can only be
covered by selling the produce at a higher cost as compared to the conventional product.

Hybrid fruits Seedless

No seeds mean you can’t be able to prepare for the next season if you are planning to cultivate the same
crop. You still have to pay the next time for the quantity you want to produce. However, this is not so in the
case of open-pollinated crops.

Hybrid Vegetables may not be immune

The commercially produced hybrid crop is not immune enough to withstand diseases, infestation, and other
natural factors like fungus or infections. The corn that was hybridized for the first time in 1930 also died due
to less capability to withstand harsh conditions and resist pests.

Likely to be less nutritious because of mixture characteristics provided in it

Taste differs, can be inferior than the original

Conclusion : Therefore it is a myth that hybrids are not beneficial for health. They can be equally good.
Because of the hybrids the world is today able to feed its ever growing population. Because of hybrids only,
we can see so many different varieties of fruits and vegetables on the shelves of our shops and stores.

Title 18 : Is India ready for 5G

Introduction : 5G or fifth generation is the latest upgrade in the long-term evolution (LTE) mobile
broadband networks. It mainly works in 3 bands, namely low, mid and high-frequency spectrum — all of
which have their own uses as well as limitations. In case of India there is a scope for the launch of 5G which
have got both advantages and disadvantages

Yes India can launch 5G

• In 2017, Indian government has set up Rs. 500 crores fund for Research & Development of 5G
Technology and thereby to roll out 5G by 2020, and it is also planning to auction 5G spectrum by
January 2020. so Indian government is ready for this transition.
• Internet users and hence the data consumption is increasing at a rapid rate in India. So, telecom
companies can safely invest in 5G technology & can expect returns.

162 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Indian private telecom players have been urging the DoT to lay out a clear road map of spectrum
allocation and 5G frequency bands so that they would be able to plan the rollout of their services
accordingly.
• On par with the global players, India had, in 2018, planned to start 5G services as soon as possible,
with an aim to capitalize on the better network speeds and strength that the technology promised.
• Chairman of Reliance Industries Limited, Mukesh Ambani has already said that Jio’s network is fully
5G ready & so, it is planning to roll out 5G services in India by 2022

No India is not ready :

• Not all telecom companies are ready for 5G yet. Vodafone, one of the biggest telecom
service provider in India is not in favor of auctioning 5G spectrum in 2020. They are in the opinion
that India does not need 5G services yet.
• Airtel is not happy with the current prices of 5G spectrum auction.
• The main reason behind all these things is that Indian telecom sector is in a huge
debt of approximately 8 lakh crore rupees as of 2019. So, telecom companies do not afford to invest
in the 5G technology.
• They Did not get returns on the investment they put on 4G, telecom companies faced this situation
with 3G too. They could not reap the benefits of the investment they put on 3G.
• And as per the studies on 5G technology, it has security loopholes, because it is still in the starting
stages. So, it is better to wait till the ecosystem is fully developed.
• India’s 4G internet speed is very low when compared with other countries. So, Launching 5G
services will face the same issue. So, we cannot say that India is ready without upgrading the
infrastructure first.

Conclusion : Therefore More than governments, global telecom companies have started building 5G
networks and rolling it out to their customers on a trial basis. In the near future India will convert itself
to 5G.

Title 19 : Gig economy in India

Introduction : A gig economy is a free market system in which temporary positions are common and
organizations contract with independent workers for short-term engagements. Examples of gig employees
in the workforce could include freelancers, independent contractors, project-based workers and temporary
or part-time hires. This system has got pros and cons as discussed below.

Pros :

Food delivery boys, uber/ola cab drivers, musicians, photographers, construction workers, on-demand
workers etc. There are many apps and websites (Ex-Fiverr, Upwork) for the skilled workforce, such as
software developers, doctors etc to take gigs. This kind of freelance work market is called a gig economy.

Many countries are working on bringing policies to prevent the exploitation of gig workers and to make
their working conditions more humane.

• In traditional employment opportunities, employees have to work for a fixed number of hours. But some
people like a flexible work schedule, which is contributing to the rise of the gig economy.
• Many times, the gig economy is a win-win for both the company and the worker. Companies do not
have to hire a full-time employee, and thereby can save costs. Workers on the other hand will not be
tied down by any company. After finishing the gig, they can work with other people of their choice.
• Autonomy for workers.
• Flexible work hours.
163 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Rewards for hard work.

• Fewer costs for companies.

Cons :

• Gig workers do not receive benefits such as retirement benefits, health insurance etc. like full-time
employees.
• Many gig workers are receiving pay lesser than the minimum wage guaranteed, which is unethical.
• There is no guarantee in some cases. Companies may delay or stop payments. There will always be this
insecurity and it also causes stress.
• Some gig workers overwork in order to earn decent money. Several gig workers complain of burnout.
The exploitation of gig workers is one of the biggest challenges of the gig economy.
• Some companies are encouraging people to work in the gig economy in their spare time. This can lead
to a lack of time for personal life, which affects relationships and mental health.
• The rise of the gig economy is a threat to some full-time employment opportunities. Some companies
are replacing full-time employees with gig workers.

Conclusion : The gig economy will continue to rise at a rapid rate in the coming days for good. It can
compensate for the high unemployment rates in India. It’s a good thing that the gig workers are officially
recognised and brought under the ambit of social security schemes. Working on the challenges of the gig
economy to improve the working conditions is the need of the hour.

Title 20 : Artificial Intelligence

Introduction : Artificial Intelligence is an emerging technology that facilitates intelligence and human
capabilities of sense, comprehend, and act with the use of machines. Some of the technologies that can allow
these systems in analyzing and understanding all the information that is received are Natural Language
Processing (NLP) and inference engines. Artificial Intelligence is a system that provides action through
technologies such as expert systems and inference engines to undertake operations in the physical world.
This new technology has both pros and cons as discussed below:

Pros :

Zero human error

This is why the adoption of artificial intelligence in various domains has shot up. When you can nullify
human errors completely, you get accurate results. The catch is, to program properly.Machines take
accurate decisions based on the previous information that they gather over time while applying certain
algorithm sets. Thus, there is a reduction in error and a spike in accuracy.

Manufacturing: It can enable ‘Factory of the Future’ through flexible and adaptable technical systems to
facilitate various processes and machinery to respond to unfamiliar or unexpected situations by making
smart decisions. Impact areas include engineering, supply chain management, production, maintenance,
quality assurance, and in-plant logistics and warehousing.

Smart Cities: Incorporation of applied AI in developing cities could also help in meeting the demands of a
rapidly growing population and providing them with enhanced quality of life. Traffic control for reducing
congestion enhanced security by providing improved crowd management are some of the potential uses of
AI systems.

164 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Transports, Logistics, and Smart Mobility: This domain mainly includes various autonomous and semi-
autonomous features, for example, monitoring and maintaining a predictive engine along with driver-
assist. Other applications of AI include improved traffic management, autonomous trucking, and delivery.

Zero risks
Putting machines into tasks that can be a danger to humans can pay off well. For instance, enabling
machines to deal with natural calamity can result in faster recovery and lesser pressure on human teams.

Education and Skilling: AI plays a major role in the Indian education sector by providing solutions for
quality and access issues including augmentation and enhancement of the learning experience through
personalized learning, automating and expediting administrative tasks, and predicting the need for student
intervention to reduce dropouts or recommend vocational training.

Cons :

AI-enabled machines incur heavy costs

Looking at the complexity an AI-enabled machine handles, it makes sense that AI-driven initiatives can be
heavy on pockets. Creating a machine that can mimic human logic and reasoning requires plenty of
resources and time, making it quite costly.

Machines lack creativity

The issue with machines is that it functions as programmed. While artificial intelligence has made
machines capable of learning over time, they cannot learn to think outside the box. A machine will always
analyze a situation in terms of pre-fed data and past experiences. It is difficult for a machine to be creative
in its approach.

AI-enabled machines may kill job employments

AI is replacing majority of repetitive tasks with bots. The need for human interference is going down as
businesses look towards more error-free and risk-free work. Add to this; machines bring speed with it. This
has resulted in the killing of many job opportunities that were once prevalent. Job roles like simple data
entry or talking to customers in the first touchpoint i.e. chat supports are now handled by bots that can do
it more effectively and round-the-clock.

No emotions can be daunting at times

While this is one of the key benefits of artificial intelligence, it is also a con of artificial intelligence.
Machines cannot bond with humans, because they do not have emotions or sympathy. While machine
learning and NLP has helped brands set up initial customer support through bot-enabled chat systems,
they still require a human of blood and flesh to intervene at one point to resolve an ongoing issue.

AI-enabled machines do not understand ethics

Another human feature that is hard to incorporate inside a machine – ethics. Morality is absent in a
machine and it is also hard to design and convey through technology. Artificial intelligence can help
businesses cut down the time taken to complete a monotonous task but expecting a machine to follow
ethical values is as vague as drawing sketches on water.

Lack of sufficient talent to build and deploy AI systems at scale. An estimate claims that only 4% of AI
professionals in India have worked on emerging technologies such as deep learning and neural networks.
There is also a significant gap in Ph.D. research scholars in the field.
165 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Lack of infrastructure is the major reason for many Indian AI start-ups that aims to incorporate their
business outside the country, thus, making AI outside the reach of Indian researchers in government labs
and many industries. Initiatives like GI Cloud (MeghRaj), are in the right direction.
Conclusion:

Artificial Intelligence has already improved many industries and it has the potential to revolutionize all
sectors by reducing the monotonous work, improving the efficiency of employees and also by quick decision
making possibilities. As AI will be more integrated into our lives, we need to keep it on the right path by
discussing and taking the right steps on ethical and security concerns.

Title 21 : 3 farm Bills

Introduction : The three new farm acts legislated by the Government of India have been widely acclaimed at
home and abroad as historical and long overdue. However, some experts, states, and stakeholders, including
farmers, have been protesting against them and seeking their withdrawal. The Union government enacted
two new farm laws for agriculture, and modified the Essential Commodities Act 1951 for agri-food stu-, in
September 2020. This new farm bills has got both pros and cons as discussed below.

Pros:

• One nation – one market can end the monopoly of ‘Agricultural Produce Market Committees‘
(APMCs). APMCs criminalises setting up of other competing markets. Some states made it mandatory
for farmers to trade with only APMC-licensed traders. With Farmers’ Produce Trade and Commerce
bill, farmers can sell the produce as per their choice. So the problem of middlemen, which is one of
the main loopholes of APMCs will be eliminated.
• In some states, there is a surplus of some vegetables and fruits, whereas in some other states there
is less supply and more demand for them. Through one nation-one market, corporate companies can
bridge this gap benefiting the consumers.
• It will attract private investments in the agricultural industry. Private investments can improve the
infrastructure of the agricultural sector, which can lead to its modernization. The competition to buy
the produce can fetch better prices for farmers. They may even come to the farmers to take the
produce, saving the transport costs for farmers.
• Contract farming is helpful for farmers because they will get price assurance beforehand. Some
companies provide seeds, fertilisers and other requirements too, which will reduce the burden of
input costs for farmers.
• Essential commodities bill, 2020 can help in stabilising the prices. For example, if the onion supply is
more than the demand, they can store them to prevent the price fall. This will also improve the cold
storage facilities in the country.

Cons:

• The process of passing the bills is not democratic. Agriculture and trade are state subjects, but the
states are not consulted before passing the bills. The main people for whom the bills are made –
farmers were also not given the opportunity to voice their concerns. Even in the parliament, clear
voting was not conducted. They passed the bills on a mere voice voting.
• APMCs are very helpful for small farmers not just to sell the produce but also to know the prices &
production choices. Many states have amended the APMC acts to make it more liberal. The passing
of farm bills 2020 may weaken the APMC system and hence can become a disadvantage to small
farmers.
• There is no guarantee that the farmers’ income will be increased by these bills. If we take the
example of Bihar, when the state abolished APMCs in 2006, farmers got lower prices for their produce

166 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

than the Minimum Support Price (MSP). So, agricultural economists are suggesting that it is
important to strengthen the APMCs, instead of transferring the responsibility to private entities.
• One nation – one market may not be much useful to small farmers, because transporting the produce
requires more expenditure than selling them at the nearest APMC.
• Contract farming may turn farmers into slaves.
• Removing the restrictions on the storage of some foodgrains may lead to more imports at cheaper
prices affecting the domestic farmers. And big businesses may store the foodgrains to increase the
prices artificially.
• Unless the prices are regulated by the government, the market will go into the hands of big
businesses putting both the farmers and the consumers at the risk of exploitation.

Conclusion:

The way the bills are passed created mistrust in farmers on government sidelining the positive sides of
the bills such as the opportunity to modernise the Indian agricultural sector. It is the responsibility of the
government to take the opinions of farmers and also of the states before passing such bills.

Moreover, the main thing to do to ensure the betterment of farmers is strengthening the government
market spaces – APMCs and to eliminate the loopholes in them.

.
Title 22 : Computer may replace books

Introduction : The computer will soon replace the book is the most trending debate since the 21st century
has evolved as a big boom to the computers and the generational changes are proving to take a shift from
book to computers. Let us analyse
Points in favour :
• one piece of information is accessible from millions of computers
• Typical computer hard drive can hold around 2000 novels and the storage capacity is even more
expandable.
• Instant information – ex. Dictionary can give the details and most precise information at a fastest speed
. it also provides for more relevant search options.
• computers may have screens that are crisper and more comfortable to view than a printed book
• Shift from print media to electronic media is also seen as most of the people read e papers and e
magazines in the present times.
• Create a virtual library in your desktop or laptop with ,millions of collections always can be added and
even deleted if not necessary
• Handy to carry everywhere the mobiles and laptops
• Doubts and other information can easily be accessed and also get an instant information.
• Storage and distribution will be very comfortable
• Easy marketing can be done because presently it’s the world of digital marketing.
Points against :
• Computers any day is far more expensive than books because a book charges in hundreds of rupees

167 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

while a computer is thousands of rupees

• One cannot lie in bed and read them leisurely as it has been book reading at all times have been the
best hobby for many.
• Computers have viruses but the book does not
• Does not strain the eye much like computer does because the
computer makes a person get addicted to it and also may force him/her to open several other
browsers and dilute the concept of good reading
• May copy and use the content verily and later also create a content issues
• Easy to turn and specify pages which is difficult in computers
• Makes people connected with past and traditions since we began with reading and learning processes
through leaves etc.
• Not everyone is digitally literate at least in India not everyone holding a smart phone in order to read
digital
• May lessen the pride of library since we have a beautiful libraries across the country
• The joy of placing your hands on a book and reading through its pages is ecstatic which cant be seen
through computer.
Conclusion : Technology which connects people also apply in terms of books but actually it also
disconnects
with our culture and traditions and also the joy of reading the books in generating greater pleasure.

Title 23 : Reservation for women

Introduction : A better democracy is the one where women does not only have the right to vote but also
have a right to contest. Many trials were made in India to bring reservation to women bill in parliament
but was not passed anyhow. Others such as panchayat elections, education and employment women are
seen having reservation.
Points in favour :
• It promotes the education that is literacy in all the levels since in rural areas there is still lack of female
education
• Promotes gender equality as mostly men are seen represented in all the dimensions
• Reservation in public transport and public places prevents physical abuse & eve teasing
• Reservation in jobs helps in empowerment of women and make them economically
independent which indirectly helps in improving the economic condition of family.
• Reservation to women in panchayat elections have actually changed the position in a village in
aspects such as roads , self help groups, drinking waters etc

168 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Democracy in India allow reservation to women and if a bill is brought to provide the same its
actually justification
Points Against :
• Reservation in politics may deprive the house of representatives because the experienced and
skilled male legislator may lose a chance
• Reservation deprives right to equality because it provides reservation to one gender
• It’s a wrong generalization. In a case where a boy from poor background and a girl from a wealthy
family are competing, reservation for women have no relevance.
• Reservation should always be on the basis on economic condition but not caste or gender
• Many women in politics as well as in other fields where they achieved success without any
reservation.
• May result into misuse of reservation by women candidates
• In panchayat elections women are just the front face because they win the election and the
husband will undergo power.
Conclusion : women are seen deprived in the society from ancient times and at least in the modern era
they have to receive equal freedom but ultimately the freedom in the form of reservation should never be
misused in any way thereon.

Title 24 : Social Media ; Is it connecting or disconnecting

Introduction : Media is known as fourth estate in India and the recent social media have become a tool of
communication in everyone’s hand . People are now able to get connected with one another with a mobile
and a computer. Though it ease the communication there are positives and negatives .
Points in Favour :
• Education – Social media has a lot of benefits for the students and teachers. It is very easy to
educate from others who are experts and professionals via the social media. You can follow anyone
to learn from him/her and enhance your knowledge about any field.
• Access to information from anywhere
• Creates a platform for digital marketing and digital business
• Can be used for promoting any cause which aim at betterment of the society such as promotion of
charity, orphanages etc
• It helps the administration and govt to settle problems and reach the people easily
• Mostly all the famous leaders in India and world wide have an account in social media and many of
them are active
• Can connect people and make them restart relationships
Points Against :

169 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Addiction as many youths are completely relying on social media and there creates a sense of negativity
• Cyber crimes are increasing in big number and it became a burden on the government to handle it
• Hacking of accounts and other information became very popular
• Social media is such a platform which if goes wrong can ruin the prestige of an individual and cause
damage to reputation
• More use of social media have also resulted into several health issues thereon
• Relationships especially among girl and a boy more gets divorced because of social media in many
instances
Conclusion : Therefore social media if used in a limit is definitely a boom to the human kind but ultimately
social media though is connecting the elderly population but is actually disconnecting the youth because of
no proper relationship processes.

Title 25 : Online Learning

Introduction : As India is the second largest populous country in the world it has to facilitate its youth with
good infrastructure learning which tends to be not a possible event since there is a requirement of huge
investment. As a solution to it there are steps taken in accordance to make e learning a way through in the
nearest future.
Points in Favour :
• Student can get access to this lecture or classes from anywhere he / she wants. According to the comfort
of the student one may get access and join the classes
• Save money which student usually spends in the form of transport, hostels etc. the other expenses will
be saved and also forming of groups or friends will stop.
• Can work along with continuing his studies. This is more advantageous to the working professionals
• Can watch lectures multiple times. Since it is online the view and attempts to watch does not have any
limit.
• Save time such as travel and others. No need to go anywhere to attend the classes, one may sit home
and continue watching the classes
• Watch and shift options whenever he wants. No need to sit continuously for 4 to 5 hrs , one may delay
the class or shift to another class etc.
• Can also get encouragement from the companies where a person is working since he along with work
also do pursue education
• Corona virus have made online as the best method of learning by staying home
Points Against :
• Technology cant be accessed by everyone, since it may be new process and also learning online is not
an easy task for those who are digitally unsound

170 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

• Might not reach the rural areas because of connectivity issues and other issues like digital literacy and
awareness over there
• There is still a hidden cost because a student have to purchase several goods such as computer, head
phones etc
• Internet problems may arise because still in India there is a poor network availability and also no
promotion of speedy internet in rural areas.
• May not get good quality of faculty and the student ultimately have to compromise
• Students wont receive the equal importance like that of regular degrees
• Teachers are not very much prepared to shift from offline mode to online mode of education
• Break the traditional means of learning where the shift arises creating a classroom at home will miss
friends, games , sports , extra circular activities etc.
Conclusion : Online education in India have already captured a larger market and with in very few years
many countries world wide is expected to completely shift from offline to online mode of learning .
Ultimately the student or learner misses the basic traditional mechanisms of going to college and adopting
a collective learning.

171 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

REPORT WRITING FORMAT – Q 3 – 20 Marks – 2 Questions

Word Limit: 200 Words

HEAD LINE (Either mention subject or headline)

NAME: xyz or abc (don’t mention your name)

Place :xyz
Date : xx/xx/xxxx (mention date in event based report writing)
SUBJECT: (Either mention subject or headline) (any one)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------PARA 1-------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------PARA 2-------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---------------------------------------------------------PARA 3-------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Most Important points to follow:

1. Present in Past tense
2. Don’t write in Point wise – give paragraph representation
3. Don’t give suggestions or conclusion
4. Underline Important Key points
5. Try to give more factual and current information

Note: we have written reports here is not according to the word limit, for students
convenience we have given more information than needed so that it is easy to recollect
more points in exam

172 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Bio medical Waste generation Doubles

XYZ

Hyderabad

23 / 05 /2021

With the second wave of COVID-19 creating havoc in India, along with the rise in the number of cases, the country’s
Bio-medical waste has been raised to peaks

The average generation of COVID 19-related biomedical waste in the country shot up from 75 tonnes per day in
March 2021 to 263 tonnes per day in May 2021 according to estimates by the Central Pollution Control Board
(CPCB).

The average monthly generation increased to 139 tonnes per day in April from 75 tonnes in March. As on May 20,
the corresponding figure was 263 tonnes per day. “Peak generation of about 263 tonnes per day was reported from
May 20. The earlier peak in the year 2020 was in the range of 180 to 220 tonnes per day,” as per the estimates by
the CPCB.

The States with daily generation of five tonnes per day include Andhra Pradesh (9.99); Haryana (13.11); Karnataka
(16.91); Madhya Pradesh (7.32); Odisha (6.65); Tamil Nadu (13.57); Uttar Pradesh (15.91); etc

The disposal of the waste was done through nearly 198 common biomedical waste treatment facilities across the
States. Maharashtra had the highest number of such facilities (29) followed by Karnataka (26) and Gujarat (20).
Kerala, which had a high rate of daily generation, had only one common facility. hospitals and isolation wards were
not mixing food waste with COVID-waste according to the feedback from the Common Biomedical Waste
Treatment Facilities across the country, it said.

Samudra Setu II

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

ONLY MAY 2nd In support of the nation’s fight against Covid-19 and as part of operation 'Samudra Setu II’, seven
Indian Naval ships viz. Kolkata, Kochi, Talwar, Tabar, Trikand, Jalashwa and Airavat have been deployed for
shipment of liquid medical oxygen-filled cryogenic containers and associated medical equipment from various
countries.

INS Kolkata and INS Talwar, mission deployed in Persian Gulf, were the first batch of ships that were immediately
diverted for the task and entered port of Manama, Bahrain on 30 Apr 21. INS Talwar, with 40 MT Liquid Medical
Oxygen (LMO) embarked, is headed back home. INS Kolkata has proceeded to Doha, Qatar for embarking medical
supplies and will subsequently head to Kuwait for embarking Liquid Oxygen tanks.

Similarly, on the Eastern seaboard, INS Airavat too has been diverted for the task, while INS Jalashwa, the LPD which
played a key role during op Samudra Setu last year was pulled out of maintenance, readied and sailed out to
augment the effort.

INS Airavat is scheduled to enter Singapore for embarking Liquid oxygen tanks and INS Jalashwa is standing by in the
region to embark medical stores at short notice. The second batch of ships comprising Kochi, Trikand and Tabar
mission deployed in Arabian sea have also been diverted to join the national effort.

173 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Uttarakhand Floods

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

The 2021 Uttarakhand flood began on 7 February 2021 in the environs of the Nanda Devi National Park, a UNESCO
World Heritage Site in the outer Garhwal Himalayas in Uttarakhand state, It is believed to have been caused by a
landslide, an avalanche or a glacial lake outburst flood. It has caused flooding in the Chamoli district, most notably in
the Rishiganga river, the Dhauliganga river, and in turn the Alaknanda—the major headstream of the Ganges. At
least 72 people are confirmed to have been killed.

According to some reports, the flooding may have been caused by a portion of the Nanda Devi glacier breaking off
early on 7 February, releasing the water trapped behind the ice, and causing a glacial lake outburst flood. Other
reports have suggested that satellite images imply that a landslide may have triggered the events.

On 8 February 2021, The Times, London, reported that a flood was caused by a portion of glacier being torn away
and causing a landslide. In satellite images, a 0.5 mi (0.80 km) scar is visible on the slopes of Nanda Ghunti, a 20,700
ft (6,300 m) peak on the southwestern rim of the Nanda Devi sanctuary, a wall of mountains surrounding the Nanda
Devi massif.

Some of the most severely affected locations are: Uttari Nanda Devi Glacier, Rishi Ganga river, Dhauli Ganga river,
Rini/Reni/Raini village, Joshimath. Among the places most severely hit by the floods are Joshimath, Rini, Nanda Devi
National Park, Tapovan Vishnugad Hydropower Plant and Sridhar.

Many village were before evacuated as authorities emptied two dams farther down the river to stop the floodwaters
from reaching towns of Haridwar and Rishikesh. Two C-130J Super Hercules with 3 teams of National Disaster
Response Force (NDRF) have been deployed in the rescue mission.

Forest fire in Odisha

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

The Simlipal Biosphere Reserve is located in the Indian state of Odisha and encompasses several state and national
wildlife parks and sanctuaries, including the Simlipal National Park, the Hadgarh Wildlife Sanctuary and Kuldiha
Wildlife Sanctuary, as well as buffer zones of forested areas including the adjoining Nato and Satkoshia Tiger
Reserve and forest.

By 4 March 2021, fires had been burning for over 10 days, and the Odisha state government announced a response,
deploying over 1000 persons include fire and forest guards as well as 40 fire tenders and blower machines to control
the fire. Simlipal is divided into 21 'ranges' for the purpose of forest patrols and by this time, 8 of these ranges were
affected by the fire. Forest department officials stated that very high temperatures exacerbated the situation.
Access to fire points in deeply-forested areas also caused challenges in bringing the fires under control. Attempts to
control the fire were aided by volunteers from civil society and non-governmental organisations, who used branches
and clothes to extinguish small fire points.

On 5 March 2021, Odisha state government officials stated that the fires had been brought under control. However,
images accessed from NASA's Fire Information for Resource Management System showed that fires were still
spreadiing in the biosphere reserve. This was confirmed by the Forest Survey of India which had recorded 233 active
forest fires in the Simlipal Biosphere Reserve as of 5 March 2021.

174 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
A previous major forest fire occurred in 2015. The state of Odisha has one of the highest rates of forest fire incidents
in India. Fires are also a recurrent natural phenomenon in the reserve and are usually brought under control by
rainfall that commonly occurs in the region in January and February.

To control fires, the Odisha State government is reported to have budgeted ₹50 crore (US$7.0 million) and
established fire squads equipped with air blowers, fire tenders and safety equipment, and instituted a toll-free
number to report fires. However, the reporting network remains inaccessible to most of the indigenous communities
that live within the biosphere, making reporting inconsistent.

Maoist Attack

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

On 2 April 2021, separate joint teams of security forces launched a major anti-Maoist operation from Bijapur and
Sukma district in the South Bastar forests.

On 3 April 2021, the security personnel belonging to the Central Reserve Police Force’s elite CoBRA unit, the District
Reserve Guard, and the Special Task Force were ambushed in the tribal-dominated central Indian state of
Chhattisgarh during an anti-insurgency operation. The fighting ensued when Indian security forces, acting on military
intelligence, raided a rebel hideout in a densely forested area of Bijapur district.

At least 22 Indian security personnel were killed and 30 injured in the ambush by Maoist rebels that lasted for
four hours in the border Sukma district, 540km (340 miles) south of state-capital Raipur. The insurgents, who had
also suffered casualties, had managed to seize the dead soldiers’ weapons. Later, a combing operation to locate one
missing soldier was conducted. According to Bhupesh Baghel, chief minister of Chattisgarh, the gun battle in the
state's Bastar division saw the use of "bullets, grenades and rocket launchers" from both sides.

Uddipan Mukherjee, a joint director for the government owned Ordnance Factory Board, said the pandemic had
allowed the rebels to recruit more members. Mukherjee has been tracking war strategy of the Maoists for over a
decade. His thesis was agreed upon by others who had access to direct knowledge of the situation.

Ram Nath Kovind, the President of India expressed deep anguish over the martyrdom of security personnel. Prime
minister Narendra Modi and CM of Chhattisgarh Bhupesh Baghel condemned the incident. The Union Home Minister
Amit Shah said, "Befitting reply to Chattisgarh Naxal attack will be given at appropriate time."Foreign Ministry of
Turkey condemns the attack and "sends consolidates to those soldiers who were martyred in 'heinous' attack by
terrorists".

On 23 March 2021, five District Reserve Guard (DRG) personnel were killed and 13 others injured when Maoists blew
up a bus carrying the security personnel with an Improvised explosive device in Narayanpur district of Chhattisgarh.
The Maoists' group was aided by insurgents associated with the Maoist platoons of Pamed, Konta, Jagargunda, and
Basaguda area committees with them nearly 250 in strength.

175 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

QUAD

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

The Quadrilateral Security Dialogue (QSD, also known as the Quad) is an informal strategic dialogue between the
United States, Japan, Australia and India that is maintained by talks between member countries. The dialogue was
initiated in 2007 by Prime Minister Shinzo Abe of Japan, with the support of Vice President Dick Cheney of the US,
Prime Minister John Howard of Australia and Prime Minister Manmohan Singh of India. The dialogue was paralleled
by joint military exercises of an unprecedented scale, titled Exercise Malabar. The diplomatic and military
arrangement was widely viewed as a response to increased Chinese economic and military power, and the Chinese
government responded to the Quadrilateral dialogue by issuing formal diplomatic protests to its members.

Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi participated, along with Prime Minister of Australia Scott Morrison and Prime
Minister of Japan Yoshihide Suga and President of U.S.A. Joseph R. Biden, in the first Leaders’ Summit of the
Quadrilateral Framework, held virtually on 12th March 2021

The Leaders Discussed regional and global issues of shared interest, and exchange views on practical areas of
cooperation towards maintaining a free, open and inclusive Indo-Pacific region. The Summit Provided an
opportunity to exchange views on contemporary challenges such as resilient supply chains, emerging and critical
technologies, maritime security, and climate change.

Indian philosophy of Vasudhaiva Kutumbakam during the historic Quad grouping summit.

In a 2021 joint statement, "The Spirit of the Quad," Quad members described "a shared vision for a Free and Open
Indo-Pacific," and a "rules-based maritime order in the East and South China Seas," which Quad members state are
needed to counter Chinese maritime claims. The Quad pledged to respond to COVID-19, and held a first Quad Plus
meeting that included representatives from New Zealand, South Korea and Vietnam to work on its response to it.
Widely viewed as intending to curb "China's growing power," the Quad's joint statement drew criticism from China's
foreign ministry, which said the Quad "openly incites discord" among regional powers in Asia.

During the 2017 ASEAN Summits in Manila, all four former members led by Shinzo Abe, Narendra Modi, Malcolm
Turnbull, and Donald Trump agreed to revive the quadrilateral alliance in order to counter China militarily and
diplomatically in the South China Sea. Tensions between Quad members and China have led to fears of what was
dubbed by some commentators as "a new Cold War" in the region.

Raisina Dialogue

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

Prime Minister Shri Narendra Modi on 13 APRIL 2021 delivered a video address at the Inaugural Session of the
Raisina Dialogue in virtual format, along with Chief Guests H.E. Paul Kagame, President of Rwanda and H.E. Mette
Frederiksen, Prime Minister of Denmark.

The 6th Edition of the prestigious Raisina Dialogue, jointly organised by the Ministry of External Affairs and the
Observer Research Foundation,will be held virtually from 13-16 April, 2021.The theme for the 2021 Edition is
"#ViralWorld: Outbreaks, Outliers and Out of Control”.

176 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
Prime Minister Modi observed that the current edition of the Raisina Dialogue was taking place at a watershed
moment in human history in the backdrop of COVID-19 pandemic which has been ravaging the world for more than
a year. The Prime Minister called upon the global community to introspect on some pertinent questions in the
present context.The Prime Minister emphasized that global systems should adapt themselves, in order to address
the underlying causes and not just the symptoms. The Prime Minister called for keeping humanity at the centre of
our thoughts and action, and creatingsystems that address the problems of today and the challenges of tomorrow.

The Prime Minister also elaborated upon India’s pandemic response efforts, both domestically as well as in form of
assistance to other countries. He called for joint efforts to meet the varied challenges posed by the pandemic and
reiteratedthat India would share its strengths for global good.

Vaccine Maitri

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

Vaccine Maitri is a humanitarian and commercial initiative undertaken by the Indian government to provide COVID-
19 vaccines to countries around the world. The government started providing vaccines from 20 January 2021. As of 9
April 2021, India had delivered around 64.5 million doses of vaccines to 85 countries. Of these, 10.5 million doses
were gifted to 45 countries by the Government of India. The remaining 54 million were supplied by the Serum
Institute of India under its commercial and COVAX obligations. In late March 2021, the government temporarily froze
exports of the Oxford–AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine, citing India's own COVID crisis and the domestic need for
these vaccines.

While speaking at the UN General Assembly high-level panel on the human rights situation in Syria, India pledged
help the United Nations to vaccinate Syria through the Vaccine Maitri policy, as Syria is facing a dire situation
compounded by COVID-19, winterisation and food insecurity. 200,000 doses of COVID-19 vaccines were gifted by
India to the UN peacekeepers on 27 March to be distributed to all peacekeeping missions.

Vaccine supply

India kicked off international shipment of the vaccines on 20 January 2021, only four days after starting its own
vaccination program. Bhutan and Maldives were the first countries to receive vaccines as a grant by India. This was
quickly followed by shipments to Nepal, Bangladesh, Myanmar and Seychelles. By mid-March 2021, India was also
supplying vaccines on a commercial basis to countries including Canada, the UK, and Saudi Arabia.

The Serum Institute of India was selected as a key supplier of cost-effective COVID-19 vaccines to the COVAX
initiative. Several million doses of AstraZeneca's COVID-19 vaccine AZD1222 were supplied by India to various
countries through the COVAX initiative. In May, when COVAX was already short 140 million doses, the Serum
Institute announced that it expected to maintain its suspension of vaccine deliveries to COVAX through the end of
2021.

2nd Wave of COVID -19

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

India began its vaccination programme on 16 January 2021. On 19 January 2021, nearly a year after the first
reported case in the country, Lakshadweep became the last region of India to report its first case. By February 2021,
daily cases had fallen to 9,000 per-day. However, by early-April 2021, a major second wave of infections took hold

177 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
in the country; on 9 April, India surpassed 1 million active cases, and by 12 April, India overtook Brazil as having the
second-most COVID-19 cases worldwide, behind only the United States.

Multiple factors have been proposed to have potentially contributed to the sudden spike in cases, including highly-
infectious variants of concern such as Lineage B.1.617, a lack of preparations as temporary hospitals were often
dismantled after cases started to decline, and new facilities were not built, and health and safety precautions being
poorly-implemented or enforced during weddings, festivals (such as Holi on 29 March, and the Haridwar Kumbh
Mela in April), sporting events (such as IPL ), state and local elections in several states, and in public places. An
economic slowdown put pressure on the government to lift restrictions, and there had been a feeling of
exceptionalism based on the hope that India's young population and childhood immunisation scheme would blunt
the impact of the virus. Models may have underestimated projected cases and deaths due to the under-reporting of
cases in the country.

The Haridwar Kumbh Mela was linked to at least 1,700 positive cases between 10 and 14 April alone, and 68 cases
among Hindu seers between 5–14 April. Politicians and activists have been criticised for holding rallies during the
pandemic. Due to high demand, the vaccination programme began to be hit with supply issues; exports of the
Oxford–AstraZeneca vaccine were suspended in order to meet domestic demand, there have been shortages of the
raw materials required to manufacture vaccines domestically, while hesitancy and a lack of knowledge among
poorer, rural communities has also impacted the programme. By late April, India passed 2.5 million active cases and
was reporting an average of 300,000 new cases and 2,000 deaths per-day. Some analysts feared this was an
undercount; epidemiologist Bhramar Mukherjee has estimated that the actual death toll of the pandemic in India
may be two to five times higher than the official totals. On 26 April, India reported 350,000 new cases and over
2,800 deaths in one day. On 30 April, India reported over 400,000 new cases and over 3,500 deaths in one day.

The number of new cases had begun to steadily drop by late-May; on 25 May, the country reported 195,994 new
cases—its lowest daily increase since 13 April. However, the mortality rate has remained high; by 24 May, India had
become the third country after the United States and Brazil to exceed 300,000 deaths attributed to COVID-19.
Around 100,000 deaths had occurred in the last 26 days, and 50,000 in the last 12.

On May 31st 2021, the World Health Organization declared that the B.1.617.2 COVID variant first found in India will
be referred to as 'Delta' while an earlier found variant in the country (B.1.617.1) will be known as 'Kappa'.

Acute oxygen Crisis

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

The second wave placed a major strain on the healthcare system, including an ongoing shortage of liquid medical
oxygen due to unanticipated demand, delays in transport, and a lack of cryogenic tankers. On 21 April, 22 COVID-19
patients who required ventilators died at a hospital in Maharashtra after an accident caused a leak in its main
oxygen supply. On 23 April, Modi met via videoconference with liquid oxygen suppliers, where he acknowledged the
need to "provide solutions in a very short time", and acknowledged efforts such as increases in production, and the
use of rail (with the Indian Railways transporting tankers via "Oxygen Express" trains) and air transport to deliver
oxygen supplies. On 25 April, the PM CARES Fund announced that it would allocate funding to install 551 oxygen
plants using pressure swing adsorption at public health facilities.

A number of countries announced that they would provide emergency aid to India. European Union member states
announced that they would send oxygen supplies, medicines and ventilators through the EU Civil Protection
Mechanism. The United Kingdom planned to send oxygen concentrators and additional ventilators. Following
political pressure, the United States offered to provide personal protective equipment and to lift export controls on
vaccines and their materials in order to send raw materials for producing the Oxford–AstraZeneca vaccine. This was
the first time in 16 years that India started accepting gifts, donations and aid from foreign nations, including buying
equipment from China.

178 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

GROUND WATER

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

Central Ground Water Board (CGWB) generates ground water quality data on a regional scale through ground water
quality monitoring throughout the country. This monitoring indicates the occurrence of Fluoride, Arsenic, Nitrate,
Iron and Heavy Metals beyond the BIS permissible limits for human consumption in isolated pockets in various parts
of the country.

A number of States have done notable work in the field of water management/conservation. Of these, mention can
be made of ‘Mukhya Mantri Jal Swavlamban Abhiyan’ in Rajasthan, ‘Sujalam Sufalam Abhiyan’ in Gujarat, ‘Mission
Kakatiya’ in Telangana, 'Neeru Chettu’ in Andhra Pradesh, ‘Paani Bachao, Paisa Kamao’ in Punjab and ‘Jal Hi Jeevan’
in Haryana among others.

With a view to facilitate sustainable development of ground water, Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA) is
presently granting No Objection Certificates (NOCs) for groundwater extraction with mandatory conditions in 19
States and 02 Union Territories (UTs) as per the extant ground water regulation guidelines. In balance States/UTs
they are regulating as per their extant provisions.

The latest guidelines (with pan-India applicability) for regulation and control of groundwater extraction in the
country have been notified by the Ministry on 24 Sep 2020. As per the guidelines all new/ existing industries and
industries seeking expansion, infrastructure projects and mining projects extracting groundwater shall be required to
seek NOC from CGWA or, the concerned State/ UT Ground Water Authority.

In addition ‘Jal Shakti Abhiyan – Catch the Rain’ campaign has been launched by Hon’ble Prime Minister of India on
22 March 2021. The Campaign will be undertaken across the country, in both rural and urban areas, with the theme
“catch the rain, where it falls, when it falls”. It is being implemented from 22nd March 2021 to 30th November,
2021 during the pre-monsoon and monsoon period in the country. It is being launched as a Jan Andolan to take
water conservation at grass-root level through people’s participation for sustainable management of water
resources.

National Food security

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

With nearly 195 million undernourished people, India shares a quarter of the global hunger burden. Nearly 47
million or 4 out of 10 children in India are not meeting their full human potential because of chronic
undernutrition or stunting.

Food security entails ensuring adequate food supply to people, especially those who are deprived of basic nutrition.
Food security has been a major concern in India. India ranks 74 out of 113 major countries in terms of food security
index. Though the available nutritional standard is 100% of the requirement, India lags far behind in terms of quality
protein intake at 20% which needs to be tackled by making available protein-rich food products such as eggs, meat,
fish, chicken, etc. at affordable prices

179 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
In order to provide the Right to food to every citizen of the country, the Parliament of India, enacted a legislation in
2013 known as the National Food Security Act, 2013. Also called as the Right to Food Act, this Act seeks to provide
subsidized food grains to approximately two thirds of India's 1.33 billion population. It was signed into law on 12
September 2013, retroactive to 5 July 2013.

Central Initiatives

The Food Corporation of India(FCI) was established in 1965 for the purpose of procurement, storage and distribution
of foodgrains. It has been playing a major role in the food security of India

The National Food Security Act,2013 (NFSA 2013) converts into legal entitlements for existing food security
programmes of the Government of India. It includes the Midday Meal Scheme, Integrated Child Development
Services scheme and the Public Distribution System. In 2017-18, over Rs 1500 billion (7.6% of the government's total
expenditure) have been allocated to provide food subsidies under the Targeted Public Distribution System (TPDS).

The NFSA 2013 also recognizes maternity entitlements. Pregnant women, lactating mothers, and certain categories
of children are eligible for daily free cereals.

State Initiatives

Karnataka has launched the 'Indira Canteen', which serves breakfast, lunch, and dinner at a very low price. This idea
was implemented by Siddaramaiah as CM so that no one in the state would go hungry and everyone would get
healthy food.

Andhra Pradesh has supported the Nalabothu Foundation, which provides free meals to people in need by
redistributing excess food from homes, restaurants, businesses, canteens, and gatherings. This scheme was brought
to national attention by Prime Minister Modi.

Tamil Nadu has launched 'Amma Unavagam' (Mother's canteen), or more commonly known as Amma canteen. The
genesis of this program could be traced to the scheme proposed by Nimbkar Agricultural Research Institute in 2012.

The State of UP in 2013 passed a food bill. Food that is going to be wasted from parties will be preserved and
distributed to poor and needy people.[citation needed]

The Chhattisgarh Food Security Act, 2012 law was enacted by the Chhattisgarh government. It was passed on 21
December 2012, by the State Assembly unopposed to ensure "access to adequate quantity of food and other
requirements of good nutrition to the people of the State, at affordable prices, at all times to live a life of dignity.’’

New IT rules - 2021

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

Amidst growing concerns around lack of transparency, accountability and rights of users related to digital media and
after elaborate consultation with the public and stakeholders, the Information Technology (Intermediary Guidelines
and Digital Media Ethics Code) Rules 2021 has been framed in exercise of powers under section 87 (2) of the
Information Technology Act, 2000 and in supersession of the earlier Information Technology (Intermediary
Guidelines) Rules 2011.

While finalizing these Rules, both the Ministries of Electronics and Information Technology and Ministry of
Information and Broadcasting undertook elaborate consultations among themselves in order to have a harmonious,
soft-touch oversight mechanism in relation to social media platform as well as digital media and OTT platforms etc.

180 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
Part- II of these Rules shall be administered by Ministry of Electronics and IT, while Part-III relating to Code of Ethics
and procedure and safeguards in relation to digital media shall be administered by the Ministry of Information and
Broadcasting.

The Digital India programme has now become a movement which is empowering common Indians with the power of
technology. The extensive spread of mobile phones, Internet etc. has also enabled many social media platforms to
expand their footprints in India. Common people are also using these platforms in a very significant way. Some
portals, which publish analysis about social media platforms and which have not been disputed, have reported the
following numbers as user base of major social media platforms in India:

WhatsApp users: 53 Crore

YouTube users: 44.8 Crore

Facebook users: 41 Crore

Instagram users: 21 Crore

Twitter users: 1.75 Crore

Raising Road Accidents

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

With only 1 per cent of the world's vehicles, India accounts for 11 per cent of the global death in road accidents, the
highest in the world, according to a report by the World Bank. The country accounts for about 4.5 lakh road crashes
per annum, in which 1.5 lakh people die.

"India tops the world in road crash deaths and injuries. It has 1 per cent of the world's vehicles but accounts for 11
per cent of all road crash deaths, witnessing 53 road crashes every hour; killing 1 person every 4 minutes," the report
said. In the last decade, 13 lakh people died and another 50 lakh got injured on Indian roads, it said.

"Considering the under reporting phenomenon and using the crash ratios for the Ministry of Road Transport and
Highways crash numbers", the report estimates the crash costs at Rs 5.96 lakh crore or 3.14 per cent of gross
domestic product (GDP). The 2019 World Bank report, titled 'Guide for Road Safety Opportunities and Challenges:
Low- and Middle-Income Countries Country Profiles', puts the road crash and serious injury cost estimate at 7.5 per
cent of India's GDP or Rs 12.9 lakh crore for 2016. It is more than twice the figure cited by the government at 3 per
cent of GDP or Rs 4.3 lakh crore, it added.

A recent study commissioned by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MoRTH) estimates the socio-
economic costs of road crashes at Rs 1,47,114 crore in India, which is equivalent to 0.77 per cent of the country's
GDP. "Considering the under reporting phenomenon and using the crash ratios for MoRTH crash numbers, the same
study estimates the crash costs at Rs 5.96 lakh crores i.e. equivalent to 3.14 per cent," it said.

At the individual level, road crash injuries and deaths impose a severe financial burden and push entire (non-poor)
households into poverty and the already poor into debt. As per the Ministry, 76.2 per cent of people who are killed
in road crashes are in their prime working-age, 18-45 years. Globally, road traffic injuries (RTIs) are the eighth leading
cause of death.

Israeli – Palestinian Conflict

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

181 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
HYDERABAD

An outbreak of violence in the ongoing Israeli–Palestinian conflict commenced on 10 May 2021, though disturbances
took place earlier, and continued until a ceasefire came into effect on 21 May. It was marked by protests and rioting,
police riot control, rocket attacks on Israel by Hamas and Palestinian Islamic Jihad, and Israeli airstrikes targeting the
Gaza Strip. The crisis was triggered on 6 May, when Palestinians began protests in East Jerusalem over an anticipated
decision of the Supreme Court of Israel on the eviction of six Palestinian families in Sheikh Jarrah. Under
international law, the area, effectively annexed by Israel, is a part of the Palestinian territories that Israel currently
holds under belligerent occupation. Israel applies its laws there. On 7 May, according to Israel's Channel 12,
Palestinians threw stones at Israeli police forces, who then stormed the compound of the al-Aqsa Mosque using tear
gas, rubber bullets and stun grenades. The crisis prompted protests around the world and reactions from world
leaders.

The violence coincided with Qadr Night (8 May), observed by Muslims, and Jerusalem Day (9–10 May), an Israeli
national holiday. The confrontations occurred ahead of a planned Jerusalem Day march by far-right Jewish
nationalists that was later cancelled. More than 600 people were injured, mostly Palestinians, drawing international
condemnation. The Supreme Court ruling was then delayed for 30 days as the attorney general of Israel, Avichai
Mandelblit, sought to reduce tensions.

On the afternoon of 10 May, Hamas gave Israel an ultimatum to withdraw security forces from the Temple Mount
complex and Sheikh Jarrah by 6 p.m. or otherwise there would be consequences. When the ultimatum expired
without a response, both Hamas and Palestinian Islamic Jihad launched rockets. Some rockets hit residences and a
school. Israel began a campaign of airstrikes against Gaza; by 16 May, some 950 targeted attacks had demolished,
completely or partially: 18 buildings including four high-rise towers, 40 schools and four hospitals, and also struck
the al-Shati refugee camp. In addition, at least 19 medical facilities have been damaged or destroyed by Israeli
bombardment.[57] The al-Jalaa Highrise, housing offices of the Associated Press and Al Jazeera as well as 60
condominiums, was destroyed on 15 May, prompting outcry. By 17 May, the United Nations estimated that Israel
had demolished 94 buildings in Gaza, comprising 461 housing and commercial units.

As a result of the violence, 256 Palestinians, including 66 children, were killed. In Israel, 13 people were killed,
including two children. The Gaza Ministry of Health reported that more than 1,900 Palestinians were injured, and as
of 12 May Israel reported at least 200 injured Israelis.[needs update] As of 19 May, at least 72,000 Palestinians have
been displaced. Around 4,360 rockets were fired towards Israel from Gaza, of which 680 landed within the strip, and
over 90 percent of rockets bound towards populated areas were intercepted by the Iron Dome. Israel conducted
1,500 air, land and sea strikes on the Strip. Calls for a ceasefire were first proposed on 13 May by Hamas, but
rejected by Israeli prime minister Benjamin Netanyahu. On 18 May, France, along with Egypt and Jordan, announced
the filing of a United Nations Security Council resolution for a ceasefire. A ceasefire between Israel and Hamas came
into effect on 21 May 2021, ending 11 days of fighting with both sides claiming victory

Tele Medicines

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

Govt. of India’s National Telemedicine Service – eSanjeevani has crossed another milestone by completing 3 million
(30 lakh) consultations. Currently, the National Telemedicine Service is operational in 31 States/Union Territories and
daily over 35,000 patients across the country are using this innovative digital medium – eSanjeevani, to seek health
services.

The National Telemedicine Service, set up by the Ministry of Health & Family Welfare comprises of two variants of
eSanjeevani namely - doctor to doctor (eSanjeevani AB-HWC) telemedicine platform that is based on hub and

182 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
spoke model and patient to doctor telemedicine platform (eSanjeevaniOPD) which provides outpatient services to
the citizens in the confines of their homes. eSanjeevaniAB-HWC is being implemented at Health & Wellness Centres
under Ayushman Bharat Scheme, and by December 2022 it will be made operational at 1,55,000 Health & Wellness
Centres across India. It was rolled out in November 2019 and Andhra Pradesh was the first State to roll out
eSanjeevaniAB-HWC services. Since its roll out over 1000 hubs and around 15000 spokes have been set up in various
States. eSanjeevani AB-HWC has completed around 900,000 consultations.

eSanjeevaniOPD provides digital health services to the citizens through more than 250 onlineOPDs set up on
eSanjeevaniOPD. Over 220 of these onlineOPDs are specialist OPDs and the rest are general OPDs. eSanjeevaniOPD
was rolled out on 13th of April 2020 during the first lockdown in the country when all the OPDs were closed. So far,
over 21,00,000 patients have been served through eSanjeevaniOPD.

In a short span of time Govt. of India’s National Telemedicine Service has started aiding the Indian healthcare
delivery system by plugging the digital health divide that exists in urban and rural India.

Leading 10 States in terms of adoption (number of consultations) of eSanjeevani are Tamil Nadu (642708), Uttar
Pradesh (631019), Karnataka (607305), Andhra Pradesh (216860), Madhya Pradesh (204296), Gujarat (195281),
Kerala (93317), Maharashtra (84742), Uttarakhand (74776) and Himachal Pradesh (67352). As regards adoption
amongst districts, eSanjeevani has been used by citizens in around 600 districts. Nationally, over 31,000 doctors and
paramedics have been trained and on boarded eSanjeevani, of these around 14,000 doctors practice telemedicine
on eSanjeevaniOPD and over 17,000 doctors and Community Health Officers use eSanjeevaniAB-HWC.

Quick and widespread adoption of eSanjeevani reflects that a significant proportion of outpatient visits can be
clinically managed effectively remotely. Patients with not so urgent medical conditions are using eSanjeevani
without having to expose themselves to the risk of being infected and without compromising quality of care.

Top five districts with largest number of consultations are Salem, TN (123658), Madurai, TN (60547), Hassan, KA
(43995), Meerut, UP (35297), Raebareli, UP (34642). It shows that citizens in tier 3 and 4 cities find eSanjeevani even
more useful. Further 18.15% of the patients on eSanjeevaniOPD fall in the age group of up to 18 years and the
majority of patients (50.35%) fall between 20 and 40 years whereas 22.89% patients are between 40 and 60 years of
age and around 9% patients are senior citizens. The data shows that female patients (54.66%) out number male
patients on eSanjeevaniOPD.

The Health Informatics group of Centre for Development of Advanced Computing in Mohali is providing end-to-end
technical services and support from designing efficient workflows, development, implementation, managing
operations, of eSanjeevani besides training clinicians all with minimal disruptions.

Cyber – Attack Air India

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

Three months after global aviation industry IT supplier SITA fell victim to a cyber attack, Air India has disclosed the
incident resulted in the data of around 4.5 million of its passengers being stolen.

The breach involved personal data spanning almost 10 years, from 26 August 2011 to 3 February 2021, Air India said
in a statement . The stolen information included name, date of birth, contact information, passport information,
ticket information, Star Alliance and Air India frequent flyer data, and credit card data. No frequent flyer passwords
or CVV/CVC data were stolen, however, as this information was not held by SITA.

SITA, an information technology and communications company, is the data processor of Air India's passenger service
system.

183 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
While the SITA cyber attack was first discovered at the end of February, Air India said it only understood the severity
of the cyber attack last month. Since then, Air India has been conducting investigations, securing compromised
servers, engaging external specialists, notifying and liaising with credit card issuers, and resetting passwords of the
Air India FFP program, it said.

When the cyber attack was disclosed, SITA said Star Alliance and One World airlines were affected. Alongside Air
India, this included Finnair, Japan Airlines, Jeju Air, Lufthansa, Malaysia Airlines, Air New Zealand, Cathay Pacific,
Singapore Airlines, among others.

In March, Singapore Airlines disclosed 580,000 of its frequent flyer members were compromised in the cyber attack.
According to SITA, the vendor serves around 90% of the world's airlines, which amounts to 2,800 customers
including airlines, airports, and government agencies. Over the weekend, a handful of airlines were forced to cancel
or delay flights after Sabre suffered a global IT outage. Virgin Australia, American Airlines, and Alaska Airlines were
among the airlines affected.

Cyclone Tauktae

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

With India still struggling with high numbers of corona infections, which have strained capacities of hospitals and
oxygen supplies, the country was struck by another blow when cyclone Tauktae hit the west coast of India,
triggering heavy losses and disruption, including dead and missing on the high seas. Tauktae was the largest cyclone
in the region for decades.

Tropical Cyclone Tauktae made landfall as a category 3 cyclone on the southern coast of Gujarat on the night of 17
May. Before making landfall, Tauktae brushed India’s west coast over the weekend, causing damage in the states of
Kerala, Karnataka, Goa, and Maharashtra. Authorities in affected states evacuated more than 200,000 people from
low-lying areas near the coast, including COVID-19 patients in healthcare facilities. In Gujarat, vaccinations were
suspended for two days to facilitate evacuations. More than 80 disaster management teams have been deployed to
assist district authorities with preparedness and response measures. The Indian navy conducted rescue operations
off the coast of Mumbai to save people from drifting vessels. While assessments in Gujarat are ongoing, early
reports from the states of Kerala, Karnataka and Maharashtra indicate that at least 23 people have died, and over
3,100 houses have been damaged or destroyed, including at least seven primary health centers. The Inter-Agency
Group of Gujarat, a coalition of humanitarian agencies supported by UNICEF, is engaging with the Government of
Gujarat for rapid needs assessments and to support the Government-led response.

The collapse of a barge off the coast of Mumbai brought into focus health and safety issues relating to offshore
activity on the high seas, especially by the Oil and Natural Gas Corporation Ltd (ONGC), which is the custodian of
such activities. The sinking of Barge P305 with a compliment of 261 personnel, contracted to ONGC, resulting in the
death of 70 and 16 missing to date, could have been averted, had there been effective safety laws in place.

According to the official communiqué issued by ONGC, warning signals and advisories were notified as per the
existing standard operating procedure (SoP) to all vessels, which started moving to safety locations, except for the
captain of Barge 305. ONGC has shifted the responsibility for the disaster on the captain of the Barge. An inquiry has
already been ordered by ONGC on why its order was ignored by the captain. However, that has also raised questions
in relation to the ONGC’s health and safety laws.

The Constitution of India guarantees the occupational safety and health for everyone in our country. Articles 21, 24,
39 (e) & (f), and 47 provide for the basic framework, apart from a plethora of statutes like Mines Act 1952, the PNG
Safety Rules, PNG Rules (Petroleum and Natural Gas Rules, and Oilfields Act.

CMAPP (Corporate Major Accident Prevention Policy)

SEMS (Safety and Environmental Management System)

184 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
SECEs (Safety and Environmental Critical Elements)

IERP (Internal Emergency Response Plan) PFEER & OPEP provisions together.

GOI Slams Twitter

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

The ongoing war of words between Twitter and the government of India has just kicked up a notch, with the
government firing a strongly worded broadside against the social media platform.

The saga began in February over ongoing farmers’ protests around the Indian capital Delhi, supported by the likes of
Rihanna and Greta Thunberg, which the government sought to muzzle, and was unhappy at the tardiness of the
platform’s execution. The same month, the government introduced the “Intermediary Guidelines and Digital Media
Ethics Code Rules 2021” that it expected social media platforms and streamers to adhere to.

Matters escalated May 24, when Delhi police raided Twitter’s offices after the platform tagged a ruling party
politician’s tweet as “manipulated media.”

Meanwhile, the new rules governing social media came into effect Wednesday, leading Facebook-owned WhatsApp
to sue the government over privacy issues, since the new regulations require platforms to release end user
information to the authorities in cases of national security or law and order.

While Twitter did not file a suit, it released a statement recently, saying that it will “strive to comply with applicable
law in India,” but will “continue to be strictly guided by principles of transparency, a commitment to empowering
every voice on the service, and protecting freedom of expression and privacy under the rule of law.” The statement
also expressed concern over the safety of its employees.

“The government strongly controverts the claims made by Twitter today in its press release. India has a glorious
tradition of free speech and democratic practices dating back centuries. Protecting free speech in India is not the
prerogative of only a private, for-profit, foreign entity like Twitter, but it is the commitment of the world’s largest
democracy and its robust institutions,” was the Indian government response

“Twitter’s statement is an attempt to dictate its terms to the world’s largest democracy. Through its actions and
deliberate defiance, Twitter seeks to undermine India’s legal system,” the statement added. “Furthermore, Twitter
refuses to comply with those very regulations in the Intermediary Guidelines on the basis of which it is claiming a
safe harbour protection from any criminal liability in India.”

“Twitter needs to stop beating around the bush and comply with the laws of the land,” the government statement
continued. “Law making and policy formulations is the sole prerogative of the sovereign and Twitter is just a social
media platform and it has no locus in dictating what should India’s legal policy framework should be.”

At a time when India is the epicenter of the pandemic, observers have noted that the Indian government is quite
concerned with how it is perceived globally and the statement addresses this matter too.

“Promoting vaccine hesitancy has been rampantly done through the use of Twitter platform and yet Twitter has
taken no action. Is this commitment to the people of India?,” the statement asks. “Discriminatory behavior has been
practiced against Indians and people of Indian origin because of malicious tagging of B.1.617 mutant as ‘Indian
variant’ name despite strict WHO guidelines against it. Again, Twitter has taken no action against such fake
narratives and Tweets while grandiosely claiming to serve the people of India.”

Frame a report using content In 200 Words

185 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

PRIVATIZATION of BANKS

ABC

1ST JUNE 2021

HYDERABAD

As part of the Budget speech, the Finance Minister had announced that the government budgeted ₹1.75-lakh crore
from stake sale in public sector companies and financial institutions and this includes two PSU banks. The Chief
Economic Adviser has said that the IPO of LIC of India may garner ₹1-lakh crore and the BPCL privatisation may bring
in ₹75,000-80,000 crore.

Though the name of the banks to be privatised have not been revealed, the two banks may be from the
recommendation some months ago by the NITI Aayog for privatisation of three PSBs — Bank of
Maharashtra, Indian Overseas Bank, and Punjab and Sind Bank.

When bank employees went on a two-day strike last month, the Finance Minister had said that the
decision to privatise banks was a well-thought one and the government wanted the banks to get more
equity and to meet the aspirations of the country. She further said that the government would ensure
protection of the rights and perquisites of the PSB staff, and that all earlier commitments made would be
honoured. So, the government is determined to go ahead.

Later on it was reported that the NITI Aayog kept public sector banks that were part of the last round of
consolidation and State Bank of India out of the privatisation plan. This means that six banks — Bank of
Maharashtra, Indian Overseas Bank, Central Bank of India, Bank of India, Punjab and Sind Bank and UCO
Bank — can be eligible for privatisation.

RECENT NEWS

NITI Aayog has submitted the names of two public sector banks (PSBs) and one public sector general
insurer, which can be sold off under the government's new privatisation policy, to the Core Group of
Secretaries on Disinvestment.

Sources said that the Department of Investment and Public Asset Management (DIPAM), and the
Department of Financial Services (DFS) will examine the names suggested by NITI Aayog and finalise the
list of possible candidates in the financial sector for privatisation this year.

186 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Precis writing
Question no. 4 in CAPF AC EXAM
No of marks: 15 – 1 Question
Q.Attempt a precis of the given passage in one-third of its length. Do not suggest a title. Write the precis.
As far as possible, in your own words. State the number of words at the end of the answer. Write the
precis on the separate sheets provided and fasten them to the answer book. (15)
Write one word in each division and five words in each line.

Do not Write
On this Margin

10

20

30

40

50

187 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

188 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

RULES FOR WRITING A PRECIS - Q4 – 15 Marks

• Precis writing, simply refers to writing an intelligent summary of a long passage in 1/3rd .
To write a précis one should have a clear understanding of the passage . Only then it is
possible to include all the essential points, tips and tricks of the given passage in the
précis.
• As far as the writing style is concerned, one must write crisply and clearly and use
effective sentences. Ultimately, it the coherence of the views that you present in the
précis that matter, and this can be achieved by making sure that one is precise and to the
point in. Unnecessary long sentences or rambling thoughts are not required in précis
writing, and one should make sure that one shifts from one point to another in a smooth
manner. At the end of the day, the précis should make sense and be logical in its
presentation.

Rules for Good Precis Writing

1. Decide Theme of the Passage

The main theme of the passage should be find out through careful reading and then main points and
ordinary points are find out for giving importance. These things are essential for brief and clear
presentation of precis.
2. No Reproduction of Important Sentences
The sentences of original passage cannot be used for precis-writing. Precis-writing is an art of
remodelling of sentences without affecting main theme of the original passage.
3. Have Brevity and Clarity
Brevity is the soul of precis-writing. But, at the same time, clarity should not be given up. Mere deletion
or
addition of few words of original passage cannot be a precis-writing. Moreover, brevity should not create
any ambiguous in the minds of the reader.
4. Use Own Language
The precis-writer should use his/her own language for precis-writing. The writer should not retain any
significant phrases or technical terms of the original passage. It means that the writer should use his/her
own sentences for precis-writing.
5. Avoid Direct Speech and Use Indirect Speech
The precis-writing is presented in third person point of view. The text of the original passage is presented
in direct speech. Now, it is the duty of the precis-writer that he/she should present in indirect speech.
6. No Comments but Conclusion

189 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

The precis-writer need not give any comments over the original passage but should give conclusion. It
means that the precis-writer need not evaluate the mind of the author but interpret the original passage
in a meaningful way.
7. One third of Original Passage
It is the general practice that the length of precis-writing should be one third of original passage. If so,
reader can get full information and do his/her job very effectively.
8. FILL ONE WORD in ONE BOX—Very Important
9. No gaps while filling BOXES
10. DON’T GIVE Abbreviations
11. Avoid using too many Helping Words – such as a , the , an

Do’s in a précis
• Start by highlighting the main idea of the passage and you should create contextual
environment where you can include the necessary points.
• Once the main idea is established in the précis, you can present the methods, points, facts etc.
used by the author of the passage; but in your own words.
• Compress and clarify a lengthy passage, article, etc. while retaining important concepts, key
words, and important
• Remove what is superfluous and retain only the core essence of the passage in hand.
• Ensure that mentions about history are done in the past tense.
• State the purpose of the research or piece of writing (example: why was it important to
conduct this research or write on this topic?)

Dont’s in a précis
Anything that has associated Do’s; also has Don’ts associated with it and précis writing is no
different. Let us now have a look at the most suggested Don’ts to be taken into account
while writing a précis.
You should not:
• Express your own opinion, wish, remark or criticism. Stick to the author’s views.
• Insert any question in your précis. Its significance may be expressed by a statement.
• Use abbreviations or contractions.
• Be jerky. This suggests that most probably, you have not understood the sense of the
passage properly.
Note: in CAPF Examination Paper 2 Read precis writing question carefully Because sometimes they May
ask for TITLE sometimes may not.

190 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

PASSAGE 1
As per election commission estimates, 1500 candidates in the 996 parliamentary elections had criminal
records and 40 of them got elected to the 11thloksabha. In the state legislature, the picture is even more
distressing. Out of the 4072 sitting MLAs in all the states, more than 700 have criminal’s records. Politics
has now become a shortcut way of earring. Once elected, a person can accumulate money sufficient for his
next few generations. Neither Gandhi ji nor the other freedom fighter, who sacrificed all their luxuries and
comfort for the cause of the nation, would pass into the hands of criminals and corrupt anti-social
elements. The reason many criminals enter politics is to gain influence and ensure that criminal cases
against them are dropped or not or not proceed with. They are able to make a dent in the political arena
because for their financial clout. Political parties tap criminals for funds and in return provide them with
political patronage and protection.
As the times of India points out, “indeed, today, far from shrinking at the thought of harboringcriminals
elements, parties seek them out, judging the muscles and money combination they represent to be of
enormous value. Rough estimates suggest that in any state elections, 20% of candidates are of criminal’s
background? For the parties, it means overflowing coffer and unlimited funds to fight elections and for the
criminals, it means protection from the law and respectability in the eyes of society”.
Another reason why political parties are not averse to fielding mafia dons is that win ability, not merit or
experience, determines who goes to contest elections. And mafia dons and other powerful gangsters have
shown that they can convert their muscles power into votes, often at the points of the gun. Voters in many
pockets in the country are forced to vote for the local strong man. The reign of terror that these criminals
have spread in their area of operations ensures that they win the seat for the party.
Points for précis making:-
➔The election commission has estimated that in 1996, 40 candidates who had criminal records won the
loksabha elections.
➔In the state assemblies, more than 700 MLAs out of 4072 have criminal records. Politics is a roaring
business now with those elected earning huge amounts
➔No freedom fighter would have ever imagined that India would be governed by criminals.
➔Political parties look for criminals to help them guarantee winning elections due to their money and
muscle power.
➔It is estimated that about one-fifth of the candidates are with criminal backgrounds.
➔Criminals are thus, protected from the law and earn respectability too.
➔They have proved that they can win election due to threats of violence in their area of operations.

SAMPLE PASSAGE GIVEN BELOW

191 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Do not Write
On this
Margin

THE ELECTION COMMISSION HAS ESTIMATED

10
THAT IN 1996, 40 CANDIDATES

WHO HAD CRIMINAL RECORDS WON

20
THE LOK SABHA ELECTIONS IN

THE STATE ASSEMBLIES, MORE THAN

30
700 MLA’S OUT OF 4072

HAVE CRIMINAL RECORDS POLITICS IS

40

A ROARING BUSINESS NOW WITH

THOSE ELECTED EARNING HUGE AMOUNTS

50
NO FREEDOM FIGHTER WOULD HAVE

EVER IMAGINED INDIA WOULD BE

60

GOVERNED BY CRIMINALS. POLITICAL PARTIES

LOOK FOR CRIMINALS TO HELP

70
THEM GUARANTEE WINNING ELECTIONS DUE

TO THEIR MONEY AND MUSCLE

192 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

80
POWER IT IS ESTIMATED THAT

ABOUT ONE FIFTH OF THE

90
CANDIDATES ARE WITH CRIMINAL BACKGROUND

CRIMINAL ARE THUS PROTECTED BY

100
LAW AND RESPECTABILITY TOO. THEY

HAVE PROVED THAT THEY CAN

110
WIN ELECTIONS DUE TO THREATS

OF VIOLENCE IN THEIR AREA

120
OF OPERATIONS.

NOTE: We have given some sample passages below, for your benefit we have
already written rough draft for each precis you just need to fill boxes – ONE
WORD in ONE BOX

193 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

PASSAGE 2
Everything almost depends upon the first impression; and these depends upon two things, dress and
address, which everyone may command with proper attention. These are the small coins in the intercourse
of life which are continuously in demand, and perhaps you will find at the years end or towards the close of
life, that the daily insults, coldness or contempt, to which you have been exposed by a neglect of such
superficial recommendations, are hardly atoned for by the few proofs of esteems or admiration which your
integrity or talents have been able to expose in the course of it. When we habitually disregards those
things which we knew would ensure the favourable opinion of others, it shows we defy that opinion or
consider ourselves above it, which no one ever did with impunity.
An inattention to your own person implies a dis-respect to others and may often be traced on less to a
want of good nature than of good sense.
If there is a tendency to vanity and affections on this side of the question, there is an equal alloy of pride
and obstinacy on the opposite one. Slovenliness may be an effort of resolution, bit a graceful carriage
requires an early habit and in most cases, the laid of the dancing master. I would not have you, from not
knowing how to enter a room properly, stumble at the very threshold in the good grace of those on whom,
it is possible, the fate of your future life may depend.
Points for précis making:-
➔First impressions depend on our physical appearance, speaking style and manners.
➔Taking care of them will create a favourable impression.
➔Neglecting them will invite criticism from others.
➔It will show that we are proud and do not care about other people’s opinions.
➔If we neglect our appearance, it insults other and shows us as not being sensible.
➔Proper manners, speech and behaviour can be learned with training.
➔Training ensures that we are not harmed by people who decide our future.

Do not Write
On this Margin

10

20

194 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

195 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

110

120

PASSAGE 3
Your hear everyday greater number o f foolish people speaking about liberty as an honourable thing; so far
from being that, it is, on the whole and in the broadest sense, dishonourable, and an attribute of the lower
creatures. No human being, how over greater or powerful, was ever so free as fish. There is always
something that he must or must not to do; while the fish may do whatever it likes. All the kingdoms of the
world put together are not half so large as the sea, and all the railroads and wheels that ever were or will
be invented, are not so easy as fins you will find, on fairly thinking of it, that it is his restraint which is
honourable to man, not his liberty; and, what is more just because it is subject to certain laws which fit it
for orderly functions in bee society. And throughout the world, of the two abstract things, liberty and
restraint, restraint is always the more honourable.
It is true that in these matters you never can reason finally from the abstractions, for both liberty and
restraint are good when they are nobly chosen; but of the two, it is restraint which characterizes the higher
creatures and all matter consist in their obedience, not in their liberty.
➔Only fools will says that liberty is admirable.
➔It is actually an inferior quality suiting animals.
➔Every person, however powerful he may be, has restraints on his actions and movements.
➔In contrast, animals are free to do anything or go anywhere.
➔Restraint commands respect because only civilized people show it.
➔Such people are better than those who are unrestrained.

Do not Write
On this Margin

10

196 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

197 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

100

110

120

PASSAGE 4
The remapping of the economy is not merely an intellectual task, but will involve profound changes in our value
system. The idea of wealth itself, which is central to economics, is inextricably linked to human expectations, values
and life styles. To define wealth within an ecological framework will mean to transcend its present connotations of
material accumulation and give it the broader sense of human enrichment. Such a notion of wealth, together with
‘profit’ and other related concepts will not be amenable to rigorous qualification and thus economists will no longer
be able to deal with values exclusively in monetary terms. In fact, our current economic problems make it quiet
evident that money alone no longer provides an adequate tracking system.

An important aspect of the necessary revision of our value system will be the redefinition of work. In our society,
work is defined with a job; it is done for an employer and for money; unpaid activities do not count as work. For
instance, the work performed in households has no economics value. On the other hands, the unemployed carries a
social stigma, he loses status and respect in his own and others eyes because he is unable to get work.

At the same time, those who do have jobs very often have to perform work in which they cannot take any pride,
work that leaves them profoundly alienated and dissatisfied.

As Marx clearly recognized, this alienation comes from the fact that workers do not own the means of production
and have no say about the use to which their work is out. The result is products that show less and less craft, artists
quality or taste.

Thus, work becomes degraded. The worker’s only purpose is to earn a living, while the employer’s exclusive aim is to
increase profits. Lack of responsibility and pride, together with the overriding profit motive, have resulted in a
situation where most of the work carries out today is wasteful and unjustified.

Points for précis making:-

➔Fundamental principle of economics must change from being just derived from monetary values to being based
on what is vital to us.

➔Economics realize that numerical figures alone cannot decide progress.

➔The meaning of wealth has changed from just a numerical value.

➔It now means how much it fulfills our needs, ways of living and values.

198 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
➔Basic changes in our values have redefined the concepts of work.

➔Households work is not valued and those without work are ashamed.

➔Paid work is done without interest as both the workmen and the employers do it for money only.

➔This lowers its quality, making it meaningless.

Do not Write
On this Margin

10

20

30

40

50

60

199 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

70

80

90

100

110

120

200 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

READING COMPREHENSION – 5th QUESTION – CAPF P II – 20 Marks

Some important points to note with regard to reading comprehension in CAPF PAPER 2 EXAMINATION

1. Do not attempt Reading comprehension 1st in your paper (Attempt it last – after you complete whole
paper)

2. Do not memorize

You do not need to memorize every word present in the passage. Understanding the flow, structure and the
main points in the passage should be your priority. For factual or specific point questions, you can always re-
read the passage.

3. Do not read the passage first

Always go through the questions first and then the passage. This will prepare you to focus on the things you
need to look in the passage. Focus only on the questions, and not on a particular answer option. A quick
overview of the questions is sufficient.

4. Do not over-emphasize on vocabulary skills for RCs

Having a strong vocabulary is great however having Shakespearean vocabulary will not prevent you from
understanding the passage. So do not put yourself under stress in this area, and while reading the passage,
make sure that you understand the gist of the passage and do not get stuck on particular words.

5. Do not spend time on RCs that you cannot comprehend at first

At times we come across a passage that we are not able to comprehend. If you are struggling with one such
passage in the exam, make sure you have the patience to avoid such a passage. Focus on the ones that you
can manage easily. Go back to the tricky passage in case of absolute necessity.

6. Do not think the correct option would come from outside the passage Any of the options that is out of
scope is never the correct answer. The right answer is always based on the information given within the
passage. Do not focus on any of the options that distract you from the passage.

7. Make Notes

While reading obscure /abstract text, make sure you make some quick notes for ready reference. You can
write the general flow, structure, paragraph-wise flow and important points. Remember that you do not
have make really long notes, just make a quick note of the important markers/points in the passage.

. Constantly question yourself while reading the passage

201 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

In order to maintain your concentration while reading, make sure that some basic questions keep playing at
the back of your mind: What is the author's main point? Why is the author writing this? How has the author
chosen to convey his main point? How has the author organized his material?

Finally, don't expect to be stimulated. In fact expect the opposite! Majority of the times you would be bored
by RC topics and you should not allow this to drain your energy. Maintain an impartial attitude towards the
passage, and do not get mentally hassled by obscure content.

The above form some of the basic points that should be kept in mind while approaching reading
comprehensions. These would improve your focus, increase your grasp of the subject matter and deliver
greater understanding. If you achieve these, your task is more or less done.

A. Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow :(4x5=20)
The most essential and useful part to be played by our universities in free India is to educate public
opinion, which is the foundation of Democracy. Every one has a right to educate public opinion, and so
every school of thought, in our own Republican Constitution, has been given ample freedom to win public
opinion, to its credit. It is here that true character is required and is tested. Our country, today, needs, such
people who possess a strong character, who never stoop low to use questionable means under any
circumstances. Those who cherish the idea of becoming good administrators must essentially possess a
strong character. It should be the first and foremost function of our national universities to impress upon
the minds of the future administrators of our country that in a true democracy there are no administrators
but only servants of the people.
Another very essential and useful function of our universities should be to build the character of our future
citizens. The greatest drawback in our educational institutions has been that sufficient attention was not
paid to the moulding of character of the students.
True interest of a country and its people cannot be served simply by framing a Constitution. Constitution is
just a set of rules and it can only be effective when persons responsible for its operation prove to be true
reformers and real servants of the people and the nation.
Universities have to play a vital role. They should not teach politics to the students simply with the view to
make them acquainted with the political structure of the country as well as of the world; but that it should
be their function to impress upon them that they are to protect, guide, change, and form the Constitution
of their country and then of the world as true citizens and administrators of this democratic age, in body as
well as spirit.

Elaborate your Answers – We have given Short answers for your Practice

(i) What are the essential functions of universities?

Ans: Universities must educate public opinion to students and they must make the students know that
they are the only servants, but there are no administrators in democracy.

(ii) What is the major drawback in our educational institutions ?

Ans: Universities are not focusing on moulding the character of the students,

202 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

(iii) Write the benefits of education imparted at universities.

Ans: Through universities the students will know the importance of public opinion and they will
Become the great administrators with strong characters.

(iv) How best can the educated youth serve the people and the nation as administrators ?
Ans: Education youth will know the importance of public opinion and they will
Become the great administrators with strong characters, who never inclines towards questionable means.

(v) What is the contribution of the educated youth as enlightened citizens in a democracy?
Ans: Education youth process strong character and they are responsible in protecting the constitution of
the democratic country.

B. Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow :
If we look back at India's long history we find that our forefathers made wonderful progress whenever they
looked out on the world with clear and fearless eyes and kept the windows of their minds open to give and
to receive. And, in later periods, when they grew narrow in outlook and shrank from outside influences,
India suffered a set-back, politically and culturally. What a magnificent inheritance we have, though we
have abused it often enough. India has been and is a vital nation, in spite of all the misery and suffering
that she has experienced. That vitality in the realm of constructive and creative effort spread to many parts
of the Asian world and elsewhere and brought splendid conquests in its train. Those conquests were not so
much of the sword, but of the mind and heart which bring healing and which endure when the men of the
sword and their work are forgotten. But that very vitality, if not rightly and creatively directed, may turn
inward and destroy and degrade.
Even during the brief span of our lives we have seen these two forces at play in India and the world at large
— the forces of constructive and creative effort and the forces of destruction. Which will triumph in the
end ? And on which side do we stand ? That is a vital question for each one of us and, more especially, for
those from whom the leaders of the nation will be drawn, and on whom the burden of tomorrow will fall.
We dare not sit on the fence and refuse to face the issue. We dare not allow our minds to be befuddled by
passion and hatred when clear thought and effective action are necessary.
(i) What hurdled the progress of India ?
Ans:In later periods, India grew narrower, there is no give and take with rest of the world. And this hurdled
the progress of India.

(ii) What is the uniqueness of the Indian vitality ?

Ans: The uniqueness of the India vitality is inspite of misery and suffering, India shared constructive and
creative efforts

(iii) Why are the men of the sword and their work forgotten?
Ans: the men of the sword and their work forgotten Because mostly those conquests are of mind and heart
not of sword
(iv) Why are the conquests of India always remembered ?

203 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Ans: Because India shared constructive and creative efforts

(v) What is the vital question referred to at the end of the passage and what is your answer to that
question ?
Ans: Shall a country opt for constructive efforts or Destructive efforts?
In my opinion constructive method shall be opted in most of the cases rather than Destructive efforts.

C. Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow :
It is an obvious trait of black incomes that they cannot be declared to the fiscal authority for fear of саt
large penalties. As under-declarations multiply, the tax base shrinks and price controls begin to blunt the
edge of fiscal policy. One instrument of control gets into the way of the other and makes it ineffective. Tax
evasion is large not necessarily because the rate of tax is high, as businessmen often proclaim, but because
the income on which tax is to be paid, and the activity from which income is received, cannot be declared.
It follows that even if taxes were halved, so long as the income is black, taxes will be evaded. However, to
the extent taxation fails to catch undeclared incomes come emanating from controls, it becomes a bad
instrument for balancing aggregate demand and supply and for controlling inflation. In an enthusiastic
attempt to make taxation do the balancing trick, tax rates on honest tax-payers become penal. This leads
to a second round of tax evasion, this time because tax rates are intolerably high. More and more tax-
payers at the margin avoid tax payment, become dishonest and in the course of time get used to
dishonesty. While black money does so much damage to public policy, it also dries up the sources of real
growth in the private sector of the economy. The capital market, the main vehicle of growth, consequently
dries up, and capital formation both in the public and private sectors suffers a serious decline.
(i) How is the circulation of black money detrimental for private entrepreneurs ?
Ans: Due to black money circulation the capital market and capital formation Suffer a series setback.

(ii) Why isn't reduction of taxes useful for sprucing up taxes ?

Ans: Reduction of taxes is not helpful because income on which tax is to be paid and source of that income
cant be declared. So because of that the tax evasion cant be stopped.

(iii) How do honest tax-payers suffer on account of tax evaders ?

Ans: In order to balance the economy, tax rates on honest payers are increased to a great levels so, the
honest payers are suffered a a lot with high taxes.

(iv) Howdoes black income impact a nation's economy?

Ans: Black money effects balancing aggregate demand and supply and for
Controlling inflation.

(v) Large scale evasion of taxes takes place due to exorbitant taxes.' Argue for or against the statement
on the basis of your reading of the passage.
Ans: increasing the tax rates helps in the balancing of economy by collecting the high taxes from honest
taxpayers, This balances the effect caused by tax evadors. But due to high rates there is a possibility of shift
in honest tax payers, they may turn dis honest and eventually evade the taxes due to high rates

204 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

EXCERCISES (DO ON YOUR OWN)

i. Read the following passage and answer the questions that follow :
The most prominent obstacle to cultural unity is the variety of languages. When told that there are
fourteen regional languages and many more dialects belonging to four different linguistic families in India,
foreigners are inclined to think that Indians are not one people but, like the inhabitants of Europe, a
motley group of peoples with different cultures showing some common elements. There can be no doubt
that on account of linguistic barriers, people from different parts of India generally meet as comparative
strangers on all levels other than the religious one. Unless he happens to know English or Hindi, a man
from the non-Hindi speaking regions finds it extremely difficult to make himself understood outside his
own linguistic area. No doubt if he spends some time in a new place, he can pick up enough of the local
language to get along but in spite of a common background of religious beliefs and thought in general, he
cannot come in intimate contact with the people around him because there is no common medium for the
exchange of deeper thoughts. So until there is a link language and it is known throughout the country, an
effective cultural unity is not possible.
But more variety of languages could not be a positive danger to the unity of India if it were not
accompanied by linguistic communalism amounting in many cases to chauvinism. It is this poison in our
social organism that makes the movement for linguistic states, which is perfectly justified on rational,
historical and practical grounds, an object of great concern to all who have the good of the country at
heart.
To avoid any misunderstanding we should make it clear what we understand by the term “linguistic
communalism". The consciousness of a group of people speaking the same language that makes them form
a distinct community is natural and legitimate. But if it is associated with the feeling that those sons of the
country living in the same area or an adjacent area who speak a different language are outsiders in the
worst sense of the term and should be treated as such, then it assumes the ugly shape of linguistic
communalism which is harmful to national unity and is highly objectionable. Far more harmful and
objectionable, however, is the tendency in a linguistic majority to withhold from the minority the
safeguards guaranteed by the Constitution for preserving and promoting its language and culture,
including the primary education of its children through the medium of the mother tongue, or to
discriminate against individual members of the minority in state services and other matters. It is this
chauvinism, unfortunately present in India, which has created a painful situation after the states were
reorganised on a linguistic basis, the cultural and other rights of linguistic minorities in each state have
been disregarded in many cases. So when the question of redefining the boundaries of linguistic states
comes up for consideration, one finds the worst tensions and conflicts in the border areas where each of
two or more language groups agitates for the inclusion of the area of its domicile in the state where its
own mother tongue would be the official language. If groups living in each border area could be assured
that to whichever state the area went they would all receive equal treatment and their constitutional
rights would be safeguarded, a major difficulty besetting the problem of linguistic states would be
removed.
(i) Why are the foreigners inclined to think that Indians are not fone people'?
(ii) "So until there is a link language and it is known throughout the country, an effective cultural unity is
not possible." Elucidate.

205 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

(iii) What according to the author is linguistic communalism'? When is it 'harmful to national unity?
(iv) What happens when the question of "redefining the boundaries of linguistic states' crops up for
consideration ?
(v) How could the major difficulty besetting the problem of linguistic states' be solved ?

Topics covered (Grammar) 25marks in your main CAPF AC Exam

1. Articles
2. Tenses
3. Types of sentences
4. Active and Passive voices
5. Direct and Indirect speech
6. Question tags
7. Proverbs
8. Plurals
9. Prepositions

NOTE : We have given just an approach or glimpse – so don’t expect you will get complete knowledge on
Grammar after reading these topics / We have designed completely on the basis of CAPF AC EXAM

206 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

1. ARTICLES

Using Indefinite Article: a & an

Rule 1:
A common noun in the singular number always requires an article before it. But a plural common noun
does not require an article always. A plural common noun can have the article ‘the’ if we want to
particularise that noun.
Example:
I saw a snake. (Refers to a random snake)
I saw snakes in a zoo. (No article is required)
I have seen the snake again. (Refers to the snake I have already seen earlier)
I have seen the snakes again before leaving the zoo. (Refers to the particular snakes of the zoo which I saw
earlier.)
Rule 2:
The choice between the two indefinite articles – a & an – is determined by sound. Words beginning with
consonant sounds precede ‘a’ and words beginning with vowel sounds precede ‘an’. There are some
special cases also. For instance,
a university, a union, a useful book, etc.
a one-dollar note, a one-man army, etc.
an MA, a BA, an LLB, a BSC, etc.
Rule 3:
A or an - sometimes makes a Proper Noun a Common Noun. Proper nouns generally do not take any
articles, but when a proper noun needs to be used as a common noun, you must bring a or an - for it.
Example:
He thinks he is a Shakespeare. (Here, ‘Shakespeare’ does not refer to the actual person but someone like
him.)
He seems to be an Australian. (‘Australia’ is a proper noun but ‘Australian’ is a common noun because
there is only one Australia but a million of Australians.)
Rule 4:
Sometimes indefinite articles are used to refer the number ‘one’/’each’/’per’.
Example:
I earned a thousand dollar in that job. (One thousand dollar)
I have a car. (One car)
It goes 50 miles an hour. (Per Hour)
Rule 5:

207 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Indefinite articles often precede descriptive adjectives.

Example:
He is a good boy.
What a nice car!
Rule 6:
‘A’ sometimes comes before determiners, for example, a few, a little, a lot of, a most, etc. but in the case
of many, a or an - comes after.
Example:
I have a few friends coming over.
There is a little milk in the jar.
Many a fan welcomed

Using Definite Article: the

Rule 1:
‘The’ is used to indicate a particular person(s) or thing(s) in the case of common nouns. Proper nouns
generally do not take an article.
Example:
The man is running. (A particular man)
I saw the boy stealing.
Where is the pen I gave you last year?
I gave him a ball, but he lost the ball. (‘a ball’ became ‘the ball’ in the second clause because that ball was
not a random ball anymore.)
Rule 2:
Sometimes ‘the’ is used to generalize a group/whole class.
Example:
The dog is a faithful animal. (Refers to the whole species of dog.)
The English are industrious. (Refers to the people of England as a nation)
The honest are respected. (The+adjectives = plural noun)
The poor are not always dishonest. (The+adjectives = plural noun)
Rule 3:
To particularise a non-count noun ‘the’ is required before it.
Example:
The water of the Arctic ocean is freezing.

208 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Please return the money I lent you last year.

Rule 4:
‘The’ is mandatory before a thing which is only one of a kind in the universe.
Example:
The moon is shining tonight.
The earth is moving around the sun.
Use of ‘the’ before geographical places :
Rule 5:
Using ‘the’ with geographical nouns generally depends on the size and plurality of the things those nouns
refer to. ‘The’ is generally used everywhere except some cases. So, it’s better to know those exceptions
first.
‘The’ must not precede:
Names of continents: Asia, Europe, Australia, Africa, South America, North America, Antarctica.
Names of countries: Australia, Bolivia, England, France, Spain, etc.
Names of states, cities, or towns: Los Angeles, Alaska, Sydney, London,
Names of streets: George street, Albion Street, New town street,
Names of singular lakes and bays: Lake Carey, Lake Eyre, Lake Hillier, Shark Bay,
Names of single mountains: Mount Everest, Mount Solitary, Mount Bindo, Mount Fuji, etc.
Names of single islands: Easter Island, Bare Island, Bird Island, Fatima Island,
Names of languages: Spanish, Russian, English, (When ‘the’ precedes these nouns, they refer to the
population of those languages.)
Names of sports: cricket, football, basketball,
Names of discipline/subject of studies: biology, history, computer science,mathematics,

1) I want __________________ Orange from that bag.

2) __________________ temple on the corner is progressive.

3) Mr John speaks __________________ Chinese.

4) I borrowed __________________ pens from your pile of pencils and pens.

5) One of the students said, ' __________________ teacher is late today.'

6) John likes to play __________________ cricket.

7) I bought __________________ rain coat to go out in the rain.

209 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

8) My son is learning to play __________________ violin at her collage.

9) Please give me __________________ chocolate that is on the counter.

10) I lived on __________________ Main Street when I first came to home.

11) My wife family speaks __________________ english.

12) __________________ apple a day keeps the doctor away.

13) __________________ ink in my pen is blue.

14) Our neighbours have ---------------------dogs .

15. Diamond is ----------------precious.

16. john is ------------------ honourable man.

17. --------------- Lion is a native of India.

18. Honest women always speak --------------truth.

19. Grace is -------------- young girl.

20. Tirupathi is ------------ holy city of the Hindus.

21. He returned home after ---------------2 hour.

22. ---------------- collage will shortly close for the Dhussera holidays.

23. I want ---------------- apple.

24. She died ------------------year ago.

25. ---------------lion is the king of jungle.

210 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

26. Who is --------------- boy standing at the door.

27. Which is ------------------longest river in the India?

28. America is ---------------very costly place to live.

29. The girls found ------------eggs in the nest.

30. She is --------------intelligent girl.

31. Tamil is ------------ language of the people of Chennai.

32. We discussed ------------ story very seriously.

33. Elephant is------------- wonderful animal.

34. China is one of ——————– most populous countries in the world.

Answers
1) an
2) the
3) no article needed
4) a
5) the
6) no article needed
7) an
8) the
9) the
10) no article needed
11) no article needed
12) an
13) the
14) a
15. A
16. An
17. The
18. The
211 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

19. A
20. A
21. An
22. The
23. an
24. A
25. The
26. The
27. The
28. A
29. An
30. An
31. The
32. The
33. A
34. The

2. Tenses

The 12 Basic English Tenses

Present Simple
I do, I do do
Present Continuous
I am doing
Present Perfect
I have done
Present Perfect Continuous
I have been doing
Past Simple
I did, I did do
Past Continuous
I was doing
Past Perfect
I had done
212 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Past Perfect Continuous

I had been doing
Future Simple
I will do
Future Continuous
I will be doing
Future Perfect
I will have done
Future Perfect Continuous
I will have been doing

Tens Signal Examples Examples Examples

Use Form
e words affirmative negative interrogative

something I work. I don't work. Do I work?

happens
repeatedly He doesn't wor
He works. Does he work?
k.
every how often
day something I go. I don't go. Do I go?
happens
sometim

es one action
Simpl follows
e always another
Prese
infinitive (h
nt or often things in e/she/it) + -
Prese
general s
nt usually
Simpl
e with the
seldom He goes. He doesn't go. Does he go?
following verbs
(to love, to
never
hate, to think,
first ... etc.)
then
future
meaning:
timetables,
programmes

213 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Tens Signal Examples Examples Examples

Use Form
e words affirmative negative interrogative

something is I'm working I'm not workin

Am I working?
. g.
happening at
the same time
Prese He's workin He isn't workin
now of speaking or Is he working?
nt g. g.
Progr around it
essiv at the
to be I'm going. I'm not going. Am I going?
e or moment
future (am/are/is)
Prese meaning: + infinitive
nt + -ing
Look! when you have
Conti
nuou already decide
s Listen! d and He's going. He isn't going. Is he going?
arranged to do
it (a fixed plan,
date)

• regul I worked. I didn't work. Did I work?

ar: inf
initiv He didn't work
He worked. Did he work?
.
e+-
last ... action finished ed
Simpl I went. I didn't go. Did I go?
in the past,
e • irregu
... ago mostly
Past lar: 2
connected
or with an
in 1990
nd
Past expression of
Simpl colu
time (no
e yesterda connection to mn of
y the present) table He went. He didn't go. Did he go?
of
irregu
lar
verbs

Past I was worki I wasn't worki

an action Was I working?
Progr ng. ng.
happened in was/were
essiv While
+ infinitive
e or the middle of + -ing He was wor He wasn't wor Was he workin
Past another action king. king. g?
Conti

214 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Tens Signal Examples Examples Examples

Use Form
e words affirmative negative interrogative

nuou I was going. I wasn't going. Was I going?

s someone was
doing sth. at a
certain time (in
the past) - you He was goin He wasn't goin
Was he going?
do not know g. g.
whether it was
finished or not

just
I have work I haven't work Have I worked
ed. ed. ?

yet
He has work He hasn't work Has he worked
you say that ed. ed. ?
never
Simpl sth. has
e happened or is
ever I have gone. I haven't gone. Have I gone?
Prese finished in the
nt
already past and it has
Perfe
have/has +
ct a connection
past
or so far to the present participle*
Prese
nt up to action started
Perfe now He has gone He hasn't gone
in the past and Has he gone?
ct . .
continues up
since
to the present

for

recently

Prese I have been I haven't been Have I been w

all day action began in working. working. orking?
nt
Perfe the past and
ct the have/has +
has just He has been He hasn't been Has he been w
been + infi
Progr whole stopped working. working. orking?
nitive + -
essiv day ing
e or
how long the I have been I haven't been Have I been go
Prese
how long going. going. ing?
nt action has

215 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Tens Signal Examples Examples Examples

Use Form
e words affirmative negative interrogative

Perfe been
ct since
happening
Conti
He has been He hasn't been Has he been go
nuou for
emphasis: going. going. ing?
s
length of time
of an action

mostly when I had worke I hadn't worke

Had I worked?
d. d.
two actions in
a story are
He had wor He hadn't wor Had he worked
related to each
ked. ked. ?
Simpl other: the
e action which
Past I had gone. I hadn't gone. Had I gone?
already had already
Perfe
ct or happened is
had + past
Past just put into Past participle*
Perfe Perfect, the
ct never
other action
(Simp
le) into Simple He had gon He hadn't gone
Had he gone?
Past e. .

the past of
Present
Perfect

Past I had been I hadn't been Had I been wor

Perfe working. working. king?
ct
Progr how long He had bee He hadn't bee Had he been w
how long
essiv something had n working. n working. orking?
had + been
e or been
since happening + infinitive
Past
before + ing I had been g I hadn't been g Had I been goi
Perfe
ct for
something else oing. oing. ng?
happened
Conti
nuou He had bee He hadn't bee Had he been g
s n going. n going. oing?

I'll work. I won't work. Will I work?

216 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Tens Signal Examples Examples Examples

Use Form
e words affirmative negative interrogative

predictions He won't work

He'll work. Will he work?
.
about the
future (you
I'll go. I won't go. Will I go?
think that sth.
will happen)

you decide to
do sth.
will -
futur spontaneously will + infini
e at the time of tive
speaking, you
haven't made He'll go. He won't go. Will he go?

a decision
before

main clause in
type I of the if
clauses

I'm going I'm not going Am I going

when you have to work. to work. to work?
already
decided to do He's going He's not going Is he going
going to work. to work. to work?
sth. in the to be
to - (am/are/is)
futur future + going to
e I'm going I'm not going Am I going
+ infinitive
what you to go. to go. to go?

think what
will happen He's going He's not going Is he going
to go. to go. to go?

I'll be worki I won't be wor Will I be worki

Futur An action will ng. king. ng?
e be in progress
Progr
at a certain will + be + i He'll be wor He won't be w Will he be wor
essiv
time in the nfinitive + i king. orking. king?
e or
ng
Futur future. This
e action has I won't be goin
Conti I'll be going. Will I be going?
begun before g.

217 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Tens Signal Examples Examples Examples

Use Form
e words affirmative negative interrogative

nuou the certain

s
time.

Something He'll be goin He won't be go Will he be goin

happens g. ing. g?
because it
normally
happens.

Simpl I'll have wor I won't have w Will I have wor

e ked. orked. ked?
Futur
e sth. will He'll have w He won't have Will he have w
Perfe already have orked. worked. orked?
will + have
ct or happened
+ past
Futur before a
participle* I'll have gon I won't have g Will I have gon
e certain time in
Perfe the future e. one. e?
ct
Simpl He'll have g He won't have Will he have g
e one. gone. one?

Futur I'll
I won't have b Will I have bee
e have been
sth. will een working. n working?
Perfe working.
already have
ct
Progr happened
He'll have b
essiv before a He won't have Will he have b
will + have een working
e or been working. een working?
certain time in + been + in .
Futur finitive + in
the future
e g
Perfe I'll have bee I won't have b Will I have bee
ct emphasis: n going. een going. n going?
Conti length of time
nuou of an action He'll have b He won't have Will he have b
s een going. been going. een going?

Condi would + inf I would wor I wouldn't wor

Would I work?
tional initive k. k.

218 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Tens Signal Examples Examples Examples

Use Form
e words affirmative negative interrogative

Simpl sth. that might He would w He wouldn't w Would he wor

e ork. ork. k?
happen

main clause in I would go. I wouldn't go. Would I go?

type II of the
Conditional He would g He wouldn't go
Would he go?
sentences o. .

I would be I wouldn't be Would I be wo

Condi working. working. rking?
tional
Progr sth. that might
He would He wouldn't be Would he be w
essiv happen be working. working. orking?
e or would + be
Condi + infinitive
emphasis:
tional + ing I would I wouldn't be g Would I be goi
length of time be going. oing. ng?
Conti
nuou of an action
s He would He wouldn't be Would he be g
be going. going. oing?

I would
I wouldn't hav Would I have
have worke
e worked. worked?
sth. that might d.
have
happened in He would
Condi He wouldn't ha Would he have
have worke
tional the past (It's would + ha ve worked. worked?
d.
Perfe too late now.) ve + past
ct participle*
main clause in I would I wouldn't hav Would I have g
have gone. e gone. one?
type III of the if
clauses
He would He wouldn't ha Would I have g
have gone. ve gone. one?

Condi I would I wouldn't hav

sth. that might would + ha Would I have b
tional have been e been workin
ve + been + een working?
Perfe have working. g.

219 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Tens Signal Examples Examples Examples

Use Form
e words affirmative negative interrogative

ct happened in infinitive + He would Would he have

He wouldn't ha
Progr ing have been g been working
the past (It's ve been going.
essiv oing. ?
e or too late now.)
Condi
I would
tional emphasis: I wouldn't hav Would I have b
have been g
Perfe length of time e been going. een going?
oing.
ct
of an action
Conti
nuou He would
He wouldn't ha Would he have
s have been g
ve been going. been going?
oing.

*(infinitive + -ed) or (3rd column of table of irregular verbs)

ACTIVE and PASSIVE VOICE

What's the difference between the active and passive voice?

"Voice" refers to the connection between the subject and the object of a sentence, which is linked
through a verb.

The active voice is so called because the subject of the sentence is the doer of an action that affects the
sentence's object.

Active / Passive Voice Form

In an active sentence, the subject is before the predicate (verb and object).

e.g. Global warming, deforestation, and pollution destroy the earth’s natural resources.
(Subject) (Verb) (Object)
In a passive sentence, the subject of the sentence is placed after the verb in the object position.

e.g. The earth’s natural resources are destroyed by global warming, deforestation, and pollution.
(Object in subject position) (Verb) (Subject in object position)
The passive voice is formed using the verb “to be” + the past participle.
Examples of the VERB “TO BE”: am, is, are, was, were, been, being
Examples of the PAST PARTICIPLE: seen, gotten, lived, worked, bought, taught, loved, caught, ect..
Passive Active

She was being watched by the police. The police were watching her.

The house is being taken care of by the neighbors. The neighbors are taking care of the house.

220 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

A bomb was detonated in the hotel lobby. Someone detonated a bomb in the hotel lobby.

The project will be completed before Saturday. Someone will complete the project before Saturday.

•
• Sometimes the subject disappears completely in the passive voice:
• Pride and Prejudice was written in 1813. (Writer of the book is absent)
• Sometimes the subject remains, after the preposition “by”
• Pride and Prejudice was written by Jane Austen in 1813.

e.g.Grace baked a cake.

• In the above example, the subject/actor (Grace) performed the action (baked) on an object (cake).
• The passive voice, on the other hand, is when the object is acted upon by the subject of the
sentence.

e.g. The cake was baked by Grace.

• The object (cake) was the recipient of an action (baked), which was performed by the subject
(Grace).
• One indicator that a sentence is written in the passive voice is that it comes with a "be" verb
followed by a past participle. However, it is still possible for a sentence to be in the active voice
despite having a form of the "be" verb in it. For instance, "I am eating a pie" is in the active voice
despite the "be" verb ("am"). Another clue to look out for is the absence of an object in the
sentence, which can indicate that this is written using the passive voice, although it is possible to
have an active sentence without an object

Active and passive voice exercise

Change the following active sentences into passive voice.

1. I did not scold her.

2. I will never forget this story.

3. Sister made a cake day before yesterday.

4. The brother beats the sister.

5. Did she do her work?

6. The lion was chasing the man.

7. He has written a story.

8. She has learned her novel.

9. Have you completed the work?

10. The tiger have caught the deer.

Answers

1. She was not scolded by me.

221 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
2. This story will never be forgotten by me.

3. A cake was made by sister a day before yesterday.

4. The sister was beaten by the brother.

5. Was her work done by her?

6. The man was being chased by the lion.

7. A story has been written by him.

8. Her novel has been learned by her.

9. Has the work been completed by you?

10. The deer has been caught by the tiger.

Notes
The object of the active verb becomes the subject of the passive verb. The subject of the active verb becomes the
object of the passive verb.

Note that the object of the passive verb is not always mentioned. If we have to mention it, we usually introduce it by
the conjunction ‘by’.

ACTIVE and PASSIVE VOICE

Change the sentences to passive voice.
1. The Michel has built the small house.

2. A starfish stung him while he was swimming.

3. They gave him a nice gift.

4. John is dancing for the new song.

5. The volcano destroyed the house.

6. Children’s spent a lot of Money on shopping.

7. How do you write that sentence?

8. He watered the plants every week.

9. The principal called his parents to the office.

10. John will narrate the story.

11. The cat has broken the door.

12. You must pay the money.

13. They were interviewing her for the job.

14. The teacher told her not to talk in class.

15. You should speak to your sister.

16. Do not leave your books in the class.

17. Can you teach Hindi easily?

18. Your polite tone surprises him.

222 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
19. John will repair the bike.

20. An unknown author wrote the book.

21. They forced him to steal the money out of his mom’s room.

22. Our neighbours have invited us to birthday party.

23. Why are they tearing down the old theatre?

24. I will present my ideas at the conference tomorrow.

25. He would have teach you.

Answers

1. The small house has been built by the Michel.

2. He was stung by a starfish while he was swimming.

3. He was given a nice gift.

4. The new song is being dance by John.

5. The house was destroyed by the volcano.

6. A lot of money was spent by children on shopping.

7. How is that sentence written?

8. The plants were watered every week.

9. His parents were called to the office by the principal.

10. The story will be narrated by john.

11. The door has been broken by the cat.

12. The money must be paid.

13. She was being interviewed for the job.

14. She was told not to talk in class by the teacher.

15. Your sister should be spoken to.

16. Books must not be left in the class.

17. Can Hindi be teaches easily?

18. He surprised by your polite tone.

19. The bike will be repaired by John.

20. The book was written by an unknown author.

21. He was forced to steal the money out of his mom’s room.

22. We have been invited to birthday party.

23. Why is the old theatre being torn down?

24. My ideas will be presented at the conference tomorrow.

25. You would have been teach

223 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
Rewrite the following sentences so that the verbs will be in the active voice.

1. We are taught English by Ms Saran.

2. She was praised by the mother.

3. The injured were taken to the hospital by the ambulance.

4. The village was destroyed by a tsunami.

5. The mother was pleased with the son’s work.

6. The town was damaged by the earthquake.

7. By who were you taught English?

8. You will be given a gift by the director.

9. The streets were filled with water.

10. You will be blamed by someone.

11. The houses were blown down by the wind.

12. The rats were caught by the cat.

13. The letter was posted by James.

14. We were received by the manager.

15. The dog was killed with a poison.

16. The Principal was welcomed by the students.

17. She was found guilty of murder.

18. This house was built by Ben Mathews in 1986.

Answers

1. Ms Saran teaches us English.

2. The mother praised her.

3. The ambulance took the injured to the hospital.

4. A tsunami destroyed the village.

5. The son’s work pleased the mother.

6. The earthquake damaged the town.

7. Who taught you English?

8. The director will give you a gift.

9. Water filled the streets.

10. Someone will blame you.

11. The wind blew down the houses.

12. The cat caught the rats.

13. James posted the letter.

14. The manager received us.

224 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
15. They/somebody killed the dog with a poison.

16. The students welcomed the principal.

17. They found her guilty of murder.

18. Ben Mathews built this house in 1986.

DIRECT and INDIRECT SPEECH

What is Direct & Indirect Speech?

Direct Speech: the message of the speaker is conveyed or reported in his own actual words without any change.

Indirect Speech: the message of the speaker is conveyed or reported in our own words.

Example on Process of Conversion from Direct to Indirect Speech

a) Direct: Geetha said, “I am very busy now.”

b) Indirect: Geetha said that she was very busy then.

1. All inverted commas or quotation marks are omitted and the sentence ends with a full stop.

2. Conjunction ‘that’ is added before the indirect statement.

3. The pronoun ‘I’ is changed to ‘she’. (The Pronoun is changed in Person)

4. The verb ‘am’ is changed to ‘was’. (Present Tense is changed to Past)

5. The adverb ‘now’ is changed to ‘then’.

225 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Tips on Direct and Indirect Speech:

Tip 1: Conversion Rules as per the Reporting Verb

When the reporting or principal verb is in the Past Tense, all Present tenses of the direct are changed into the
corresponding Past Tenses.

a) Direct: She said, “I am happy.”

b) Indirect: She said (that) she was happy.

If the reporting verb is in the Present or Future Tense, the tenses of the Direct Speech do not change.

a) Direct: She says/will say, “I am happy.”

b) Indirect: She says/will say she is happy.

The Tense in Indirect Speech is NOT CHANGED if the words within the quotation marks talk of a universal truth or
habitual action.

a) Direct: They said, “We cannot live without food.”

226 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
b) Indirect: They said that we cannot live without food.

Tip 2: Conversion Rules of Present Tense in Direct Speech

Simple Present Changes to Simple Past

a) Direct: "I am sad", she said.

b) Indirect: She said that she was sad.

Present Continuous Changes to Past Continuous

a) Direct: "I am reading a novel", she explained.

b) Indirect: She explained that she was reading a novel.

Present Perfect Changes to Past Perfect

a) Direct: He said, "He has finished his dinner“.

b) Indirect: He said that he had finished his diner.

Present Perfect Changes to Past Perfect

a) Direct: "I have been to India", he told me.

b) Indirect: He told me that he had been to India.

Tip 3: Conversion Rules of Past & Future Tense

Simple Past Changes to Past Perfect

a) Direct: He said, “James arrived on Monday."

b) Indirect: He said that James had arrived on Monday.

Past Continuous Changes to Past Perfect Continuous

a) Direct: "We were living in America", they told me.

b) Indirect: They told me that they had been living in America.

Future Changes to Present Conditional

a) Direct: She said, "I will be in china tomorrow."

b) Indirect: She said that he would be in china the next day.

Future Continuous Changes to Conditional Continuous

a) Direct: He said, "I'll be using the bike next Monday.”

b) Indirect: He said that she would be using the bike next Monday.

Tip 4: Changes in Modals

CAN changes into COULD

a) Direct: She said, "I can dance."

b) Indirect: She said that he could dance.

MAY changes into MIGHT

a) Direct: He said, "I may buy a house.”

b) Indirect: He said that he might buy a house.

227 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
MUST changes into HAD TO/WOULD HAVE TO

a) Direct: He said, "I must work hard.”

b) Indirect: He said that he had to work hard.

Modals that DO NOT Change: Would, Could, Might, Should, Ought to.

a) Direct: He said, "I should face the challenge.”

b) Indirect: He said that he should face the challenge.

Tip 5: Conversion of Interrogative

Reporting Verb like ‘said/ said to’ changes to asked, enquired or demanded

a) Direct: He said to me, “What are you doing?”

b) Indirect: He asked me what I was doing.

If sentence begins with auxiliary verb, the joining clause should be if or whether.

a) Direct: He said, “Will you come for the meeting?”

b) Indirect: He asked them whether they would come for the meeting.

If sentence begins with ‘wh’ questions then no conjunction is used as the "question-word" itself act as joining
clause.

a) Direct: “Where do you live?” asked the girl.

b) Indirect: The girl enquired where I lived.

Tip 6: Command, Request, Exclamation, Wish

Commands and Requests

Indirect Speech is introduced by some verbs like ordered, requested, advised and suggested. Forbid(s)/ forbade is
used for the negative sentences. The imperative mood is changed into the Infinitive.

a) Direct: Rafique said to Ahmed, “Go away.”

b) Indirect: Rafique ordered Ahmed to go away.

c) Direct: He said to her, “Please wait.”

d) Indirect: He requested her to wait.

Exclamations and Wishes

Indirect Speech is introduced by some words like grief, sorrow, happiness, applaud. Exclamatory sentence changes
into assertive sentence and Interjections are removed.

a) Direct: He said, “Alas! I am undone.”

b) Indirect: He exclaimed sadly that he was broke.

Tip 7: Change of Pronouns

The first person of the reported speech changes according to the subject of reporting speech.

a) Direct: She said, “I am in ninth class.”

b) Indirect: She says that she was in ninth class.

The second person of reported speech changes according to the object of reporting speech.

228 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
a) Direct: She says to them, "You have completed your job.”

b) Indirect: She tells them that they have completed their job.

The third person of the reported speech doesn't change.

a) Direct: He says, "She is in tenth class.”

b) Indirect: He says that she is in tenth class.

Tip 8: Change of Place and Time

Words expressing nearness in time or place in Direct Speech are generally changed into words expressing distance
in Indirect Speech.

Now -- then

Here -- there

Ago -- before

Thus -- so

Today -- that day

Tomorrow -- the next day

This -- that

Yesterday -- the day before

These -- those

Hither-- thither

Come -- go

Hence -- thence

Next week/month -- following week/month

a) Direct: She said, “My father came yesterday.”

b) Indirect: She said that her father had come the day before.

c) Direct: She says/will say, “My father came yesterday.”

Indirect: She says/will say that her father had come yesterday. (Here the reporting verb ‘says’ is in the present tense
OR ‘will say’ is in future tense; hence the time expression ‘yesterday’ won’t change.)

Tip 9: Punctuation
The words that are actually spoken should be enclosed in quotes and begin with a capital letter

Example: He said, “You are right.”

Comma, full stop, question mark, or exclamation mark must be present at the end of reported sentences and are
placed inside the closing inverted comma or commas.

Example: He asked, “Can I come with you?”

If direct speech comes after the information about who is speaking, comma is used to introduce the piece of speech,
placed before the first inverted comma.

Example: She shouted, “Stop talking!”

229 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
Example: “Thinking back,” she said, “he didn't expect to win.” (Comma is used to separate the two reported speech
and no capital letter to begin the second sentence).

Tip 10: Conversion of Indirect to Direct Speech

1. Use the reporting verb, "say" or "said to" in its correct tense.

2. Remove the conjunctions "that, to, if or whether etc" wherever necessary.

3. Insert quotation marks, question mark, exclamation and full stop, as per the mood of the sentence.

4. Put a comma before the statement.

5. Write the first word of the statement with capital letter.

6. Change the past tense into present tense wherever the reporting verb is in the past tense.

7. Convert the past perfect either into past tense or present perfect as found necessary.

Example

a) Indirect: He asked whether he is coming.

b) Direct: He said to him, “Are you coming?”

A. Turn the following sentences into indirect speech.

1. ‘What do you want?’ she asked him.

2. ‘Are you coming with us?’ he asked me.

3. He asked, ‘When do you intend to make the payment?’

4. ‘Do you come from China?’ said the prince to the girl.

5. The poor man exclaimed, ‘Will none of you help me?’

6. ‘Which way should I go?’ asked the little girl.

7. Alladin said to the magician, ‘What have I done to deserve so severe a punishment?’

8. ‘Don’t you know the way home?’ I said to her.

9. ‘Do you write a good hand?’ the teacher said to the student.

10. ‘Have you anything to say on behalf of the accused?’ said the judge finally.

11. ‘Have you anything to tell me, little bird?’ asked Ulysses.

12. ‘Who are you, sir, and what do you want?’ they asked.

13. The king was impressed with the magician and asked, ‘What can I do for you?’

14. She asked, ‘What is it that makes you stronger and braver than other men?’

15. ‘Can you solve this problem?’ he asked me.

Answers

1. She asked him what he wanted.

2. He asked me if I was coming/going with them.

3. He enquired when I/he/she intended to make the payment.

4. The prince asked the girl if she came from China.

230 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
5. The poor man exclaimed whether none of them would help him.

6. The little girl asked which way she should go.

7. Alladin asked the magician what he had done to deserve so severe a punishment.

8. I asked her whether she did not know the way home.

9. The teacher asked the student if he/she wrote a good hand.

10. The judge finally asked whether he/she had anything to say on behalf of the accused.

11. Ulysses asked the little bird whether it had anything to tell him.

12. They asked who he was and what he wanted.

13. The king was impressed with the magician and asked what he could do for him.

14. She asked him what was it that made him stronger and braver than other men.

15. He asked me if I could solve that problem.

B. Turn the following sentences into indirect speech.

1. ‘What do you want?’ she asked him.

2. ‘Are you coming with us?’ he asked me.

3. He asked, ‘When do you intend to make the payment?’

4. ‘Do you come from China?’ said the prince to the girl.

5. The poor man exclaimed, ‘Will none of you help me?’

6. ‘Which way should I go?’ asked the little girl.

7. Alladin said to the magician, ‘What have I done to deserve so severe a punishment?’

8. ‘Don’t you know the way home?’ I said to her.

9. ‘Do you write a good hand?’ the teacher said to the student.

10. ‘Have you anything to say on behalf of the accused?’ said the judge finally.

11. ‘Have you anything to tell me, little bird?’ asked Ulysses.

12. ‘Who are you, sir, and what do you want?’ they asked.

13. The king was impressed with the magician and asked, ‘What can I do for you?’

14. She asked, ‘What is it that makes you stronger and braver than other men?’

15. ‘Can you solve this problem?’ he asked me.

Answers

1. She asked him what he wanted.

2. He asked me if I was coming/going with them.

3. He enquired when I/he/she intended to make the payment.

4. The prince asked the girl if she came from China.

5. The poor man exclaimed whether none of them would help him.

231 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
6. The little girl asked which way she should go.

7. Alladin asked the magician what he had done to deserve so severe a punishment.

8. I asked her whether she did not know the way home.

9. The teacher asked the student if he/she wrote a good hand.

10. The judge finally asked whether he/she had anything to say on behalf of the accused.

11. Ulysses asked the little bird whether it had anything to tell him.

12. They asked who he was and what he wanted.

13. The king was impressed with the magician and asked what he could do for him.

14. She asked him what was it that made him stronger and braver than other men.

15. He asked me if I could solve that problem.

PREPOSITIONS

Preposition Rules
Preposition Rules Prepositions form a small but very important word class.
We use prepositions very frequently used. In fact, the prepositions to, of, in, for, on, with, at, by, from are
all in the top 25 words in English. If you can understand and correctly use prepositions, it will greatly
improve your fluency. And remember, there are not very many prepositions. There are only 150
prepositions and we only use about 70 of these commonly. The following rules will help you understand
and use prepositions correctly.
1. A preposition must have an object
All prepositions have objects. If a "preposition" does not have an object it is not a
preposition—it's probably an adverb. A preposition always has an object. An adverb never
has an object. Look at these example sentences:

➢ They are in the kitchen. (preposition in has object the kitchen)

➢ Please come in. (adverb in has no object; it qualifies come)

➢ There was a doorway before me. (preposition before has object me)

➢ I had never seen it before. (adverb before has no object; it qualifies seen)

➢ I will call after work. (preposition after has object work)

➢ He called soon after. (adverb after has no object; it qualifies called)

2. pre-position means place before
The name “preposition” indicates that a preposition (usually) comes before something (its
object):

➢ I put it in the box.

232 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

But even when a preposition does not come before its object, it is still closely related to its
object:

➢ Who did you talk to? / I talked to Jane.

3. A pronoun following a preposition should be in object form
The noun or pronoun that follows a preposition forms a ‘prepositional object’. If it is a
pronoun, it should therefore be in the objective form (me, her, them), not subjective form (I, she, they):

➢ This is from my wife and me.

➢ That’s between him and her.

➢ Mary gave it to them.

4. Preposition forms
Prepositions have no particular form. The majority of prepositions are one-word prepositions,
but some are two- or three-word phrases known as complex-prepositions:

➢ one-word prepositions (before, into, on)

➢ complex prepositions (according to, but for, in spite of, on account of)
5. to preposition and to infinitive are not the same
Do not confuse the infinitive particle “to” (to sing, to live) with the preposition “to” (to
London, to me).
to as preposition
• I look forward to lunch
I look forward to seeing you
I look forward to see you
• They are committed to the project.
They are committed to keeping the price down.
They are committed to keep the price down.
• I am used to cars.
I am used to driving.
I am used to drive.
to as infinitive particle
• They used to live in Moscow.
• They love to sing.
6. The golden preposition rule
A preposition is followed by a "noun". It is NEVER followed by a verb

233 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

SAMPLE: Fill in the blanks with more appropriate words:

(i) He congratulate me ------ my great achievement.
(ii) The poor man afflicted---------arthritis.
(iii) She is blind-------the faults of her husband.
(iv) The boss had many complaints-------Shyam.
(v) You must prepare well------ the examinations.
(vi) She is not aware-------the danger.
(vii) Ravi was accurate--------his calculations.
(viii) They hid the money-------the carpet.
Answers: (i) on; (ii) with; (iii) to; (iv) against; (v) for; (vi) of; (vii) with; (viii) under
Prepositions Exercise 1
1. All the students will work ___ a collaborative environment.
2. They need to concentrate ___ their studies.
3. They will be placed ___ a range of community settings.
4. We examined the scientific basis ___ dental practice.
5. This degree appeals to students who are interested ___ working in the new fields and
occupations created by digitisation
6. The essay will be ___ a topic you have studied recently.
7. These are the cultural processes ___ globalisation.
8. Here is a simple analysis ___ algorithms.
9. The researchers are reliant ___ external funding.
10. This course provides the opportunity to focus ___ your major area of interest.
11. You will study this ___ a social context.
12. You will study the important causes ___ environmental change.
13. The course is ___ the boundary of advanced engineering and science.
14. This program offers a broad education in areas relevant to the study ___ human health.
15. Evolutionary Biology involves the study ___ information contained in living plants and
animals.
Answers to Prepositions Exercise 1
1. All the students will work in a collaborative environment.
Details: The students will be surrounded by a collaborative atmosphere.
2. They need to concentrate on their studies.

234 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Details: The studies are the basis for their concentration.

3. They will be placed in a range of community settings.
Details: They will be partly enclosed by the community settings.
4. We examined the scientific basis of dental practice.
Details: The basis belongs to dental practice.
5. This degree appeals to students who are interested in working in the new fields and
occupations created by digitisation
Details: The students are surrounded by their interest.
6. The essay will be on a topic you have studied recently.
Details: The topic will be the basis for the essay.
7. These are the cultural processes of globalisation.
Details: The processes belong to globalisation.
8. Here is a simple analysis of algorithms.
Details: The algorithms belong to the analysis.
9. The researchers are reliant on external funding.
Details: External funding is the basis for the researchers’ work.
10. This course provides the opportunity to focus on your major area of interest.
Details: The major area of interest will be the basis for a student’s work in this course.
11. You will study this in a social context.
Details: A social context will surround this study,
12. You will study the important causes of environmental change.
Details: You will study the causes that belong to environmental change.
13. The course is on the boundary of advanced engineering and science.
Details: The boundary of these two subjects is the basis for the course.
14. This program offers a broad education in areas relevant to the study of human health.
Details: Human health is an area that belongs to the study.
15. Evolutionary Biology involves the study of information contained in living plants and
animals

235 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Question Tags Exercise

Choose the correct option to complete each sentence.

1. I’m right, ………………..?

2. Shut up, …………………?

3. Don’t forget, ………………?

4. Move a bit, ……………..?

5. Let’s go for a walk, …………………?

6. You never say what you are going, …………………?

7. There is little we can do about it, ……………….?

8. Somebody wanted a pizza, …………………..?

9. He has a daughter, ………………..?

10. There weren’t any issues, ………………..?

11. Ravi wants to be an actor, ………………..?

12. Julia visited you yesterday, ………………..?

Answers
1. I’m right, aren’t I?
236 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
2. Shut up, can’t you / can you / will you?

3. Don’t forget, will you?

4. Move a bit, would you / will you / can you?

5. Let’s go for a walk, shall we?

6. You never say what you are going, do you?

7. There is little we can do about it, is there?

8. Somebody wanted a pizza, didn’t they?

9. He has a daughter, hasn’t he / doesn’t he?

10. There weren’t any issues, were there?

11. Ravi wants to be an actor, doesn’t he?

12. Julia visited you yesterday, didn’t she?

Complete the sentences with the correct question tags.

1. Mr McGuinness is from Ireland, …. ?

2. The car isn't in the garage, …….?
3. You are John, …….. ?
4. She went to the library yesterday, …….. ?
5. He didn't recognize me, ……….. ?
6. Cars pollute the environment, ……… ?
7. Mr. Pritchard has been to Scotland recently,…….?
8. The trip is very expensive, ………… ?
9. He won't tell her, …………. ?
10. Hugh had a red car, …………..?

Answers

1) Mr McGuinness is from Ireland, isn't he(i) ?

2) The car isn't in the garage, is it(i) ?
3) You are John, aren't you(i) ?
4) She went to the library yesterday, didn't she(i) ?
5) He didn't recognize me, did he(i) ?
6) Cars pollute the environment, don't they(i) ?
7) Mr. Pritchard has been to Scotland recently, hasn't he(i) ?
8) The trip is very expensive, isn't it(i) ?
9) He won't tell her, will he(i) ?
10) Hugh had a red car, didn't he(i) ?

Complete the exercise with appropriate tags.

1. Claudia wasn’t in the class, ………..?

2. Mind the traffic, ……………..?

3. I am afraid he is seriously ill, …………?

4. He won't mind if I use his phone, ………….?

5. He never acts like a gentleman, ……………..?

6. Everybody was very happy, ……………..?

7. Tom knows that his father is in the hospital, ………………?

237 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition
8.Don't drop that vase, ………………………..?

9. I think she deliberately provoked him, …………………..?

10. I suspect he is in love, ……………………?

11. I’m right, …………………………….?

12. I'm too impatient, ………………………?

13. It appears that she is enjoying herself, ………………?

14. You've got a camera, ………………………?

15. Nothing about me is true, …………………..?

16. Amanda would like to get a scholarship, ……………………?

17. Carol can cope with the situation, ……………………….?

18. You weren't listening, …………………..?

19. I don’t suppose you are serious, ………………………….?

20. I don’t think anyone will volunteer, …………………………?

Answers
1) was she

2) will you

3) isn't he

4) will he

5) does he

6) weren't they

7) doesn't he

8) will you

9) didn't she

10) isn't he

11) aren't I

12) aren't I

13) isn't she

14) haven't you

15) is it

16) wouldn't she

17) can't she

18) were you

19) are you

20) will they

238 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

PROVERBS

A honey tongue, a heart of gall. ● Better be alone than in bad company.

● A little knowledge is a dangerous thing. ● Casting pearls before swine.

● A wolf in sheep's clothing. ● Diamond cuts diamond.

● All's well that ends well. ● Do good and cast it into the river.

● An empty vessel sounds much. ● Even a good marksman may miss.

● A nine day's wonder. ● Even death cannot be had for the asking.

● A rotten apple injures its companions. ● Every potter praises his pot.

● As the king, so are the subjects. ● Everything looks yellow to a jaundiced eye.

● As you sow, so shall you reap. ● Evil got, evil spent.

● A bad man is better than a bad name. ● Familiarity breeds contempt.

● A bad workman quarrels with his tools. ● Fool to others, to himself a sage.

● A bird in hand in worth two in the bush. ● Forced labour is better than idleness.

● A burnt child dreads the fire. ● Fortune favours the brave.

● A drop in the ocean. ● Gather thistles and expect pickles.

● A drowning man catches at a straw. ● God's will be done.

● A figure among ciphers. ● Good mind, good find.

● A guilty conscience is always suspicious. ● Great cry little wool.

● A hard nut to crack. ● God helps those who help themselves.

● Avarice is the root of all evils. ● Health is wealth.

● Barking dogs seldom bite. ● Half a loaf is better than no bread.

● Beggars cannot be choosers. ● He jests at scars who never felt a wound.

● Beneath every rose lies the thorn. ● He that is warm, thinks all are so.

● Better to wear out than to rust out. ● He who would catch fish must not mind getting
wet.
● Between the two stools we come to the
ground. ● He breaks his wife's head and then buys a
plaster for it.
● Birds of the same feather flock together.

239 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

● High winds blow on high hills. ● Measure for measure.

● His wits are gone a wool-gathering. ● Misfortune never comes alone or singly.

● Handsome is that handsome does. ● Money begets money.

● History repeats itself. ● Man is as old as he feels, and a woman as old

as she looks.
● Honesty is the best policy.
● The more the merrier.
● Hope for the best and be prepared for the
worst. ● No one knows the weight of another's burden.

● If you want a thing well done, do it yourself. ● No pains, no gains.

● It is hard to live in Rome and fight with the ● Necessity is the mother of invention.
Pope.
● No pleasure without pain.
● It is no use crying over spilt milk.
● No rose without a thorn.
● It takes two to make a quarrel.
● No smoke without some fire.
● Killing two birds with one stone.
● One flower makes no garland.
● Kill not the goose that lays the golden eggs.
● One nail drives out another.
● King can do no wrong.
● One today is better than two tomorrow.
● Know which way the wind blows.
● Out of the frying pan into the fire.
● Knowledge is power.
● Penny-wise and pound foolish.
● Let bygones be bygones.
● Poverty breeds strife.
● Let the past bury the dead.
● Pure gold does not fear the flame.
● Like cures like.
● Practice makes a man perfect.
● Like attracts like.
● Prevention is better than cure.
● Lend your money and lose your friend.
● Pride hath a fall.
● Let sleeping dogs lie.
● Quit not certainty for hope.
● Losers are always in the wrong.
● Respect yourself and you will be respected.
● Love and cough cannot be hidden.
● Self-praise is no recommendation.
● Man proposes, God disposes.
● Something is better than nothing.
● Many a little makes a mickle.
● Steal a goose and give giblets in alms.
● Many men, many minds.

240 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

● Strike the iron while it is hot. ● To rob Peter, to pay Paul.

● Speech is silver, silence is golden. ● Too many cooks spoll the broth.

● A stich in time saves nine. ● Too much courtesy, too much craft.

● Set a thief to catch a thief. ● Tomorrow never comes.

● The innocent have nothing to fear. ● Truth is always bitter.

● The wearer knows where the shoe pinches. ● Two heads are better than one.

● There is many a slip betwixt the cup and the lip. ● Union is strength.

● Time and tide wait for none. ● Vows made in storm are forgotten in calm.

● To make castles in the air. ● Whistling maid and crowing hen are neither fit
for gods nor man.
● To make a mountain out of a mole hill.

PLURALS

addendum addenda or addendums

aircraft Aircraft

alumna Alumnae

alumnus Alumni

analysis Analyses

antenna antennae or antennas

antithesis Antitheses

apex apices or apexes

appendix appendices or appendixes

axis Axes

bacillus Bacilli

bacterium Bacteria

basis Bases

beau beaux or beaus

bison bison

bureau bureaux or bureaus

241 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

cactus cacti or cactus or cactuses

château châteaux or châteaus

child children

codex codices

concerto concerti or concertos

corpus corpora

crisis crises

criterion criteria or criterions

curriculum curricula or curriculums

datum data

deer deer or deers

diagnosis diagnoses

die dice or dies

dwarf dwarves or dwarfs

ellipsis ellipses

erratum errata

faux pas faux pas

fez fezzes or fezes

fish fish or fishes

focus foci or focuses

foot feet or foot

formula formulae or formulas

fungus fungi or funguses

genus genera or genuses

goose geese

graffito graffiti

grouse grouse or grouses

half halves

hoof hooves or hoofs

hypothesis hypotheses

index indices or indexes

242 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

larva larvae or larvas

libretto libretti or librettos

loaf loaves

locus loci

louse lice

man men

matrix matrices or matrixes

medium media or mediums

memorandum memoranda or memorandums

minutia minutiae

moose moose

mouse mice

nebula nebulae or nebulas

nucleus nuclei or nucleuses

oasis oases

offspring offspring or offsprings

opus opera or opuses

ovum ova

ox oxen or ox

parenthesis parentheses

phenomenon phenomena or phenomenons

phylum phyla

quiz quizzes

radius radii or radiuses

referendum referenda or referendums

salmon salmon or salmons

scarf scarves or scarfs

self selves

243 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

series series

sheep sheep

shrimp shrimp or shrimps

species species

stimulus stimuli

stratum strata

swine swine

syllabus syllabi or syllabuses

symposium symposia or symposiums

synopsis synopses

tableau tableaux or tableaus

thesis theses

thief thieves

tooth teeth

trout trout or trouts

tuna tuna or tunas

vertebra vertebrae or vertebras

vertex vertices or vertexes

vita vitae

vortex vortices or vortexes

wharf wharves or wharfs

wife wives

wolf wolves

woman women

244 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

QUOTES

Gender Equality

"A gender-equal society would be one where the word 'gender' does not exist: where everyone can be
themselves"

— GLORIA STEINEM

"When God created man and woman, he was thinking, 'Who shall I give the power to, to give birth to the
next human being?' And God chose woman. And this is the big evidence that women are powerful"

— MALALA YOUSAFZAI

"Gender equality is more than a goal in itself. It is a precondition for meeting the challenge of reducing
poverty, promoting sustainable development and building good governance"

— KOFI ANNAN

"Achieving gender equality requires the engagement of women and men, girls and boys. It is everyone's
responsibility"

— BAN KI-MOON

"I measure the progress of a community by the degree of progress which women have achieved"

— B. R. AMBEDKAR

WOMEN

"Women are the largest untapped reservoir of talent in the world"

— HILLARY CLINTON

"You educate a man, you educate a man. You educate a woman, you educate a generation"

— BRIGHAM YOUNG

"To educate girls is to reduce poverty"

— KOFI ANNAN

"Empower a woman - Empower a community"

— KOFI ANNAN

"When women do better economies do better"

— CHRISTINA LAGARDE

245 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

"There is no chance of the welfare of the world unless the condition of women is improved. It is not possible
for a bird to fly on one wing"

— SWAMI VIVEKANAND

"We cannot all succeed when half of us are held back"

— MALALA YOUSAFZAI

"The measure of any society is how it treats its women and girls"

— MICHELLE OBAMA

HUMANITY

"We may have different religions, different languages, different colored skin, but we all belong to one
human race"

— KOFI ANNAN

POVERTY

"Poverty is like a punishment for a crime you didn’t commit."

— ELI KHAMAROV

HEALTH

"It is the health that is real wealth and not pieces of gold and silver"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

ENVIRONMENT AND CLIMATE CHANGE

"What we are doing to the forests of the world is but a mirror reflection of what we are doing to ourselves
and to one another"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"This is our world, a common world. Everybody should feel a common responsibility"

— BAN KI MOON

"Climate change is simply, the greatest collective challenge we face as a human family"

— BAN KI MOON

"Sustainable development and climate change are two sides of the same coin"

— BAN KI MOON

"Climate change does not respect border; it does not respect who you are- rich and poor, small and big.
Therefore, this is what we call global challenges, which require global solidarity"
246 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

— BAN KI MOON

SUSTAINABLE DEVELOPMENT

"Sustainable development is the pathway to the future we want for all. It offers a framework to generate
economic growth, achieve social justice, exercise environmental stewardship and strengthen governance"

— BAN KI MOON

YOUTH

"Any society that does not succeed in tapping into the energy and creativity of its youth will be left behind"

— KOFI ANNAN

"Young people should be at the forefront of global change and innovation. Empowered, they can be key
agents for development and peace"

— KOFI ANNAN

INCLUSIVE DEVELOPMENT

"You cannot have peace without security, and you cannot have security without inclusive development"

— KOFI ANNAN

EDUCATION

"Literacy is a bridge from misery to hope"

— KOFI ANNAN

"One child, one teacher, one book and one pen can change the world"

— MALALA YOUSAFZAI

"We want the education by which character is formed, strength of mind is increased, the intellect is
expanded, and by which one can stand on one's own feet"

— SWAMI VIVEKANAND

ETHICS

"Happiness is when what you think, what you say, and what you do are in a harmony"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"Be truthful, gentle and fearless"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"Heart is a very good fertilizer; anything we plant love, fear, hate, hope, revenge, jealousy-surely grows and
bears fruit. We have to decide what to harvest"
247 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

— SWAMI VIVEKANAND

"We must become the change we want to see"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"To believe in something, and not live it, is dishonest"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

SEVEN DANGERS TO HUMAN VIRTUE

1. Wealth without work

2. Pleasure without conscience

3. Knowledge without character

4. Business without ethics

5. Science without humanity

6. Religion without sacrifice

7. Politics without principle

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"You must not lose faith in humanity. Humanity is an ocean; if a few drops of the ocean area dirty, the ocean
does not become dirty"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"The best way to find yourself is to lose yourself in the service of others"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"An eye for an eye only ends up making the whole world blind"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"Strength does not come from physical capacity. It comes from an indomitable will"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"It has always been a mystery to me how men can feel themselves honored by the humiliation of their fellow
beings"

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"Peace is its own reward"

248 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

— MAHATMA GANDHI

"The mind is everything. What you think, you become"

— BUDDHA

"Be kind to all creatures; this is the true religion"

— BUDDHA

"Purity, patience, and perseverance are the three essentials to success, and, above all, love"

— SWAMI VIVEKANAND

"Gratitude is a flower that blooms in noble souls"

— POPE FRANCIS

"May your choices reflect your hopes, not your fears"

— NELSON MANDELA

"Nearly all men can stand adversity, but if you want to test a man’s character, give him power"

— ABRAHAM LINCOLN

"Success is not about how much money you make, it’s about the difference you make in people’s lives"

— MICHELLE OBAMA

"Injustice anywhere is a threat to justice everywhere"

— MARTIN LUTHER KING JR.

"Greed has poisoned man’s souls"

— CHARLIE CHAPLIN

"Educating the mind without educating the heart is no education at all"

— ARISTOTLE

"The best test of a man is authority."

— ANONYMOUS

"We are unnecessarily wasting our precious resources in wars... if we must wage war, we have to do it on
unemployment, disease, poverty, and backwardness"

— ATAL BIHARI VAJPAYEE

249 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

"Good governance depends on ability to take responsibility by both administration as well as people"

— NARENDRA MODI

"Progress is more plausibly judged by the reduction of deprivation than by the further enrichment of the
opulent"

— AMARTYA SEN

"The test of progress is not whether we add more to the abundance of those who have much; It is whether
we provide enough for those who have little"

— FRANKLIN D ROOSEVELT

CHILDREN

"Children are like buds in a garden and should be carefully and lovingly nurtured, as they are the future of
the Nation and the citizens of tomorrow"

— Pt. JAWAHAR LAL NEHRU

SCIENCE & TECH

"I fear the day when technology will suppress human interaction and the world will have a generation of
idiots"

— ALBERT EINSTEIN

"The great thing about social media was how it gave a voice to voiceless people."

— JON RONSON

"Social media is reducing social barriers. It connects people on the strength of human values, not identities"

— NARENDRA MODI

"It is dangerously destabilizing to have half the world on the cutting edge of technology while the other half
struggles on the bare edge of survival"

— BILL CLINTON

"The Internet is becoming the town square for the Global village of tomorrow"

— BILL GATES

AGRICULTURE

"If agriculture fails, everything else will fail"

— M S SWAMINATHAN

250 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

Sources:

❖ Ncert’s

❖ Wikipedia

❖ PIB

❖ All Government sites

❖ Journal’s

❖ Various Reports by National and international Organizations

❖ The hindu

❖ The Print

❖ Times of India

❖ Official Press notes

THANK YOU
ALL THE BEST

251 | P a g e
AVKS ACADMEY / PREMIER CAPF AC COACHING / CAPF PAPER II BOOK 3rd Edition

NOTES MAKING

252 | P a g e